materials, replacement parts, accessories, and other compatible equipment, refer to Product Ordering Information in Appendix B.

Transcription

1

2 Copyright 1997 Lucet Techologies All Rights Reserved Prited i U.S.A. Lucet Techologies Issue 1 November 1997 Notice. Every effort was made to esure that the iformatio i this book was complete ad accurate at the time of pritig. However, iformatio is subject to chage. Federal Commuicatios Commissio (FCC) Iterferece Notice. This equipmet has bee tested ad foud to comply with the limits of a Class A or a Class B digital device, pursuat to Part 15 of FCC rules. For additioal iformatio o FCC regulatios, see Federal Commuicatios Commissio (FCC) Iterferece Iformatio o the ext page. Caadia Emissios Requiremets. This digital apparatus does ot exceed the Class A or the Class B limits for radio oise emissios from digital apparatus set out i the Radio Iterferece Regulatios of the Idustry Caada (IC). For additioal IC iformatio, see IC Notificatio ad Repair Iformatio i this sectio. Le preset appareil umerique emet pas de bruits radioelectriques depassat les limites applicables aux appareils umeriques de la classe A ou de la classe B prescrites das le Reglemet sur le brouillage radioelectrique edicte par le miistere des Idustrie Caada. Vous trouverez des reseigemets complémitaires das cette sectio. Security. Toll fraud, the uauthorized use of your telecommuicatios system by a uauthorized party (for example, persos other tha your compay s employees, agets, subcotractors, or persos workig o your compay s behalf) ca result i substatial additioal charges for your telecommuicatios services. You are resposible for the security of your system. There may be a risk of toll fraud associated with your telecommuicatios system. You are resposible for programmig ad cofigurig your equipmet to prevet uauthorized use. Your system maager should read all documets provided with this product to fully uderstad the features that ca itroduce the risk of toll fraud ad the steps that ca be take to reduce that risk. Lucet Techologies does ot warrat that this product is immue from or will prevet uauthorized use of commo-carrier telecommuicatio services or facilities accessed through or coected to it. Lucet Techologies will ot be resposible for ay charges that result from such uauthorized use. If you suspect you are beig victimized by toll fraud ad you eed techical support or assistace, call the Lucet Techologies Natioal Customer Care Ceter at Trademarks. Magic o Hold, MERLIN, MLS-34D, MLS-18D, MLS-12D, MLS-12, MLS-6, PARTNER, PARTNER MAIL, PARTNER MAIL VS, PassageWay, ad SYSTIMAX are registered trademarks of Lucet Techologies. Microsoft is a registered trademark ad Widows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporatio. The SoudStatio is a registered trademark of Polycom, Ic. Warraty. Lucet Techologies provides a limited warraty for this product. Refer to Lucet Techologies Limited Warraty ad Limitatio of Liability i Appedix B of this book. Orderig Iformatio. The order umber for this book is To order additioal books, call or For iformatio about orderig other system referece materials, replacemet parts, accessories, ad other compatible equipmet, refer to Product Orderig Iformatio i Appedix B. Federal Commuicatios Commissio (FCC) Iterferece Iformatio Refereces to FCC regulatios are ot applicable outside of the U.S. Class A Compliace. This equipmet, i the 5-Slot cofiguratio ad i the 2-Slot cofiguratio with a 308EC module or PARTNER MAIL VS, has bee tested ad foud to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuat to Part 15 of FCC rules. These limits are desiged to provide reasoable protectio agaist harmful iterferece whe the equipmet is operated i a commercial eviromet. This equipmet geerates, uses, ad ca radiate radio frequecy eergy ad, if ot istalled ad used i accordace with the istructio mauals, may cause harmful iterferece to radio commuicatios. Operatio of this equipmet i a residetial area is likely to cause harmful iterferece, i which case the user will have to correct the iterferece at his or her ow expese. Class B Compliace. The Stadaloe PARTNER ACS processor module cofiguratio ad the 2-Slot cofiguratio usig a 200, a 206, or a 400 module have bee tested ad foud to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuat to Part 15 of FCC rules. These limits are desiged to provide reasoable protectio agaist harmful iterferece whe the equipmet is operated i a residetial eviromet. This equipmet geerates, uses, ad ca radiate radio frequecy eergy ad, if ot istalled ad used i accordace with the istructio mauals, may cause harmful iterferece to radio commuicatios. FCC Notificatio ad Repair Iformatio. This equipmet is registered with the FCC i accordace with Part 68 of its rules. I compliace with those rules, you are advised of the followig: Meas of Coectio: Coectio to the telephoe etwork shall be through a stadard etwork iterface jack USOC RJ11C. These USOCs must be ordered from your local telephoe compay. FCC compliat lie cords are provided with Lie ad Lie/Extesio Modules for coectig to the telephoe compay provided USOC RJ11C jacks. Use oly FCC compliat lie cords ad jacks for these coectios. This equipmet may ot be used with party lies or coi telephoe lies. Notificatio to the Telephoe Compaies: Before coectig this equipmet, you or your equipmet supplier must otify your local telephoe compay s busiess office of the followig: The telephoe umber(s) you will be usig with this equipmet. The appropriate registratio umber ad riger equivalece umber (REN) which ca be foud o the right had side of the cotrol uit. The facility iterface code, which is O2LS2. You must also otify your local telephoe compay if ad whe this equipmet is permaetly discoected from the lie(s). REN Iformatio: The REN is used to determie the quatity of devices which may be coected to the same telephoe lie. Excessive RENs o the telephoe lie may result i the devices ot rigig i respose to icomig call. I most, but ot all areas, the sum of RENs should ot exceed five (5.0). To be certai of the umber of devices that may be coected to a lie, as determied by the total RENs, cotact the local telephoe compay.

3 Repair Istructios: If you experiece trouble because your equipmet is malfuctioig, the FCC requires that you discoect the equipmet from the etwork ad ot use it util the problem has bee corrected. Repairs to this equipmet ca oly be made by the maufacturer, its authorized agets, or by others who may be authorized by the FCC. I the evet repairs are eeded o this equipmet, please cotact the Lucet Techologies hotlie at or your local Authorized Dealer. For warraty iformatio, see Appedix B. Rights of the Local Telephoe Compay: If this equipmet causes harm to the telephoe etwork, the local telephoe compay may discotiue your service temporarily. If possible, they will otify you i advace. But if advace otice is ot practical, you will be otified as soo as possible. You will also be advised of your right to file a complait with the FCC. Your local telephoe compay may make chages i its facilities, equipmet, operatios, or procedures that affect the proper fuctioig of this equipmet. If they do, you will be otified i advace to give you a opportuity to maitai uiterrupted telephoe service. Hearig Aid Compatibility: All system phoes are compatible with iductively coupled hearig aids as prescribed by the FCC. Idustry Caada (IC) Notificatio ad Repair Iformatio. The Idustry Caada (IC) label idetifies certified equipmet. This certificatio meas that the equipmet meets certai telecommuicatios etwork protective, operatioal, ad safety requiremets. The IC does ot guaratee the equipmet will operate to the user s satisfactio. Before istallig this equipmet, users should esure that is permissible to coect it to the facilities of the local telecommuicatios compay. The equipmet must also be istalled usig a acceptable method of coectio. I some cases, the compay s iside wirig for sigle-lie idividual service may be exteded by meas of a certified coector assembly (telephoe extesio cord). The customer should be aware that compliace with the above coditios may ot prevet degradatio of service i some situatios. Repairs to certified equipmet should be made by a authorized Caadia maiteace facility desigated by the supplier. Ay repairs or alteratios made by the user to this equipmet, or ay equipmet malfuctios, may give the telecommuicatios compay cause to request the user to discoect the equipmet. Users should esure for their ow protectio that the electrical groud coectios of the power utility, telephoe lies, ad iteral metallic water pipe system, if preset, are coected. This precautio may be particularly importat i rural areas. CAUTION: Users should ot attempt to make such coectios themselves, but should cotact the appropriate electrical ispectio authority or electricia, as appropriate. To prevet overloadig, the Load Number (LN) assiged to each termial device deotes the percetage of the total load to be coected to a telephoe loop used by the device. The termiatio o a loop may cosist of ay combiatio of devices subject oly to the requiremet that the total of the Load Numbers of all the devices does ot exceed 100. IC Certificatio No: See the label o the side of the cotrol uit. CSA Certificatio No: LR Load No: 7 Reseigemets sur la otificatio du miistére des Idustrie Caada et la réparatio. L étiquette du miistére des Idustrie Caada idetifie le matériel homologué. Cette étiquette certifie que le matériel est coforme à certaies ormes de protectio, d exploitatio et de sécurité des réseaux de télécommuicatios. Le Miistére assure toutefois pas que le matériel foctioera à la satisfactio de l utilisateur. Avat d istaller ce méteriel, l utilisateur doit s assurer qu il est permis de le raccorder aux istallatios de l etreprise locale de télécommuicatio. Le matériel doit égalemet être istallé e suivat ue méthode acceptée de peuvet etre prologes au moye d u dispositif homologue de raccordemet. Das certais cas, les fils itérieurs de l eterprise utilisés pour u service idividuel à lige uique peuvet être prologés au moye d u dispositif homologué de raccordemet (cordo prologateur téléphoique itere). L aboé e doit pas oublier qu il est possible que la coformité aux coditios éocées ci-dessus empêchet pas la dégradatio du service das certaies situatios. Actuellemet, les etreprises de télécommuicatio e permettet pas que l o raccorde leur méteriel à des jacks d aboé, sauf das les cas précis prévus pas les tarifs particuliers de ces etreprises. Les réparatios de matériel homologué doivet être effectuées par u cetre d etretie caadie autorisé désigé par le foumisseur. La compagie de télécommuicatios peut demader à l utilisateur de débracher u appareil à la suite de réparatios ou de modificatios effectuées par l utilisateur ou à cause de mauvais foctioemet. Pour sa propre protectio, l utilisateur doit s assurer que tous les fils de mise à la terre de la source d éergie électrique, des liges téléphoiques et des caalisatios d eau métalliques, s il y e a, sot raccordés esemble. Cette précautio est particuliéremet importate das les régios rurales. AVERTISSEMENT: L utilisateur e doit pas teter de faire ces raccordemets lui-même; il doit avoir racours à u service d ispectio des istallatios électriques, ou à u electricia, selo le cas. L idice de charge (IC) assigé à chaque dispositif termial idique, pour éviter toute surcharge, le pourcetage de la charge totale qui peut être raccordée a u circuit téléphoique boucié utilisé par ce dispositif. La termiaiso du circuit boucié peut être costituêe de importe quelle combiaiso de dispositifs, pourvu que la somme des idices de charge de l esemble des dispositifs e dépasse pas 100. No d homolagatio: Voir l étiquette sur le côté de l uité de cotrôle. No de certificatio CSA: LR L idice de charge: 7

4 Cotets About This Guide Purpose xvii xvii 1 Overview 1-2 Features ad Capabilities 1-2 System Compoets 1-4 Auxiliary Equipmet Programmig 2-1 Overview 2-1 Hardware Cosideratios 2-2 Iitial System Setup 2-4 Chagig Settigs after Istallatio 2-8 Chagig Settigs to Support PBX or Cetrex Services 2-11 System Programmig Optios 2-12 Usig System Programmig 2-21 Upgradig from PARTNER ACS Release 1.0 to Release 1.1 or Release 2.0 or Later 2-28 Telephoe Programmig Optios 2-29 Usig Telephoe Programmig Learig About Telephoes 3-1 System Telephoes 3-1 Stadard Telephoes 3-11 Combiatio Extesios 3-15 Usig Telephoes 3-16 i

5 Cotets 4 Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-1 Overview 4-1 Aswerig Machies 4-4 Auto Attedat 4-9 Call Reportig Devices (SMDR) 4-10 Cotact Closure Devices 4-14 Credit Card Scaers 4-15 Fax Machies 4-16 Modems 4-23 Night Service with Auxiliary Equipmet 4-25 Voice Messagig Systems Feature Referece 5-1 Overview 5-1 Numerical Listig of Procedure Codes ad Dial Codes 5-3 AA (Automated Attedat) Extesios (#607) 5-6 Abbreviated Rigig (#305) 5-7 Accout Code Etry (F12) 5-8 Allowed List Assigmets (#408) 5-12 Allowed Phoe Number Lists (#407) 5-13 Aswerig Calls 5-16 Auto Dialig 5-19 Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) 5-22 Automatic Lie Selectio 5-24 Automatic System Aswer Butto (#111) Release 2.0 or Later 5-27 Automatic System Aswer Delay (#110) Release 2.0 or Later 5-30 Automatic System Aswer Lies (#204) Release 2.0 or later 5-32 Automatic System Aswer Mode (#121) Release 2.0 or Later 5-34 Automatic System Aswer Record/Playback (I891) Release 2.0 or Later 5-36 ii

6 Cotets Automatic VMS Cover (#310) 5-39 Backgroud Music (F19) 5-41 Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) 5-43 Backup Programmig Maual (#124) 5-46 Call Coverage (F20,XX,XX) Release 2.0 or Later 5-48 Call Coverage Rigs (#116) Release 2.0 or Later 5-52 Call Forwardig/Call Follow-Me (F11,XX,XX) 5-53 Call Park 5-56 Call Pickup (I6XX) 5-58 Call Waitig (#316) 5-60 Caller ID 5-62 Caller ID Ispect (F17) 5-65 Caller ID Log Aswered Calls (#317) Release 2.0 or Later 5-67 Caller ID Call Log Lie Associatio (#318) Release 2.0 or Later 5-69 Caller ID Call Loggig ad Dialig (F23) ACS Release 2.0 or Later 5-71 Caller ID Name Display (F16) 5-76 Caller ID Type (#122) 5-77 Callig Group Extesios (#502) 5-79 Coferece Calls 5-81 Coferece Drop (F06) 5-83 Cotact Closure (F41 ad F42) 5-84 Cotact Closure Group (#612) 5-86 Cotact Closure Operatio Type (#613) 5-88 Copy Settigs (#399) 5-90 Dial Mode (#201) 5-92 Direct Extesio Dial Butto (#113) Release 2.0 or Later 5-93 Direct Extesio Dial Delay (#112) Release 2.0 or Later 5-96 Direct Extesio Dial Lies (#205) Release 2.0 or Later 5-98 Direct Extesio Dial Record/Playback (I892) Release 2.0 or Later Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie (I68LL) iii

7 Cotets Direct Lie Pickup Idle Lie (I8LL) Disallowed List Assigmets (#405) Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404) Display Display Laguage (#303) Distictive Rig (#308) Do Not Disturb (F01) Doorphoe Alert Extesios (#606) Doorphoe Extesio (#604 ad #605) Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406) Exclusive Hold (F02) Extesio Name Display Exteral Hotlie (#311) Fax Machie Extesios (#601) Forced Accout Code Etry (#307) Forced Accout Code List (#409) Group Call Distributio (#206) Group Callig Rig/Page (I7G/I*7G) Group Hutig Rig/Voice Sigal (I77G/I*77G) Group Pickup (I66G) Hold Hold Discoect Time (#203) Hotlie (#603) Hut Group Extesios (#505) Itercom Dial Toe (#309) Joiig Calls Last Number Redial (F05) Lie Access Mode (#313) Release 2.0 or later Lie Access Restrictio (#302) Lie Assigmet (#301) Lie Coverage Extesio (#208) Lie Rigig Loudspeaker Pagig (I70) Makig Calls Maual Sigalig (F13XX or F13*XX) Message Light Off (F10XX) Message Light O (F09XX) Music O Hold (#602) iv

8 Cotets Music O Hold Volume (#614) Night Service Butto (#503) Night Service Group Extesios (#504) Number of Lies (#104) Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) Outgoig Call Restrictio Butto (#114) Outside Coferece Deial (#109) Persoal Speed Dial Numbers Pickup Group Extesios (#501) Pool Access Restrictio (#315) Release 2.0 or Later Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) Release 2.0 or Later Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) Release 2.0 or Later Privacy (F07) Recall (F03) Recall Timer Duratio (#107) Restore Programmig (#125) Rig o Trasfer (#119) Rotary Dialig Timeout (#108) Save Number Redial (F04) Sed All Calls Simultaeous Pagig (I*70) SMDR Output Format (#610) SMDR Record Type (#608) SMDR Talk Time (#611) Release 2.0 or Later SMDR Top of Page (#609) Special Dialig Fuctios Star Code Dial Delay (#410) Statio Lock (F21) Statio Ulock (F22) System Date (#101) System Day (#102) System Password (#403) System Release Status (F59) System Reset Programmig Saved (#728) System Speed Dial Numbers v

9 Cotets System Time (#103) Toll Call Prefix (#402) Touch-Toe Eable (F08) Trasfer Retur Extesio (#306) Trasfer Retur Rigs (#105) Trasferrig Calls VMS Cover (F15) VMS Cover Rigs (#117) VMS Hut Delay (#506) VMS Hut Schedule (#507) Voice Iterrupt O Busy (#312) Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back (F18) Voice Mailbox Trasfer (F14) Wake Up Service Butto (#115) Troubleshootig 6-1 Customer Self Service Ceter o the Iteret 6-1 Whe You Need Help 6-2 Power Failure Operatio 6-2 Battery Replacemet 6-3 Clearig a Backup-Failure Alarm 6-7 Problems with System Phoes 6-8 Problems with Stadard Phoes 6-13 Other Problems with Phoes 6-16 Problems with Combiatio Extesios 6-23 Problems with Stadard Devices 6-24 Problems with Automatic Backup 6-25 Problems with Maual Backup 6-27 Problems with System Restore 6-29 System Problems 6-31 Other Problems with System 6-34 vi

10 Cotets A Specificatios A-1 B Maiteace, Repair, ad Orderig Iformatio B-1 Maiteace B-1 Repair Iformatio B-1 Lucet Techologies Limited Warraty ad Limitatio of Liability B-2 Product Orderig Iformatio B-4 C Speed Dial Form C-1 Speed Dial Form C-1 D Programmig Mixed Telephoe Types D-1 Overview D-1 GL Glossary GL-1 IN Idex IN-1 Programmig Quick Refereces vii

11 Cotets viii

12 About This Guide Purpose This guide is iteded for the System Maager. It explais what Releases 1.0, 1.1, ad 2.0 of the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System (ACS) ca do, provides istructios for programmig ad usig the system, ad tells how to get the most out of the system s may features ad capabilities. The descriptios apply to all releases uless specifically idetified as features available with Release 1.1 ad Release 2.0 or with Release 2.0 oly. Termiology Throughout this guide, the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System is referred to simply as the system ad Lucet Techologies telephoes specifically desiged to work with the system are called system phoes. You ca also use idustry-stadard telephoes with the system, which are referred to as stadard phoes i this guide. Fially, the PARTNER MAIL VS or PARTNER MAIL Voice Messagig System, which you may have coected to the system, is referred to as the voice messagig system. How to Use This Guide For iformatio about the followig topics, refer to the appropriate chapter: Gettig Acquaited. Chapter 1 provides a overview of system features ad hardware compoets. xvii

13 Programmig the System. You ca chage your system s settigs easily to accommodate ew or expadig eeds. Chapter 2 provides geeral programmig iformatio, while Chapter 5 provides detailed istructios for programmig specific system features. Traiig Co-Workers. Chapter 3 explais how system ad stadard phoes work with the system. To help trai co-workers o telephoe basics, you ca share this iformatio with them. Usig Auxiliary Equipmet. The system supports a wide variety of auxiliary equipmet, icludig fax machies, modems, voice messagig systems, ad call reportig devices. Chapter 4 provides advice o settig up these devices to work effectively with the system. Daily Operatio. Depedig o how your system is set up, you may eed to oversee some of the system s daily operatios. For example, you may eed to tur o Night Service at the ed of each day before leavig the office. Referece iformatio about all features, icludig descriptios ad istructios for usig each feature, is provided i Chapter 5. Solvig Problems. Chapter 6 provides iformatio about solvig problems if your system or telephoes malfuctio. Oce you are experieced with the system, use the Table of Cotets or Idex to locate the iformatio you eed. Throughout this guide, feature ames are prited i bold for example, System Date (#101). Chapter 5, Feature Referece provides comprehesive iformatio about each feature, with the features arraged i alphabetical order. For example, if you see a referece to System Date (#101), you ca look it up i Chapter 5 for details. Product Safety Statemets Product safety statemets are idetified i this guide by a:.!! CAUTION: Idicates the presece of a hazard that will or ca cause mior persoal ijury or property damage if the hazard is ot avoided.! WARNING: Idicates the presece of a hazard that ca cause severe or fatal persoal ijury if the hazard is ot avoided. xviii

14 How to Commet o This Guide A feedback form is located at the ed of this guide, after the appedixes. If the form is missig, sed your commets ad recommedatios for chages to Publicatios Maager, Lucet Techologies, 211 Mout Airy Road (Room 2W-226), Baskig Ridge, NJ (FAX ). xix

15 xx

16 Importat Safety Istructios! WARNING: The followig list provides basic safety precautios that should always be followed whe usig your telephoe equipmet: 1. Read ad uderstad all istructios. 2. Follow all warigs ad istructios marked o the product. 3. Uplug all telephoe coectios before cleaig. DO NOT use liquid cleaers or aerosol cleaers. Use a damp cloth for cleaig. 4. This product should be serviced by (or take to) a qualified repair ceter whe service or repair work is required. 5. DO NOT use this product ear water, for example, i a wet basemet locatio. 6. DO NOT place this product o a ustable cart, stad, or table. 7. Never push objects of ay kid ito slots or opeigs as they may touch dagerous voltage poits or short out parts that could result i a risk of fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of ay kid o the product. 8. DO NOT use the telephoe to report a gas leak i the viciity of the leak. 9. The product is provided with a three-wire groudig type plug. This is a safety feature. DO NOT defeat the safety purpose of the groudig type plug. DO NOT staple or otherwise attach the power supply cord to buildig surfaces.! CAUTION: DO NOT block or cover the vetilatio slots or opeigs. They prevet the product from overheatig. DO NOT place the product i a separate eclosure uless proper vetilatio is provided. DO NOT place the product flat o a surface. The cotrol uit must be wall-mouted. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS -1

17 Overview 1 Features ad Capabilities The followig list provides a overview of the system s features. The features apply to all releases of PARTNER ACS uless specified otherwise. Full lie of system phoes, some with displays showig date, time, ad programmig ad feedback messages. All system phoes provide access to multiple outside lies ad system features. Programmable buttos o system phoes, providig oe-touch access to system features simply by pressig the butto. Ituitive operatio of basic call hadlig capabilities icludig trasfer, coferece, ad hold. Itercom (iside) callig to other system extesios usig a Itercom butto ad the two-digit umber assiged to the extesio. Users ca either rig or voice sigal a idle system phoe; use Voice Iterrupt O Busy to sigal aother user who is active o a call; or maually sigal to audibly alert aother predetermied extesio. Groupig of extesios for flexibility i directig ad aswerig calls. Itegrated voice messagig support with the PARTNER MAIL VS system or PARTNER MAIL system, so callers ca reach a desired extesio or group without operator assistace ad leave messages at uaswered or busy extesios. PARTNER Voice Messagig PC Card provides a voice messagig service as well as effective solutios for after-hours call aswerig ad back-up for the receptioist. (Available with Release 1.1 or later.) Caller ID support o system display phoes (if Caller ID service is available from your local telephoe compay ad you subscribe to it). Power failure operatio with stadard phoes, allowig you to make ad receive calls durig a power failure while retaiig programmed equipmet settigs for up to four days. (A optioal Uiterruptible Power Supply, or UPS, is also available to allow full equipmet operatio durig a power failure.) 1-2

18 Cetrex or PBX operatio support icludig oe-touch dialig of feature access codes o system phoes. Flexible dialig restrictios ad permissios so you ca cotrol telephoe activity ad phoe bills. Special hospitality features that let Bed-ad-Breakfast proprietors, for example, regulate phoe use i guest rooms ad schedule wake-up calls for guests. Easy-to-use programmig procedures, makig it simple for you to maage your system ad telephoes. System display phoes provide messages ad prompts durig programmig. Two system-programmig extesios, allowig you to program the system from oe extesio without iterruptig call activity at the other programmig extesio usually the receptioist s extesio. Modular coectios to the cotrol uit, makig it easy to recofigure your system or to add lies ad/or extesios as your busiess grows. Direct coectios for idustry-stadard devices icludig most stadard phoes, fax machies, aswerig machies, modems, ad credit card scaers. Optioal equipmet support, icludig doorphoes, Cotact Closure Adjuct (for example, to release a door lock), loudspeaker pagig systems, music o hold *, call reportig (ofte referred to as Statio Message Detail Recordig (SMDR) devices, auto attedats, extra alerts, ad PC Cards for Backup/Restore or for software upgrades. Features Available with Release 2.0 or Later Automatic System Aswer feature to help aswer ad route calls. Direct Extesio Dial feature to allow callers to dial a extesio or help group directly without the aid of the receptioist. Lie Poolig to create up to four groups, or pools, of multiple outside lies. Whe users access a pool to make a call, the system selects a available lie from the pool. Call Coverage for users who are uable to aswer their calls, but wat their calls aswered by aother idividual. Caller ID Loggig ad Dialig feature for users to view the ames ad umbers of logged calls from system phoes. Users ca press the Dial optio to automatically dial the caller s umber. * The performace of music over telephoe lies is a public performace uder Uited States Copyright law. Accordigly, i order for the performace of that music to be lawful, it must be licesed aually to the user by the copyright owers or their represetatives. Oe way to obtai permissio is to cotact ASCAP, BMI, ad/or similar performig rights orgaizatios, to obtai a licese. Or, you ca purchase a Magic o Hold system, which icludes the required licese for the first year. This licese must be reewed aually. by the copyright owers or their represetatives. Overview 1-3

19 SMDR Talk Time to allow you to track o a SMDR call report the legth of time that users talk o icomig outside calls. System Compoets Modular hardware desig makes the system easy to istall ad expad. The basic system cosists of a PARTNER ACS processor module, which supports three lies ad eight extesios. Usig these lies ad extesios, you ca add various optioal devices ad telephoes to cofigure your system to meet your eeds. To expad the system to iclude more lies ad extesios, simply attach additioal modules ad a carrier to cotai them. The term cotrol uit is used to refer to the stadaloe PARTNER ACS processor module (or to the carrier ad the modules it cotais), sice this is the heart of the system. Figure 1-1 shows a example of system compoets.! WARNING: There are o customer-serviceable compoets iside the system modules or carrier. There are hazardous voltages withi that ca cause severe or fatal persoal ijury. DO NOT OPEN THE MODULES. 1-4 Overview

20 Spkr Mic HFAI Hold Spkr Mic HFAI Hold Mic HFAI Spkr Trasfr Cof Itercom Itercom Trasfr Cof Feature PQRS 7 4 GHI 0 1 Hold Feature TUV 8 Trasfr Ext. JKL 5 PQRS 7 Ext. Cof ABC 2 4 WXYZ 9 Feature GHI 0 1 MNO 6 TUV 8 PQRS 7 DEF 3 JKL 5 4 GHI 0 Ext. 1 ABC 2 WXYZ 9 Message TUV 8 MNO 6 JKL 5 ABC 2 DEF 3 WXYZ 9 MNO 6 DEF 3 Message Message PARTNER 3000 PQRS 7 GHI TUV 8 JKL 5 ABC 2 WXYZ 9 Trasfr MNO 6 O/Off Feat/P Cof GHI Tras Hold Cof DEF 3 PQRS Redial OPER Feature Hold Mute JKL 6 MNO TUV WXYZ 0 ABC 3 DEF Mic HFAI Spkr PARTNER PFT MODULE 206 PFT L I N E S E X T E N S I O N S PARTNER 3000 PARTNER PFT 400 MODULE R1.0 PFT L I N E S L I N E S PARTNER PRIMARY EXT. SECONDARY EXT. LINE TELEPHONE LINE TELEPHONE POWER R-RAU DTMF POWER CU-RAU PULSE ACTIVE POWER PLAY RECORD PUSH PUSH CONTROL UNIT PARTNER ACS Processor Module Optioal Carriers 5-Slot Carrier 2-Slot Carrier Optioal Devices (for the cotrol uit) Groudig Screw Cotact Closure Jack SMDR Jack PC Card Slots (2) Power LED PAGE Jack Outside Lie Jacks (3) MUSIC ON HOLD Jack (for RCA phoo plug) Extesio Jacks (8) PARTNER MAIL VS Voice Messagig System Serial Priter Pagig System Call Accoutig Termial (Basic or Plus) Battery Compartmet PARTNER 3000 Cotact Closure Adjuct SYSTEM PHONES Optioal Modules Cotact Closure Adjuct Magic o Hold deck Itercom Itercom * # PC Cards Backup/Restore ASA/DXD (R2.0 or later) Software upgrade (R2.0 or later) PARTNER Voice Messagig PARTNER-34D Phoe (with optioal PARTNER-CA48 Itercom Autodialer) Optioal Devices (for extesio jacks) Itercom Itercom SPARE HANDSET REFRESH TrasTalk Wireless Phoes 206 Module 400 Module PARTNER MAIL Voice Messagig System Stadard Touch-Toe Phoe * # PARTNER-18D Phoe Itercom Itercom Ext. Message Aswerig Machie * # Fax Machie PARTNER-6 Phoe Alert Doorphoe * # PARTNER-18 Phoe 308EC Module Remote Admiistratio Uit PassageWay Adapter Figure 1-1. Sample System Compoets Overview 1-5

21 Cofiguratios The system ca have oe of three basic cofiguratios, all of which must be wall-mouted: stadaloe PARTNER ACS processor module. This cofiguratio does ot use a carrier. 2-Slot carrier, which ca hold up to two modules. The PARTNER ACS processor module resides i the leftmost slot. 5-Slot carrier, which ca hold up to five modules. The PARTNER ACS processor module resides i the ceter slot. This carrier icludes a cover. I either carrier, oe ad oly oe of the modules must be a PARTNER ACS processor module. The modules slide ito the carrier, which chaels power to the system. System Modules The followig system modules ca be istalled i your system: PARTNER ACS Processor Module provides the software itelligece that cotrols the system s features. It has jacks for three outside lies, eight extesios, a music-o-hold audio source, a loudspeaker pagig system, a groudig screw, a Cotact Closure Adjuct, ad a call reportig (SMDR) device, such as a priter. It also has two PC Card slots, a bicolor red ad gree light-emittig diode (LED), ad two AAA user-replaceable batteries. The module also provides support for Caller ID iformatio o system display phoes. The system requires oe PARTNER ACS processor module. 200 Module has two outside lie jacks, but o extesio jacks. This module is a iexpesive way to add lies whe you do ot eed more extesios. 206E Module has jacks to coect a maximum of two outside telephoe lies ad six extesios to the system. You ca coect telephoes ad other telecommuicatios devices (such as fax machies ad modems) to the extesio jacks (either directly or through your buildig s modular wall jacks). Each 206E module has a gree power idicator that shows it is receivig power. 400E Module is similar to the 206EC module but without extesio jacks. It has four outside lie jacks. Like the 200 module, this module is a iexpesive way to add lies whe you do ot eed more extesios. 206EC/400EC Modules provide the same capabilities as the 206E ad 400E modules, respectively, but add support for Caller ID iformatio o system display phoes. To get Caller ID, first you must subscribe to the service from your local phoe compay (if it is available) o a per-lie basis, the coect those lies associated with Caller ID to the lie jacks 1-6 Overview

22 o the 206EC ad/or 400EC modules. Ay users with system display phoes who receive calls o Caller ID lies will get Caller ID. For more iformatio, see Caller ID o page EC Expasio Module (release 2.0 or later) provides expaded lie ad extesio capability. It has jacks for three outside lies ad eight extesios. Usig combiatios of modules, you ca have a maximum of 40 extesios with 15 lies (oe ACS processor module ad four 308EC modules) or 19 lies with eight extesios (oe ACS processor module ad four 400 modules). To get Caller ID, first you must subscribe to the service from your local phoe compay (if it is available) o a per-lie basis, the coect those lies associated with Caller ID to the lie jacks o the 206EC, 308EC, ad/or 400EC modules. Ay users with system display phoes who receive calls o Caller ID lies will get Caller ID. For more iformatio, see Caller ID o page Hereafter, refereces to 206 modules iclude 206E, 206EC, ad all 206 modules used with previous releases of the PARTNER product lie. Similarly, refereces to 400 modules iclude 400E, 400EC, ad all 400 modules used with previous releases of the PARTNER product lie. Ay 200 modules ca also be used. If you wat message-waitig capability o stadard phoes that are equipped with LED-compatible message-waitig lights, you must coect those phoes to extesio jacks o a PARTNER ACS processor module, a 308EC module, or o Release 3.1 (R3.1) or later 206 modules. Table 1-1. Summary of Module Capacities Module Lies Extesios 308EC ACS 3 8 System Batteries The system uses two user-replaceable AAA-size stadard alkalie batteries i the PARTNER ACS processor module to esure that system programmig ad telephoe programmig settigs are ot lost i case of a power failure. See Chapter 6, Troubleshootig for istructios for replacig the batteries. PC Card Slots The PARTNER ACS processor module has two PCMCIA (Persoal Computer Memory Card Iteratioal Associatio) iterface slots (hereafter referred to as Overview 1-7

23 PC Card slots). You ca buy PC Cards to use i these slots for the followig purposes: Use a Backup ad Restore PC Card to backup or restore telephoe ad system programmig. Upgrade from PARTNER ACS Release 1.0 to Release 1.1 or Release 2.0 or later usig a PC Upgrade card. After powerig dow the system, you isert the PC Upgrade Card ad tur the power back o. While the system upgrades, the bicolor (red/gree) power LED o the processor flashes gree ad red alterately. Whe the upgrade is fiished (i about 20 secods), the power LED becomes steady gree. All of your system ad extesio programmig will be saved ad ready to work with the ew release. Use a PC Card to store Automatic System Aswer ad Direct Extesio Dial messages. You ca isert the card i either PC Card Slot 1 or PC Card Slot 2 of the ACS Processor Module Release 2.0 or later. For Release 1.1 ad 2.0 or later, use a PARTNER Voice Messagig PC Card to provide messagig features (store persoal greetig ad store ad retrieve callers messages) for up to four mailboxes. For iformatio o istallig PC Cards, PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios. System Capacity The PARTNER ACS release you have, the carrier you use ad the combiatio of modules istalled determie the umber of available lies ad extesios: For PARTNER ACS Release 1.0 ad 1.1, the carrier you use ad the combiatio of 206 ad 400 modules istalled determie the umber of available lies ad extesios. The system allows up to 15 lies ad up to 32 extesios; however, these maximums caot be achieved simultaeously: 1-8 Overview

24 Table 1-2. Cofiguratios for Maximum Lies or Maximum Extesios for Release 1.0 ad Release 1.1 Cofiguratio Maximum Lies Maximum Extesios stadaloe 2-Slot Carrier 5-Slot Carrier PARTNER ACS processor module M (Total = 3 lies, 8 extesios) D Oe PARTNER ACS processor module Oe 400 module (Total = 7 lies, 8 extesios) Oe PARTNER ACS processor module Two 206 modules Two 400 modules (Total = 15 lies, 20 extesios) PARTNER ACS processor module M (Total = 8 extesios, 3 lies) D Oe PARTNER ACS processor module Oe 206 module (Total = 14 extesios, 5 lies) Oe PARTNER ACS processor module Four 206 modules (Total = 32 extesios, 11 lies) For PARTNER ACS Release 2.0, the system allows up to 19 lies ad up to 40 extesios; however, these maximums caot be achieved simultaeously. Overview 1-9

25 Table 1-3. Cofiguratios for Maximum Lies or Maximum Extesios for Release 2.0 Cofiguratio Maximum Lies Maximum Extesios Stadaloe 2-Slot Carrier 5-Slot Carrier PARTNER ACS processor module (Total = 3 lies, 8 extesios M) D Oe PARTNER ACS processor module Oe 400 module (Total = 7 lies, 8 extesios) Oe PARTNER ACS processor module Four 400 modules (Total = 19 lies, 8 extesios) PARTNER ACS processor module (Total = 8 extesios, 3 lies) Oe PARTNER ACS processor module Oe 308EC module (Total = 16 extesios, 6 lies) Oe PARTNER ACS processor module Four 308EC modules (Total = 40 extesios, 15 lies) NOTE: If you wat to istall a VS module, keep i mid that it will require oe of the slots i the carrier, which reduces the system lie ad extesio capacity. System Mode The system supports two modes of operatio. The mode of operatio determies how users access outside lies from their phoes: Key Mode. Users access idividual outside lies to make ad receive calls. Hybrid Mode. Users ca access idividual outside lies as i Key mode. However, you also ca create up to four groups, or pools, of multiple outside lies. Whe the user accesses a pool to make a call, the system selects a available lie from the pool. Sice multiple lies are associated with the pool, the user does ot kow which lie withi the pool is beig used to make the call. System mode is determied by the cofiguratio of the processor module. By default, the system is cofigured for Key mode. Chagig to Hybrid mode requires modifyig the processor module. Oly Lucet Techologies Authorized Persoel ca modify the processor module to accommodate Hybrid mode Overview

26 The mode for your system must be decided upo before istallatio; ad i the cotietal U.S., the mode must be registered with the Federal Commuicatios Commissio (FCC) (see FCC Registratio later i this sectio). Key Mode Whe the system operates i Key mode, idividual outside lies are assiged to users extesios for makig ad receivig calls. At extesios with system phoes, each idividual lie (Lie 1, Lie 2, Lie 3, etc.) assiged to the extesio is represeted by its ow lie butto. Users ca press ay of the available lie buttos o their system phoes to make outside calls. (Stadard phoe users must dial 9 at itercom dial toe to make a outside call sice their phoes do ot have lie buttos.) Key mode eables users to easily joi calls sice each lie butto ca be labeled usig a uique lie umber. For example, if you are requested to joi a call o Lie 2, you simply press the lie butto labeled Lie 2. Key mode also lets users moitor call activity usig the lights ext to the lie butto everyoe who has a specific lie assiged to their extesio ca tell whe a icomig call is rigig o that lie, whe a call o that lie is o hold, ad whe that lie is i use. At istallatio, the system assigs outside lies to the buttos o all system phoes from left to right, startig with the bottom row of buttos. O a extesio basis, you ca chage which lies are assiged ad which buttos are used to select the lies, if desired. All extesios i a system cofigured for Key mode are referred to as key extesios. Hybrid Mode Hybrid mode offers users flexibility i accessig outside lies from their phoes. As i Key mode, idividual lies ca be assiged to system extesios. Additioally, multiple outside lies ca be grouped together i pools. The system ca have up to four pools, icludig a mai pool ad three auxiliary pools. Each pool is idetified by a pool access code 880, 881, 882, ad 883 respectively. Pools are represeted o system phoes by pool buttos. Ulike lie buttos, pool buttos give users access to multiple lies from a sigle butto. Each auxiliary pool is associated with oly oe pool butto. Sice the mai pool typically cotais most of your compay s outside lies, it is associated with two pool buttos. This setup allows the user to place a call usig oe of the mai pool buttos, put that call o hold, ad make aother call usig the secod mai pool butto. Or, the user ca establish a coferece call usig lies i the mai pool. The mai pool ad each auxiliary pool ca be assiged to a extesio, for a maximum of five pool buttos. System phoe users ca press ay of the available pool buttos o their phoes or they ca eter the pool access code at itercom dial toe to make a outside call. (Stadard phoe users must dial 9 or eter the pool access code at itercom Overview 1-11

27 dial toe to access a pool sice their phoes do ot have pool buttos.) After the user presses a pool butto or eters a pool access code, the system selects a free lie from the pool for the user to make the call. A user ca access a pool as log as there is at least oe available lie i the pool. A major beefit of Hybrid mode is that it allows users who have system phoes with fewer buttos to have access to multiple outside lies ad various types of pools. You ca make efficiet use of outside lies by groupig those of a similar type or fuctio together. For example, you ca create a auxiliary pool of WATS or iteratioal lies ad assig the pools to differet groups of users. Additioally, idividual lies ca be assiged to a maager s extesio so that he or she always has access to a outside lie. I Hybrid mode, extesio 10 always operates like a extesio i Key mode. This meas that every outside lie i the system is associated with a specific lie butto at extesio 10. All other extesios ca be set up with access to oly lies, oly pools, or a combiatio of lies ad pools: Those extesios that have pool buttos, eve if they also have idividual lie buttos, are called pooled extesios. Those extesios that have oly lie buttos (icludig extesio 10) are called key extesios. Key extesios caot access pools. If your system is cofigured for Hybrid mode, keep i mid: A lie ca be assiged to oly oe pool. Idividual extesios ca be restricted access to specific pools. Idividual lies ca be assiged to a extesio with pool buttos as log as the lies are ot part of ay pool. At istallatio, the system assigs all outside lies to the mai pool ad assigs the mai pool to the two leftmost buttos o the bottom row of all system phoes, except extesio 10. If desired, you ca remove some of the lies from the mai pool ad create auxiliary pools. The you ca assig pools ad/or idividual lies o a per extesio basis. FCC Registratio I the cotietal U.S., your system s mode of operatio must be registered with the FCC as either KF (Key Fuctio) for Key or MF (Multifuctio) for Hybrid. If the system is registered as KF, o outside lies ca be pooled; if the system is registered as MF, lies ca be pooled ad idividual lies also ca be assiged directly to lie buttos Overview

28 Telephoes System Telephoes This guide refers to Lucet Techologies telephoes specifically desiged to work with the system as system phoes. These iclude the PARTNER-34D, PARTNER-18D, PARTNER-18, ad PARTNER-6 telephoes. You ca also use MLS-34D, MLS-18D, MLS-12D, MLS-12, MLS-6, MLC-6, ad the TrasTalk 9000-series wireless phoes, icludig MDW 9000, MDW 9010, ad MDW 9030P Pocketphoe, although they are ot discussed i this guide. For iformatio about a MLS-model, MLC-model, or TrasTalk 9000-series phoe, refer to the documetatio that came with the phoe. System phoes have several buttos i commo: volume cotrol buttos ad the F1582f, C, A, h,! ad S buttos. I additio, each phoe has programmable buttos that ca be used for outside lies, pools, extesio umbers, outside phoe umbers, or system features. Outside lies ad pools, as well as some system features, require buttos with status lights. Programmable buttos without lies or pools assiged to them ca be programmed with umbers or features, so you ca use the feature or dial the umber with oe touch. The umber i each PARTNER-model ame idicates the umber of programmable buttos with status lights ad two i buttos. If the PARTNER-model phoe has a display, idicated by a D i the model ame, users receive messages ad prompts whe makig calls ad whe programmig. (More iformatio about the display is provided i Chapter 5.) A system display phoe is required for system programmig. Valid system extesios deped o which release of PARTNER ACS you have. Release 1.X extesios are Release 2.x extesios are Throughout this guide, all refereces to system extesios are withi these release-depedet rages. Valid system lies also deped o which release of PARTNER ACS you are usig. With System 1.X system lie capacities are 01 to 15. With Release 2.0 or later, system lie capacities are 01 to 19. Throughout this guide all refereces to system lies are withi these release-depedet rages. Table 1-4 summarizes PARTNER-model system phoe features. Overview 1-13

29 Table 1-4. PARTNER-Model System Phoes PARTNER-34D PARTNER-18D PARTNER-18 PARTNER-6 Total Number of Programmable Buttos with Status Lights Total Number of Programmable Buttos without Status Lights Key Mode Lie Butto Capacity (Number of Programmable Buttos with StatusLights) Hybrid Mode Pool Butto Capacity * Lie Capacity ** 4 Itercom Buttos Display Speakerphoe * The mai pool uses two buttos. Sice the system supports a maximum of 19 lies, whe the system is cofigured for the maximum umber of lies, you ca use up to 19 buttos o these phoes for outside lies. The system supports a maximum of 19 lies; whe the system is cofigured for the maximum umber of lies, you ca use up to 16 buttos o these phoes for outside lies. Itercom Autodialers PARTNER-model system phoes support the PARTNER-CA48 Call Assistat Itercom Autodialer at extesios 10 ad 11. The autodialer provides Auto Dial buttos for all of the extesios i your system. The status lights ext to each butto also idicate callig activity at that extesio. Users ca program the Auto Dial buttos for either itercom rigig, voice sigalig, or maual sigalig. (Note that each user ca have oly oe Auto Dial butto either o the system phoe or o the autodialer for aother extesio i the system.) The Auto Dial buttos 1-14 Overview

30 allow the user to dial, sigal, or trasfer calls to system extesios with oe touch. For more iformatio about Auto Dial buttos, see Auto Dialig o page Stadard Telephoes You ca also use idustry-stadard sigle-lie rotary or touch-toe telephoes, icludig feature phoes with built-i feature buttos ad lights, with the system. This guide refers to such telephoes as stadard phoes. Lucet Techologies-certified stadard phoes are recommeded. The followig Lucet Techologies phoes ca make use of the system s message-waitig capability: 2500 YMGL Sigle-Lie Aalog Telephoe Set 8101 Aalog Telephoe 8101M Aalog Telephoe (This model is recommeded.) 8102 Aalog Telephoe 8110 Aalog Telephoe 7102 Plus Aalog Voice Termial Check with your local Lucet Techologies Represetative or local Authorized Dealer to fid out whether other stadard phoes with message-waitig lights will work. NOTE: For message waitig capability, you must coect stadard phoes with LED-compatible message-waitig lights to a PARTNER ACS processor module, 308EC module, or to Release 3.1 (R3.1) or later 206 modules. This message-waitig capability does ot work with stadard phoes with eo-type message-waitig lights. Auxiliary Equipmet You ca coect may types of telecommuicatios devices to your system without expesive adapters or additioal phoe lies for example, aswerig machies, credit card scaers, ad fax machies. May idustry-stadard, sigle-lie devices will work with the system regardless of the maufacturer. For more iformatio, refer to the list i Chapter 4 or cotact your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local Authorized Dealer. Also, see Chapter 4 for advice o settig up auxiliary equipmet to work effectively with the system. Overview 1-15

31 Requiremets A idustry-stadard device must meet the followig coditios: It must be oproprietary. That is, it caot be made specifically for use o a particular telephoe system. (For example, you caot coect a Lucet Techologies MERLIN LEGEND Commuicatio System phoe, because it is specifically desiged for use o a MERLIN LEGEND Commuicatio System.) Its Riger Equivalece Number (REN * ) caot be greater tha 2.0. (The REN is show o a label o the device, usually o the bottom.) You ca coect a stadard two-lie device to the system, but for best results it should be istalled ad used as if it were a sigle-lie device. Coectig Stadard Devices You ca coect a stadard device so that it is o a extesio by itself, or so that it shares a extesio with aother piece of equipmet (either aother stadard device or a system phoe) as log as the REN of the two devices together does ot exceed 2.0. (System phoes have 0.0 REN.) For example, you ca coect a stadard phoe ad a aswerig machie to the same extesio. A extesio with two devices coected to it is called a combiatio extesio. You caot coect two system phoes o oe extesio. The PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Istallatio guide provides istallatio istructios. * REN is a measure of the power it takes to rig a phoe. The typical home phoe lie supports RENs; each extesio jack i your system hadles up to 2.0 RENs Overview

32 Programmig 2 Overview After the system hardware is istalled, you ca customize the system ad idividual telephoes. This chapter explais how to use programmig to accomplish that. There are two types of programmig: System Programmig allows you to customize the system to meet the eeds of your busiess. Whe the system is first istalled, it uses factory settigs that reflect the most commoly used optios. You ca chage system settigs as eeded. You ca perform System Programmig from either extesio 10 or 11. Because a extesio caot be i programmig mode ad hadle calls at the same time, cosider usig extesio 11 for programmig. Doig so gives you the ability to program without disruptig call hadlig by the receptioist at extesio 10. Telephoe Programmig allows telephoes to be customized to meet idividual users eeds. Idividual telephoes ca be programmed either from extesio 10 or 11 (Cetralized Telephoe Programmig), or from a user s extesio usig a system phoe (Extesio Programmig). A system display phoe is required for System ad Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. If you have ay 34-butto phoes i the system, you must use a 34-butto display phoe to program sice a 18-butto phoe caot be used to program a 34-butto phoe. Also, if your system has both PARTNER-model ad MLS-model phoes, it is recommeded that you use a PARTNER-model display phoe at the programmig extesio. The system permits programmig from a remote locatio usig a Remote Admiistratio Uit see Remote Programmig o page This chapter provides geeral iformatio about programmig procedures. Whe a specific feature ame is used, it is prited i bold type. For detailed descriptios ad step-by-step istructios, refer to that ame i Chapter 5. (A Programmig Quick Referece is provided at the ed of this book.) 2-1

33 L I N E S L I N E S L I N E S L I N E S L I N E S L I N E S L I N E S L I N E S L I N E S L I N E S Hardware Cosideratios Programmig procedures use lie ad extesio umbers. The lie umber represets the lie jack o a 206, 308EC, or 400 module or a ACS processor module to which the outside lie is coected. Similarly, the extesio umber represets the extesio jack o a 206 or 308EC module or a ACS processor module to which the system phoe or stadard device is coected. For each 206 module, the system assigs two lies ad six extesios; for the 308EC or ACS processor module, the system assigs three lies ad eight extesios; for each 400 module, the system assigs four lies. The system umbers lies ad extesios cosecutively from left to right i a 2-Slot carrier, begiig with the ACS processor module i the leftmost slot; i a 5-Slot carrier, the umberig also begis with the ACS processor module (i the ceter slot), ad the moves to the leftmost module ad cotiues cosecutively from left to right. Figure 2-1 shows the umberig scheme for a PARTNER ACS stadaloe cofiguratio, for a 2-Slot carrier, ad for a 5-Slot carrier, each with the system cofigured for maximum lies. Figure 2-2 shows the umberig scheme for a PARTNER ACS stadaloe cofiguratio, for a 2-Slot carrier, ad for a 5-Slot carrier, each with the system cofigured for maximum extesios. However, your system ca have ay umber of lies or extesios up to the maximum. Stad-Aloe ACS Processor Module 2-Slot Carrier ACS Processor 400 Module Module 400 Modules 5-Slot Carrier ACS Processor Module 400 Modules 4 5 Lie Jacks Lie Jacks Extesio Jacks Lie Jacks Lie Jacks Lie Jacks Extesio Jacks Figure 2-1. PARTNER ACS Stadaloe, 2-Slot, ad 5-Slot Systems Cofigured for Maximum Lies (3, 7, or 19) 2-2 Programmig

34 Stad-Aloe ACS Processor Module 2-Slot Carrier ACS Processor Module Module 308EC 2 308EC Modules 5-Slot Carrier ACS Processor Module 2 308EC Modules Lie Jacks Lie Jacks Lie Jacks Extesio Jacks Extesio Jacks Extesio Jacks Figure 2-2. Stadaloe, 2-Slot, ad 5-Slot Systems Cofigured for Maximum Extesios (8, 16, or 40) Programmig 2-3

35 Iitial System Setup After the cotrol uit is istalled, you set up the system usig a combiatio of system ad telephoe programmig procedures. I this guide, System Programmig procedures are idetified by a code (# ad three digits); Telephoe Programmig procedures are idetified by the feature ame oly. Use the System Plaer as a guide whe programmig. The followig sectios provide a overview of the procedures you use for iitial system setup. Chapter 5 explais how to use the specific procedures. Other programmig procedures are optioal, but are strogly recommeded to make the most of your ivestmet. (See System Programmig Optios o page 2-12 ad Telephoe Programmig Optios o page 2-29 for details.) Settig the System Clock After supplyig power to the cotrol uit, use the followig procedures: System Date (#101) to set the moth ad day. System Day (#102) to set the day of the week. System Time (#103) to set the hour ad miutes. Assigig Lies Key Extesios Use the procedures described i this sectio to assig idividual lies to pooled extesios or assig lies to key extesios. (I Key mode, all extesios are Key extesios; i Hybrid mode, extesio 10 ad ay extesios set to Key usig Lie Access Mode (#313) are key extesios.) For iitial setup oly, use Number of Lies (#104) to specify the umber of lies that will be assiged to all system extesios. The use the followig procedures as eeded: Dial Mode (#201) to idetify ay rotary lies (the default for all lies is touch-toe ). Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig lies to specific extesios (if the lie was ot assiged usig the Number of Lies procedure), to remove lies from some extesios, or to chage the butto used to pick up a lie at a specific extesio. Lie Access Restrictio (#302) to prevet a extesio from receivig ad/or makig outside calls o specific lies. 2-4 Programmig

36 Lie Rigig (Cetralized Telephoe Programmig) to specify whe a lie will start rigig at each extesio that has the lie. For additioal iformatio about lie rigig optios, see Programmig a Receptioist s Extesio o page Automatic Lie Selectio (Cetralized Telephoe Programmig) to specify the order i which the system selects a available lie (itercom or outside), whe a user at the extesio lifts the hadset or presses S to make a call without first selectig a specific lie butto. For extesios with stadard phoes, set Automatic Lie Selectio to itercom first. This eables stadard phoes to access system features, icludig itercom callig. Whe users lift the hadsets o stadard phoes, they hear itercom dial toe. To access a outside lie, they must dial 9. Pooled Extesios Use the procedures described i this sectio if your system is cofigured for Hybrid mode to chage the assigmet of lies i pools ad to assig auxiliary pools to or remove the mai pool from pooled extesios. If a pooled extesio also has a idividual lie, refer to Key Extesios to assig that idividual lie. For iitial setup oly, use Number of Lies (#104) to specify the umber of lies that will be assiged to the mai pool. The use the followig procedures as eeded: Dial Mode (#201) to idetify ay rotary lies (the default for all lies is touch-toe ). Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) to remove lies from the mai pool ad assig lies to auxiliary pools. Lie Access Mode (#313) to chage a specific extesio s operatio from Pooled to Key. Refer to Key Extesios to assig lies to those extesios. Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) to remove the mai pool, assig auxiliary pools, or chage the locatio of the butto used to select a auxiliary pool at specific extesios. (The locatio of the two mai pool buttos caot be chaged.) Pool Access Restrictio (#315) to prevet a extesio from receivig ad/or makig outside calls o all lies i specific pools. Lie Rigig (Cetralized Telephoe Programmig) to specify whe a lie or pool will start rigig at each extesio that has the lie or pool. By default, lies are set to Immediate Rig ad pools are set to No Rig. For additioal iformatio o lie rigig optios, see Programmig a Receptioist s Extesio o page Programmig 2-5

37 Automatic Lie Selectio (Cetralized Telephoe Programmig) to specify the order i which the system selects a available lie or pool, whe a user at the extesio lifts the hadset or presses S to make a call. For extesios with stadard phoes, set Automatic Lie Selectio to itercom first. This eables stadard phoes to access equipmet features, icludig itercom callig. Whe users lift the hadsets o stadard phoes, they hear itercom dial toe. To access a pool, they ca dial the pool access code 880, 881, 882, or 883 or dial 9 to access the first available lie or pool i the sequece. Customizig Extesios I additio to lie or pool assigmets, the followig procedures ca be used to customize a extesio: Lie Coverage Extesio (#208) to idetify a extesio as the ower of a specific outside lie. A user at the extesio ca activate Call Coverage or VMS Cover for the specified lie. Use Call Coverage Rigs (#116) to specify the umber of times a call should rig at the ower s extesio before it is set to the coverig extesio or VMS Cover Rigs (#117) to specify the umber of times a call should rig at the ower s extesio before it is set to the ower s voice mailbox. Caller ID Call Log Lie Associatio (#318) to select the lies to associate with extesios for loggig uaswered calls. Users ca view the Caller ID iformatio for uaswered calls o the phoe s display pael ad autodial the umbers of the uaswered calls. Display Laguage (#303) to specify the laguage (Eglish, Frech, or Spaish) for messages that appear o a system display phoe. Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) t o prevet other extesios with the same lie from joiig a call at the extesio. This feature is also useful for extesios coected to a modem, fax, or ay device whose fuctio ca be disrupted by someoe tryig to joi it. Forced Accout Code Etry (#307) t o prevet the extesio from makig a outside call util a required accout code is etered. You ca also use Forced Accout Code List (#409) to create a list of valid accout codes; this esures that oly authorized users with valid accout codes ca make outside calls. Call Waitig (#316) to idetify stadard phoe extesios that ca receive the system (ot the local telephoe compay) call-waitig toe for a secod icomig call whe active o a call. Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) to prevet the extesio from makig certai types of outgoig calls (o all system lies). 2-6 Programmig

38 Disallowed List Assigmets (#405) to assig oe or more Disallowed Phoe Number Lists to the extesio. Use Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404) to create the lists of outside umbers that extesios caot dial. Allowed List Assigmets (#408) to assig oe or more Allowed Phoe Number Lists to the extesio. Use Allowed Phoe Number Lists (#407) to create the lists of outside umbers that otherwise-restricted extesios ca dial. Pickup Group Extesios (#501), Callig Group Extesios (#502), Night Service Group Extesios (#504), ad Hut Group Extesios (#505) to place the extesio i ay of these groups. See Settig Up Groups of Extesios o page 2-17 for more iformatio. Fax Machie Extesios (#601), Doorphoe Extesio (#604 ad #605), Doorphoe Alert Extesios (#606), AA Extesios (#607), Exteral Hotlie (#311), or Hotlie (#603) to idetify the extesio as oe of these equipmet types. Settig Up Auxiliary Equipmet o page 2-17 provides a overview of the procedures you use for settig up devices such as voice messagig systems ad call reportig devices. Also, Chapter 4 provides detailed iformatio ad example applicatios for auxiliary equipmet. Copy Settigs The recommeded way to set up your system is to program oe extesio for each type of phoe i the system, the use Copy Settigs (#399) to program other phoes of the same type. For example, you ca program oe PARTNER-18D phoe ad the copy its settigs to ay other extesios that have PARTNER-18D or PARTNER-18 phoes. See Copy Settigs (#399) o page 5-90 for a list of the programmed settigs that are copied. Programmig 2-7

39 Chagig Settigs after Istallatio As your busiess grows or chages, you will probably eed to chage the way your system was origially programmed. This sectio provides some examples ad lists the procedures you would use to chage settigs after istallatio. For specific details o a procedure, refer to the procedure ame i Chapter 5. I f you are upgradig to PARTNER A CS Release 1.1 or 2.0 or later from a earlier release usig the PC Card upgrade, all of your system programmig settigs will be coverted to work with the ew release. However, you may wat to cosider some additioal programmig for the features that are ew i Release 2.0 or later. The ew programmable features are: Automatic System Aswer Butto (#111) Automatic System Aswer Delay (#110) Automatic System Aswer Lies (#204) Automatic System Aswer Mode (#121) Automatic System Aswer Record/Playback (I891) Call Coverage (F20, XX, XX) Call Coverage Rigs (#110) Caller ID Call Log Lie Associatio (#318) Caller ID Log Aswered Calls (317) Direct Extesio Dial Butto (#113) Direct Extesio Dial Delay (#112) Direct Extesio Dial Lies (#205) Direct Extesio Dial Record/Playback (I892) Pool Access Restrictio (#315) Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) SMDR Talk Time (#611) PARTNER Voice Messagig PC Card (PARTNER ACS Release 1.1 or later). For more iformatio about settig these features, see Chapter 5, Feature Referece. For more iformatio o usig the PC Card Software Upgrade, see Upgradig from PARTNER ACS Release 1.0 to Release 1.1 or Release 2.0 or Later o page 2-28 i this sectio. For more iformatio o usig the PARTNER Voice Messagig PC card, see PARTNER Voice Messagig PC Card Istallatio, Programmig ad Use. 2-8 Programmig

40 Chagig the System Clock You may eed to chage the system clock for daylight savig time, after a prologed power failure, or after a system reset. Use System Date (#101), System Day (#102), ad System Time (#103) to set the curret date, day, ad time. Addig New Lies Key Extesios Use this sectio to add idividual lies to pooled extesios or to add ew lies to key extesios (all extesios i Key mode; i Hybrid mode, extesio 10 ad ay extesios set to Key usig Lie Access Mode (#301) are key extesios.) If you add a outside lie to your system, you may eed to adjust some lie settigs. I particular, use Dial Mode (#201) if the ew lie is a rotary lie, Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig the lie to specific extesios, Lie Rigig (Cetralized Telephoe Programmig) to specify whe the lie will start rigig at each extesio that has the lie, ad Lie Access Restrictio (#302) to limit a extesio s access to the lie. Additioally, the system automatically assigs the ew lie as the last lie i the Automatic Lie Selectio sequece. If you wat to chage the order, use Automatic Lie Selectio (Cetralized Telephoe Programmig). NOTE: Do ot use Number of Lies (#104) if you add lies to the system after iitial setup, because it chages Lie Assigmet (#301), Lie Access Restrictio (#302), Automatic Lie Selectio, ad Lie Rigig for existig lies back to factory settigs. To add a ew lie without affectig other settigs, use Lie Assigmet (#301). Pooled Extesios Use this sectio to add ew lies to existig pools if your system is cofigured for Hybrid mode. To assig a ew lie to a pooled extesio as a idividual lie, follow the procedures i Key Extesios. If you add a outside lie to your system for use i a existig pool, use Dial Mode (#201) if the ew lie is a rotary lie ad Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) t o add the lie to a existig pool. NOTE: Do ot use Number of Lies (#104) if you add lies to the system after iitial setup, because it chages Pool Lie Assigmet (#207), Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314), Pool Access Restrictio (#315), Automatic Lie Selectio, ad Lie Rigig for existig pools back to factory settigs. Additioally, it chages Lie Assigmet (#301), Lie Access Restrictio (#302), Automatic Lie Selectio, ad Lie Rigig Programmig 2-9

41 for idividual lies back to factory settigs. To chage pool assigmets without affectig other settigs, use Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) ad Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314). Addig New Pools Use this sectio if your system is cofigured for Hybrid mode to create ew pools. If you add outside lies to your system for use i a ew pool, use Dial Mode (#201) if the ew lies are rotary lies, Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) to assig lies to the ew pool, Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) to assig the ew pool to specific extesios, Lie Rigig (Cetralized Telephoe Programmig) to specify whe the ew pool will start rigig at each extesio that has the pool, ad Pool Access Restrictio (#315) to limit a extesio s access to all the lies i the ew pool. Also use Automatic Lie Selectio (Cetralized Telephoe Programmig) to add the ew pool to the extesio s Automatic Lie Selectio sequece. Addig New Extesios If you add a extesio to your system, you ca probably use Copy Settigs (#399) to copy the settigs of a existig extesio. If you wish to further adjust a ew extesio s settigs, see Customizig Extesios o page 2-6. Swappig Extesios If a user chages locatio, but wats to keep the same extesio umber, you ca make the chage easily by chagig the coectio at the cotrol uit. For example, if the users at extesios 29 ad 32 switch offices, you ca discoect the modular plugs from those extesio jacks i the cotrol uit. The recoect the plug from 32 ito extesio jack 29 ad the plug from 29 ito extesio jack 32. Now the users ca take their respective phoes to their ew locatios, keep the same extesio umbers, ad retai the phoes programmed settigs Programmig

42 Chagig Settigs to Support PBX or Cetrex Services This sectio applies oly if you use PBX or Cetrex services with your system. If it does ot apply, go to the ext sectio, System Programmig Optios. PBX services are provided by a private telephoe switch. Cetrex services are provided by your local telephoe compay from a Cetral Office (CO) outside your premises. These services iclude the Cetrex lies coected to your cotrol uit modules ad some set of features such as hold, coferece, or trasfer that are available o those lies. Cetrex services may be offered i your area uder a differet ame. For specific Cetrex features to be available to you, your compay must subscribe to those features. For specific iformatio about usig Cetrex, see the Cetrex documetatio provided by your local telephoe compay. Some of the issues you should cosider whe settig up your system to work effectively behid a PBX or Cetrex system are discussed below. Chapter 5 explais how to use the programmig procedures discussed here. Recall Settig To set up your equipmet to work properly with a PBX or Cetrex system, first set Recall Timer Duratio (#107) to match the settig used by your PBX or Cetrex system (usually 800 msec, or 32 ). This settig affects the legth of a Recall sigal set by the cotrol uit to access PBX or Cetrex services. Dialig Restrictios Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) is a equipmet restrictio iteded to limit a extesio s dialig to iside calls oly (usig the i buttos o system phoes) or to iside ad local calls oly (allowig calls withi the PBX or Cetrex system ad local calls outside the PBX or Cetrex system). However, if users i your system use a dial-out code (9 o most PBX or Cetrex systems) before dialig umbers outside the PBX or Cetrex system, the equipmet will ot be able to prevet toll calls for extesios restricted to iside ad local calls oly (uless you use Disallowed Phoe Number Lists to prevet dialig to specific classes of umbers). If your PBX or Cetrex system icludes dialig restrictios, use those istead of the equipmet restrictios. If you have PBX or Cetrex dialig restrictios o a lie ad also program equipmet restrictios, both the PBX or Cetrex system ad equipmet restrictios apply. However, equipmet dialig permissios will ot override PBX or Cetrex system restrictios. Programmig 2-11

43 Speed Dial ad Auto Dial Numbers Whe you program umbers outside the PBX or Cetrex system as Speed Dial ad Auto Dial umbers, iclude the PBX or Cetrex system dial-out code (9 o most systems), followed by oe or more pauses, i the stored umber. System Programmig Optios This sectio discusses programmig optios that ivolve multiple procedures (such as dialig restrictios ad auxiliary equipmet settigs), as well as features that ca be used throughout your system (such as Speed Dialig). You ca use a combiatio of programmig procedures to set up your system to operate most efficietly, takig ito accout your compay s telephoe service, persoel, ad equipmet, as well as the special eeds of particular departmets. This sectio lists the procedures you ca use; for details o usig a particular procedure, refer to the procedure ame i Chapter 5. Speed Dialig You ca program up to 100 frequetly dialed phoe umbers such as umbers for suppliers, repair services, customers so that all users i the system ca dial them by pressig four buttos: f (or # o a stadard phoe) plus a three-digit code. These are called System Speed Dial Numbers. Dialig Restrictios ad Permissios The system has several procedures for restrictig telephoe use, ad several for overridig those restrictios. You ca use ay combiatio of these procedures to desig a system that meets your eeds. Whe a user makes a call, the system checks the umber dialed agaist all of the dialig that apply to the extesio makig the call. Whe the umber dialed passes a restrictio, the system goes to the ext restrictio, if ecessary. If Star Code Dial Delay (#410) is active, star codes are also checked agaist the restrictios. (Star codes, typically dialed before a outgoig call, provide special services from the local telephoe compay Cetral Office (CO); for example, * 6 7 eables a dialer to block the sedig of Caller ID iformatio to the called party.) Whe a user dials a star code, the system checks it agaist the dialig restrictios to determie whether the code is allowed. If the code is allowed, the system resets its checkig procedure ad checks the remaiig digits that the user dialed to make sure the call is permitted. Whe a umber violates a restrictio, the call is stopped ad the user hears a reorder toe (fast busy sigal) Programmig

44 NOTE: While procedures that restrict dialig are very effective, absolute protectio agaist misuse caot be guarateed. System phoes provide more protectio tha stadard phoes. Therefore, it is strogly recommeded that you istall system phoes where restrictig phoe use is importat. Lockig a Extesio The system offers a Statio Lock feature that lets users eter a four-digit code o their telephoe dialpad to lock their extesios. This helps prevet other users from makig outside calls at those extesios. Restrictig Access to Outside Lies or Pools A user ca access a lie or pool either by liftig the hadset, pressig the lie or pool butto o the phoe, or dialig the Direct Lie Pickup feature code or a pool access code. If you do ot wat a user to access a specific outside lie or pool, you ca use Lie Access Restrictio (#302) or Pool Access Restrictio (#315) to cotrol a extesio s access to a certai lie or pool (whether the lie or pool is assiged to the extesio or ot). Table 2-1 provides examples of settigs that ca be used to restrict a extesio s access to specific outside lies or pools. Programmig 2-13

45 NOTE: If Forced Accout Code Etry (#307) is programmed for a extesio, that extesio is required to eter a accout code before dialig a outside umber eve those o the Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406) o all of the lies or pools assiged to that extesio. If the Forced Accout Code List (#409) cotais etries, the system checks the accout code agaist the list. If the accout code is o the list, lie or pool access is allowed; if ot, lie or pool access is deied. Table 2-1. Settigs that Restrict a Extesio s Access to a Specific Lie Type of Restrictios or Permissios for the Extesio Ca receive ad place itercom (iside) calls oly Caot use a specific outside lie or pool Ca oly moitor call activity ad pick up held calls o a specific lie Ca oly receive calls o a specific lie or pool Ca oly place outgoig calls o a specific lie Settig for Lie Assigmet (#301) ad Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) All outside lies ad pools ot assiged * Outside lie or pool ot assiged * Outside lie assiged Outside lie or pool assiged Outside lie or pool may be assiged * Settig for Lie Access Restrictio (#302) ad Pool Access Restrictio (#315) No access for all lies ad pools No access for that lie or pool No access for that lie Icomig oly for that lie or pool Outgoig oly for that lie or pool * If a lie or pool is ot assiged to the extesio, a user ca use Direct Lie Pickup to access the lie or dial the pool access code to access a lie i the pool. Emergecy umbers, Marked System Speed Dial umbers, Allowed Phoe umbers, ad umbers dialed usig the System Password override all dialig restrictios if a user has access to a outside lie or pool to place the call. If Forced Accout Code Etry is programmed for a extesio, the user must eter a accout code before accessig a outside lie or pool. If there are etries i the Forced Accout Code List, the etered accout code must match a etry o that list Programmig

46 Cotrollig Calls o Outside Lies Whe a extesio is allowed access to a outside lie or pool, you ca use the followig procedures to cotrol callig: Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) defies the type of calls (iside oly, local oly, or iside, local, ad log-distace) that users ca make from all lies or pools available at a extesio. Outgoig Call Restrictio Butto (#114) allows the receptioist at extesio 10 to quickly chage a extesio s curret Outgoig Call Restrictio settig. Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404) creates up to eight lists of umbers that caot be dialed. After creatig Disallowed Phoe Number Lists, use Disallowed List Assigmets (#405) to assig oe or more lists to a specific extesio. Night Service with System Password (#403) restricts users at extesios i the Night Service group from dialig outside phoe umbers (except Emergecy umbers ad Marked System Speed Dial umbers) uless the password is etered first. Programmig 2-15

47 Table 2-2 provides examples of settigs that ca be used to restrict a extesio s dialig oce it gets a outside lie or pool. Table 2.2. Settigs that Restrict a Extesio s Dialig Oce It Gets a Outside Lie or Pool Type of Restrictios or Permissios for the Extesio Settig for Lie Assigmet (#301) or Pool Extesio Assigmet (314) Settig for Lie Access Restrictio (#302) or Pool Access Restrictio (#315) Settig for Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) Settig for Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404) * Ca place itercom ad local calls oly (ad ca aswer ay call) Ca place itercom, local ad logdistace calls (ad ca aswer ay call) Outside lie or pool may be assiged Outside lie or pool may be assiged * No restrictio Local oly Ay local umbers the extesio should ot dial No restrictio No restrictio Ay local ad log-distace umbers the extesio should ot dial * The Disallowed List the must be assiged to the extesio usig Disallowed List Assigmet (#405). If a lie is or pool ot assiged to the extesio, a user ca use Direct Lie Pickup to access the lie or dial the pool access code to access a lie i the pool. Emergecy umbers, Marked System Speed Dial umbers, Allowed Phoe umbers, ad umbers dialed usig the System Password override all dialig restrictios if a user has access to a outside lie or pool to place the call. If Forced Accout Code Etry is programmed for a extesio, the user must eter a accout code before accessig a outside lie or pool. If there are etries i the Forced Accout Code List, the etered accout code must match a etry o that list. Overridig Dialig Restrictios The followig programmig procedures provide ways to override all dialig restrictios, provided the user has access to a outside lie or pool: Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406) defies a list of up to te umbers that ca be dialed from ay extesio. A typical umber is Programmig

48 Marked System Speed Dial Numbers are specially idetified System Speed Dial umbers, which a user ca dial by pressig f (or # o a stadard phoe) followed by a three-digit code. System Password (#403) creates a password that ca be etered at ay PARTNER-model or MLS-model system phoe to override dialig restrictios for the duratio of a call. To override all dialig restrictios except Lie Access Restrictio (#302), pool Access Restrictio, ad Night Service with System Password (#403), use Allowed Phoe Number Lists (#407) to create up to eight lists of outside umbers that otherwise-restricted extesios ca dial. The use Allowed List Assigmets (#408) to assig oe or more of the lists to a extesio. Settig Up Groups of Extesios You ca set up four types of extesio groups: Pickup Group Extesios (#501) assigs extesios to oe of four Pickup Groups. A Pickup Group lets ay user i the system aswer outside calls for ay extesio i that group. Callig Group Extesios (#502) assigs extesios to oe of four Callig Groups. A Callig Group lets users rig or page all extesios i that group simultaeously or trasfer calls ito the group. (Additioally, Simultaeous Pagig lets users make aoucemets over the loudspeaker pagig system ad the speakers of idle system phoes belogig to Callig Group 1.) Night Service Group Extesios (#504) assigs extesios to the Night Service Group. Whe Night Service is activated at extesio 10, calls rig immediately at Night Service extesios regardless of how they rig at other times (oly the lies assiged to a extesio will rig). Hut Group Extesios (#505) assigs extesios to oe of seve Hut Groups. (Hut Group 7 is used exclusively for the voice messagig system.) A Hut Group lets users rig or voice sigal the first available (obusy) extesio i that group. If a rigig call is ot aswered, the system tries each available extesio i tur util the call is aswered. If a voice-sigaled call is ot aswered, the call does ot keep hutig. Also use Group Call Distributio (#206) to assig outside lies to a Hut Group if you wat outside calls to rig directly ito a group. Settig Up Auxiliary Equipmet The followig programmig procedures help you maage auxiliary equipmet. See Chapter 4 for more iformatio about auxiliary equipmet cofiguratios or refer to Chapter 5 for details o usig the procedure: Fax Machie Extesios (#601) idetifies extesios to which fax machies are coected. Programmig 2-17

49 The music-o-hold feature uses the followig procedures: Music o Hold (#602) activates or deactivates the MUSIC ON HOLD jack o the PARTNER ACS processor module. Whe this jack is activated, a audio source is coected, ad Rig o Trasfer (#119) is set to Not Active, callers hear recorded music or messages while beig trasferred. Music o Hold Volume (#614) cotrols the volume at which the music plays whe the MUSIC ON HOLD jack is active. Chages to this settig affect the may features that use Music o Hold: Backgroud Music, Call Park, Call Waitig, Coferece, Exclusive Hold, Hold, Trasfer, ad Trasfer Retur. Backgroud Music lets users with system phoes (other tha the MDC 9000 or TrasTalk 9000-series phoes) play the recorded material through their phoe s speaker whe the phoe is ot i use. Hotlie (#603) idetifies iteral hotlie extesios, so whe a perso lifts the hadset of the hotlie phoe, a predetermied extesio umber automatically rigs. Exteral Hotlie (#311) idetifies exteral hotlie extesios, so whe a perso lifts the hadset of the hotlie phoe, a predetermied outside phoe umber is automatically dialed. Doorphoe Extesio (#604 ad #605) idetifies extesios to which doorphoes are coected. Doorphoe Alert Extesios (#606) idetifies extesios that sigal whe the doorphoe butto is pressed. The Cotact Closure Adjuct, which plugs ito a jack o the PARTNER ACS processor module ad has two Cotact Closures that ca be used to cotrol devices such as a electroic door lock or a alert, uses the followig procedures: Cotact Closure Group (#612) specifies which extesios ca activate oe or both of the Cotact Closures o the Cotact Closure Adjuct. Cotact Closure Operatio Type (#613) specifies the legth of time that each Cotact Closure remais active. Cotact Closure F41 ad F42 ca be programmed o feature buttos so that the Cotact Closures ca be activated by pressig the buttos. AA Extesios (#607) idetifies a extesio to which a auto attedat is coected. This lets the system otify users with display phoes whe they are receivig a call that has bee trasferred from the auto attedat. Also, Trasfer Retur Extesio (#306) lets you idetify the extesio to which a call trasferred by the auto attedat should be routed if the destiatio extesio does ot aswer. The call reportig device uses the followig procedures: 2-18 Programmig

50 SMDR Record Type (#608) specifies the type of calls that you wat to record for call reportig either all calls or outgoig calls oly. SMDR Top of Page (#609) otifies the system that the priter has bee aliged to the top of a ew page. SMDR Output Format (#610) idetifies whether a maximum of 15 digits or 24 digits is prited for dialed umbers o the call report. SMDR Talk Time (#611) specifies whether or ot the call report icludes the Talk field, which records the time a user speds o a icomig outside call from the time the user aswers the call to the time the call is discoected from the system. Accout Code Etry lets users eter accout codes for outside telephoe calls (icomig or outgoig); if used, the accout codes are icluded o the call report. The voice messagig system uses the followig procedures: Hut Group Extesios (#505) assigs the extesios associated with the voice messagig system hardware to Hut Group 7 the VMS Hut Group. Group Call Distributio (#206) assigs lies to the VMS Hut Group so calls ca rig directly ito the voice messagig system ad receive Automated Attedat Service. Lie Coverage Extesio (#208) idetifies a extesio as the ower of a specific outside lie so calls o that lie ca rig directly ito the ower s voice mailbox whe either Automatic VMS Cover (#310) or VMS Cover is o at the ower s extesio. VMS Hut Delay (#506) determies whe outside calls should be aswered by the Automated Attedat Service of the voice messagig system. You ca set the system for either immediate call hadlig or delayed call hadlig. The settig you select is used for both day ad ight operatio. VMS Hut Schedule (#507) determies whe outside calls should rig the VMS Hut Group (always, day oly, or ight oly) depedig o the status of the Night Service Butto (#503) at extesio 10. Automatic VMS Cover (#310) determies whether or ot a extesio s uaswered itercom ad trasferred calls ad outside calls o lies assiged owership are automatically covered by the voice messagig system. VMS Cover Rigs (#117) specifies the umber of times itercom ad trasferred calls or outside calls o lies assiged owership rig at extesios before they are set to the voice messagig system. Programmig 2-19

51 Trasfer Retur Extesio (#306) idetifies the extesio to which a call trasferred by the voice messagig system should be routed if the destiatio extesio does ot aswer ad does ot have voice mail coverage active. (The trasfer retur extesio for the voice messagig system is typically extesio 10.) NOTE: If a extesio has VMS Cover ad Call Coverage active, itercom ad trasferred calls ad outside calls o lies assiged owership rig at the coverig extesio after the specified umber of Call Coverage Rigs (#116). The: If the coverig extesio does ot aswer, the call is routed after the specified umber of VMS Cover Rigs (#117) to the voice mailbox of the extesio that activated Call Coverage. If the coverig extesio has Do Not Disturb active, the call is immediately routed to the voice mailbox of the extesio that activated Call Coverage. Backup ad Restore Features The PARTNER ACS processor module has two PC Card slots. These slots fuctio similarly to a floppy drive o a PC, i that iformatio ca be added to the system or copied from the system usig a PC Card iserted i oe of the slots. To use the optioal Backup ad Restore features of the system, you must purchase a Backup/Restore PC Card from Lucet Techologies. Oly these Lucet Techologies PC Cards ca be used i the PARTNER ACS processor module. The same PC Card stores both automatic ad maual backups separately. Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) eables you to specify whether automatic backups should be performed or ot. If you set this feature to Active, your system ad telephoe programmig settigs are backed up to the PC Card automatically at 2:00 a.m. o the first day of each moth. The PC Card must be preset i the PC Card slot for the backup to take place. Backup Programmig Maual (#124) eables you to iitiate a backup of your system ad telephoe programmig settigs wheever you feel that it is ecessary. It is recommeded that a backup be performed after ay chage to the system or telephoe programmig. Restore Programmig (#125) copies either the maual or the automatic backup data stored o a PC Card back to the system, thereby eablig you to restore settigs to their status at the time of the last automatic or maual backup. Hospitality Features The followig hospitality features are for special applicatios, such as the Bed-ad-Breakfast ad Hotel/Motel idustries. With both features, the receptioist at extesio 10 optioally ca use the Itercom Autodialer to specify a extesio Programmig

52 Outgoig Call Restrictio Butto (#114) lets you program a butto o the system phoe at extesio 10 to chage a extesio s curret Outgoig Call Restrictio settig without eterig System Programmig mode. For example, after a guest s departure, a hotel maager ca chage the No Restrictio settig of the guest room phoe to Iside Oly so outside calls caot be made from the phoe after the guest checks out. Usig System Programmig System Programmig chages settigs for the system as a whole, or for idividual lies, pools, or extesios. You ca also use System Programmig to set up dialig restrictios, defie groups, or set up auxiliary equipmet. Refer to the filled-out System Plaer whe you are chagig system settigs, ad be sure that ay chages i programmig are recorded there. The Programmig Overlays System Programmig requires a Programmig Overlay placed over the dialpad of the system display phoe at extesio 10 or 11. (Overlays are provided with the system documetatio. Replacemets ca be ordered from the Lucet Techologies BCS Publicatios Ceter. See Referece Materials uder Product Orderig Iformatio o page B-4.) Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 illustrates the Programmig Overlays for the PARTNER-34D ad PARTNER-18D phoes. Durig System Programmig, the ormal fuctios of several buttos o the display phoe at extesio 10 or 11 chage. For example, the left i butto becomes s ad the right i butto becomes c. The Programmig Overlay idetifies these buttos. You use the followig special buttos while programmig: N ad P cycle forward ad backward through the programmig procedures. You ca use these buttos to select a procedure. (If a procedure istructs you to press N P, pressig these buttos oe after the other eables you to repeat the curret programmig procedure.) ad p cycle forward ad backward through a procedure s parameters. A parameter is typically a outside lie, a pool, a extesio, or a telephoe list etry. D ad d cycle forward ad backward through the valid etries. These buttos work oly for fixed data, such as a lie or extesio umber. They do ot work for variable data such as date, time, password, telephoe umbers, or doorphoe assigmets. r returs the curret settig to the factory settig. Whe usig Lie Assigmet (#301), removes lies from a extesio; whe usig Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314), removes pools from a extesio. Programmig 2-21

53 e eds a etry of variable legth, such as a telephoe umber i a Allowed Phoe Number List. s starts the System Programmig process. c starts the Cetralized Telephoe Programmig process (to customize idividual telephoes cetrally from extesio 10 or 11). f whe followed by 0 0, eters or exits programmig mode. w eters a wildcard (a character that matches ay digit dialed) i telephoe umbers i Allowed Phoe Number Lists (#407), Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404), ad the Forced Accout Code List (#409) Programmig

54 Next Procedure Next Item Next Data Remove Prev Procedure Prev Item Prev Data Eter System Program Cetral Tel Program Message Feature Next Procedure Next Item Next Data Remove Prev Procedure Prev Item Prev Data Eter Wild PARTNER 34D System Program Cetral Tel Program Message Feature Wild PARTNER 18D Figure 2-3. Programmig Overlays for PARTNER-Model Phoes Programmig 2-23

55 Butto Locatios Whe programmig from a PARTNER-model phoe at extesio 10 or 11, keep i mid that the butto you press at the programmig extesio may be i a differet locatio o the phoe to which the programmig applies. Figure 2-4 o page 2-26 shows the relative locatio of buttos o each PARTNER-model phoe. For example, the butto labeled E o the PARTNER-34D phoe i Figure 2-4 is i the bottom row. The equivalet butto o the PARTNER-18D phoe is i the leftmost positio of the secod row from the bottom. If your system has a mix of PARTNER- ad MLS-model phoes, refer to Appedix E for iformatio about programmig from a PARTNER-model phoe to a MLS-model phoe or from a MLS-model phoe to a PARTNER-model phoe. Programmig Mode 1. Place the Programmig Overlay over the dialpad of the system display phoe at extesio 10 or 11 see The Programmig Overlays o page 2-21 for more iformatio. 2. To eter programmig mode, press f 0 0. A display similar to the followig appears: PROGRAM EXTENSION 10 (If you are programmig from extesio 11, 11" displays istead of 10. ) 3. Press s. A display similar to the followig appears: 10 Eter Extesio Name This display is for the Extesio Name Display feature. Whe you are eterig System Programmig mode, skip it by movig o to Step Press s agai. A display similar to the followig appears: SYSTEM PROGRAM 5. Specify a programmig procedure i oe of two ways: Direct Method: Dial the code for that procedure. System Programmig procedures i this guide are idetified by a # ad a three-digit code (for example, System Date is #101). This method is best whe you are usig oly a few procedures durig a programmig sessio ad you kow the codes. Cycle Method: Cycle through the procedures i umerical order. Press N ad P to cycle forward ad backward through the programmig procedures. This method is best whe you are usig multiple procedures durig a programmig sessio, or if you do ot kow the codes. 6. To exit programmig mode, you ca press f 0 0 or lift the hadset off-hook, the place it back i the cradle Programmig

56 NOTE: You ca talk o the phoe while you program. This is useful if you call for support while programmig. However, you must call before you eter programmig mode, ad you must use the hadset to talk, ot the speaker ad microphoe. Programmig 2-25

57 PARTNER-34D Phoe Q R S T M N O P G H I J A B C D K E L F Itercom Itercom Ext. Message PARTNER-18D/18 Phoe Q R S T M N O P I J K L E F G H A B C D Itercom Itercom Ext. Message PARTNER-6 Phoe C A D B Itercom Ext. Itercom Message Figure 2-4. Butto Locatios o PARTNER-Model Phoes 2-26 Programmig

58 Chagig Programmig Type Whe you are i programmig mode, you ca move betwee System Programmig ad Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. To chage to Cetralized Telephoe Programmig whe you are i System Programmig, press c. To move back to System Programmig whe you are i Cetralized Telephoe Programmig, press c the s. Remote Programmig The system permits programmig from a remote locatio usig a auxiliary device called the Remote Admiistratio Uit (RAU). Remote programmig requires the istallatio of two RAUs oe at your site ad oe at the locatio from which the programmig is to be doe. For more iformatio about remote programmig, see the PARTNER Commuicatios System Remote Admiistratio Uit Istallatio ad Use guide. Programmig 2-27

59 Upgradig from PARTNER ACS Release 1.0 to Release 1.1 or Release 2.0 or Later If you are upgradig to a later release of PARTNER ACS usig a PC card, use the followig procedure. 1. Power dow the system. 2. Isert the PC Software Upgrade Card ito either of the two PC Card slots i the PARTNER ACS processor module. 3. Tur the system back o. While the system upgrades, the bicolor (red/gree) power LED o the processor flashes gree ad red alterately. Whe the upgrade is fiished (i about 20 secods), the power LED becomes steady gree. All of your system ad extesio programmig settigs will be itact Programmig

60 Telephoe Programmig Optios System telephoes are ready to use whe they are istalled, but they ca be customized to meet the eeds of your busiess ad idividual users. This customizatio is accomplished through Telephoe Programmig. Automatic Lie Selectio Whe a user lifts the telephoe s hadset or presses S, the system chooses a idle lie or pool. Automatic Lie Selectio determies the order i which the system looks for a idle lie or pool. You ca set the system to look for lies or pools i ay desired order. For stadard phoes or for ay phoe used maily to call other extesios, select a iside (itercom) lie first. Extesio Name o Display With Extesio Name Display, users ca assig a ame (up to 20 characters log) to their extesio. The, whe those users make a itercom call, group call, or trasfer a call, their ame ad extesio umber appears o the display phoe receivig the call. Similarly, users receivig a trasfer retur call see the ame ad extesio umber of the perso assiged to the extesio that did ot aswer the trasferred call. Lie Rigig Lie Rigig defies whe each outside lie or pool rigs at a phoe. For each lie or pool at a extesio, you ca specify Immediate Rig, Delayed Rig (phoe rigs after a 20-secod delay), or No Rig. The factory settig for lie buttos is Immediate rig; the factory settig for pool buttos is No Rig. Persoal Speed Dialig Persoal Speed Dial umbers are outside phoe umbers that a user dials by pressig f (or # o a stadard phoe) plus a two-digit code. Ulike System Speed Dial umbers, which are available to all users i the system, Persoal Speed Dial umbers are available oly at the extesio for which they are programmed. Users ca store up to 20 Persoal Speed Dial umbers. Programmig Telephoe Buttos Telephoe buttos without lies or pools assiged to them ca be programmed for system features such as Exclusive Hold or Coferece Drop or for telephoe umbers, so you ca use the feature or dial the phoe umber with oe touch. Oce programmed, these buttos are called Auto Dial buttos, because simply pressig the butto automatically dials the feature code or telephoe umber. Programmig 2-29

61 A user who has a system phoe with programmable buttos should cosider programmig them with a combiatio of frequetly used features ad outside ad itercom telephoe umbers. Programmig a Receptioist s Extesio Call Hadlig Optios If you set up a cetralized telephoe aswerig positio at extesio 10, use the followig settigs to customize it: Immediate Call Aswerig. If the receptioist should aswer all calls, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig all lies to extesio 10. Set Lie Rigig for all lies at extesio 10 to Immediate Rig; set the lies assiged at each user s extesio to Delayed Rig or No Rig. I Hybrid mode, Immediate Call Aswerig is the factory settig. (Lies are assiged as idividual lie buttos o the phoe at extesio 10 ad all pool buttos assiged to users extesios are set to No Rig.) Backup Call Aswerig. If the receptioist should aswer some lies oly whe a user does ot pick up, set Lie Rigig for those lies at extesio 10 to Delayed Rig; set the lies or pools assiged at each user s extesio to Immediate Rig. No Aswerig. If some lies should ot be picked up by the receptioist at all, either set Lie Rigig for those lies at extesio 10 to No Rig or simply use Lie Assigmet (#301) to remove those lies from extesio 10. I either case, set Lie Access Restrictio (#302) to No Access for those lies at extesio 10 to prevet the receptioist from usig Direct Lie Pickup to access those lies. Backup Aswerig Optios To assist the receptioist i hadlig calls, cosider the followig features: Automatic System Aswer. Useful durig peak callig periods to aswer outside calls while the receptioist is busy o other calls. Whe activated, this feature aswers icomig calls after a specified umber of rigs ad plays a customized greetig. The, depedig o how Automatic System Aswer Mode (#121) is programmed, the system either: places the call o hold at extesio 10 (the light ext to the lie butto wiks gree at extesio 10 ad wiks red at all other extesios that have the lie); the outside caller hears music o hold, if it is available. cotiues to rig all extesios that have access to the lie (the gree light ext to the lie butto at those extesios flash); the outside caller hears music o hold, if it is available. discoects the call Programmig

62 The first two optios provide audible ad/or visual idicatio of icomig calls waitig to be aswered. The third optio is ot applicable as a backup aswerig feature; however, it is useful for makig brief aoucemets such as temporary closigs or hours of busiess. Direct Extesio Dial. Useful for routig outside callers directly to a specific extesio or Hut Group. Whe activated, this feature aswers icomig calls after a specified umber of rigs ad plays a customized message promptig the caller to dial the digits of the desigated extesio or hut group. Call Forwardig/Call Follow-Me. Useful whe a receptioist leaves the desk for ay period of time. Calls ca be forwarded to a backup aswerig extesio. Call Coverage. Useful whe users are uable to aswer their calls ad wat them aswered by someoe else. Alteratively, you ca istall a voice messagig system to provide a automated backup aswerig positio. Useful whe the receptioist is busy o calls, away from the desk, or at ight, the voice messagig system aswers icomig calls after a specified umber of rigs, plays a customized greetig, requests callers to eter a extesio umber, ad trasfers the caller to the appropriate extesio. If o oe aswers at the destiatio extesio, the caller ca leave a persoal message i that extesio s mailbox. Butto Programmig The PARTNER-34D phoe show i Figure 2-5 illustrates the followig programmed buttos i additio to some other system features: Extesio Numbers. Auto Dial buttos are programmed for extesios 11 through 28. The receptioist ca use these buttos to dial or trasfer calls to the extesios with oe touch. I additio, the lights of these Auto Dial buttos show the status of the extesio, so the receptioist ca tell whether the phoe at the extesio is idle (o lights o), busy (red o), callig the receptioist (gree flash), sedig coverage calls to or maually sigalig the receptioist (gree flutter), or rigig back after the receptioist trasferred a call (gree flutter). Maual Sigalig. A Maual Sigalig butto (labeled MS-Bill) is programmed to sigal the target extesio. Whe the butto is pressed, the user at the target extesio will hear a toe for as log as the butto is pressed. This feature is typically used by a receptioist to alert the boss to a importat icomig call whe the boss is already o a call. The lights of a Maual Sigalig butto work like a Auto Dial butto to show the status of the target extesio. Additioally, a Maual Sigalig butto ca be used to place itercom calls. (Maual Sigalig applies oly to system phoes.) See Maual Sigalig (F13XX or F13*XX) o page for more iformatio. Programmig 2-31

63 NOTE: You ca have oly oe butto for a target extesio per extesio. The butto ca be programmed as a Maual Sigalig butto or as a Auto Dial butto for itercom rigig or voice sigalig. Fax Maagemet. A butto (labeled Fax-30) is programmed as a Fax Maagemet butto for the fax machie coected to extesio 30. The lights ext to the butto show what is happeig at the fax machie (for example, red broke flutter idicates that the fax machie is ot respodig for example whe it is out of paper). (For more iformatio, see Usig the Fax Maagemet Feature o page 4-16.) PARTNER-34D Phoe Lie/ Programmable Buttos Ay uused lie butto is programmable Itercom Itercom Ext. Message Figure 2-5. Butto Programmig for Receptioist s Phoe Alteratively, the receptioist ca use a Itercom Autodialer for the extesios the receptioist dials most frequetly. This leaves buttos o the phoe free for more features ad phoe umbers Programmig

64 Usig Telephoe Programmig There are two ways to program a telephoe: Cetralized Telephoe Programmig from extesio 10 or 11 (see below) ad Extesio Programmig from a user s ow extesio (see Usig Extesio Programmig o page 2-35). Telephoe Models Figure 2-6 illustrates a PARTNER-18D set up as a key extesio ad Figure 2-7 illustrates a PARTNER-6 phoe set up as a pooled extesio. As you program buttos, mark their fuctios o the phoe s labelig sheet (see the examples i Figure 2-6 ad Figure 2-7). NOTE: A PARTNER-6 phoe oly has four buttos available for lies for lies or pools. If four lies are assiged, it has o programmable buttos. If the mai pool is assiged, it has two programmable buttos. The MDW 9000 phoes look just like a PARTNER-6 phoe whe you program them cetrally. PARTNER-18D Phoe Ay uused lie butto is programmable Itercom Itercom Ext. Message Figure 2-6. Example of PARTNER-18D Phoe as a Key Extesio Itercom Ext. Itercom Message Figure 2-7. Example of PARTNER-6 Phoe as a Pooled Extesio Programmig 2-33

65 Usig Cetralized Telephoe Programmig Use Cetralized Telephoe Programmig to program features or store telephoe umbers for idividual extesios from extesio 10 or 11. Most features also ca be programmed o a system phoe at the user s extesio. Keep i mid the followig exceptios: Automatic Lie Selectio ad Lie Rigig always must be programmed usig Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. If a user has a stadard phoe, Persoal Speed Dial Numbers for the extesio ca be programmed oly by usig Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. If a user has a stadard phoe or a o-display system phoe, Extesio Name Display for the extesio ca be programmed oly by usig Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. Durig Cetralized Telephoe Programmig, the display phoe at extesio 10 or 11 takes o the characteristics of the telephoe beig programmed, icludig ay System Programmig settigs ad lies assiged to the phoe. If you have ay 34-butto phoes i the system, you must use a 34-butto display phoe to program sice a 18-butto phoe caot be used to program a 34-butto phoe. Also, if your system has both PARTNER-model ad MLS-model phoes, it is recommeded that you use a PARTNER-model display phoe at the programmig extesio. To program a phoe from extesio 10 or 11, use the followig procedure: 1. Place the Programmig Overlay over the dialpad of the system display phoe at extesio 10 or 11 see The Programmig Overlays o page 2-21 for more iformatio. 2. To start programmig: a. Press f 0 0. A display similar to the followig appears: PROGRAM EXTENSION 10 (If you are programmig from extesio 11, 11" displays istead of 10. ) b. Press s. A display similar to the followig appears: 10 Eter Extesio Name This display is for the Extesio Name Display feature. Whe you are eterig Cetralized Telephoe Programmig mode, skip it by movig o to Step 2c. c. Press s agai. The display reads: SYSTEM PROGRAM d. Press c. A display similar to the followig appears: CENTRAL TELEPHONE PROG Extesio: 2-34 Programmig

66 3. Dial the extesio umber of the telephoe to be programmed. The gree lights ext to buttos o which lies or pools are assiged show the curret Lie Rigig settigs; remaiig buttos ca be programmed with telephoe umbers, extesio umbers, or system features. 4. At this poit, you ca: Use Automatic Lie Selectio to chage the order i which the telephoe selects a lie or pool whe the user picks up the hadset. (If you wat to chage Automatic Lie Selectio for a extesio, you must do so immediately after you eter programmig mode ad dial the extesio umber.) Use Extesio Name Display to assig a user s ame to the extesio. See Chapter 5 for the character codes. (Like Automatic Lie Selectio, this procedure must be doe immediately after you eter programmig mode ad dial the extesio umber. If you wat to chage both Automatic Lie Selectio ad Extesio Name Display, first chage Automatic Lie Selectio, the press c, redial the extesio umber, the use Extesio Name Display.) Use Lie Rigig to chage the rigig for a idividual lie or pool. 5. Program Persoal Speed Dial Numbers, Auto Dial umbers, or system features as described i Chapter 5. To erase the curret programmig from a butto, press the butto, the press!. 6. To chage the settigs for aother extesio, press c, the dial the ew extesio umber. 7. To exit programmig mode, you ca press f 0 0, or lift the hadset off-hook, the place it back i the cradle. Chagig Programmig Type Whe you are i programmig mode, you ca move betwee System Programmig ad Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. To chage to System Programmig whe you are i Cetralized Telephoe Programmig, press c the s. To move back to Cetralized Telephoe Programmig whe you are i System Programmig, press c. Usig Extesio Programmig Users ca program features or store umbers o buttos from their ow phoes usig Extesio Programmig. Keep i mid the followig exceptios: Automatic Lie Selectio ad Lie Rigig always must be programmed usig Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. Programmig 2-35

67 If a user has a stadard phoe, Persoal Speed Dial Numbers for the extesio ca be programmed oly by usig Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. If a user has a stadard phoe or a o-display system phoe, Extesio Name Display for the extesio ca be programmed oly by usig Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. To program at the extesio, use the followig procedure: 1. To start programmig, dial f 0 0. The gree lights ext to buttos o which lies or pools are assiged for the extesio show the curret Lie Rigig settigs. Remaiig buttos ca be programmed with telephoe umbers, extesio umbers, or system features. 2. To assig a ame to the extesio, press left i, the eter the character codes. See Extesio Name Display o page for the codes. 3. Program Persoal Speed Dial Numbers, Auto Dial umbers, or system features as described i Chapter 5. To erase the curret programmig from a butto, press the butto, the press!. 4. To exit programmig mode, you ca press f 0 0, or lift the hadset off-hook, the place it back i the cradle Programmig

68 Learig About Telephoes 3 This chapter explais how system ad stadard phoes work with the system, as well as combiatio extesios where more tha oe phoe or stadard device is istalled. I additio, basic call hadlig features ad dial-code features are listed at the ed of this chapter. See the feature ame i Chapter 5 for details about a specific feature. System Telephoes PARTNER-model phoes have several buttos ad idicators i commo. The followig pages explai where they are ad how they work. For iformatio about a MLC-6, MLS-model, or TrasTalk 9000-series phoe, refer to the documetatio that came with the phoe. 3-1

69 Buttos ad Idicators PARTNER-34D Display Programmable Buttos (4 without lights) + Feature Cof Lie/Programmable Buttos (32 with lights) Mic/ HFAI Spkr Trasfr Hold Itercom Itercom + Mic/ HFAI Spkr Ext. Feature Cof Trasfr Hold 1 GHI 4 PQRS 7 ABC 2 JKL 5 TUV 8 Message DEF 3 MNO 6 WXYZ 9 * 0 # Itercom Buttos (2) Message Light Pull-Out Tray for Quick Referece Cards (all PARTNER models) The followig buttos ad idicators appear o system phoes: Display. (PARTNER-34D ad PARTNER-18D oly) Shows date, day, ad time whe the phoe is idle, umber dialed whe placig a call, extesio umber (ad ame if programmed) callig you or trasferrig a call to you, ad duratio while a call is i progress. Whe programmig, shows settigs, optios, ad prompts. (To adjust the display cotrast, see Volume Cotrol Buttos o the ext page.) Lie/Programmable Buttos. Used for idividual outside lies or (if o lie is assiged o a butto) for programmig telephoe or extesio umbers, or other system features (such as Last Number Redial). Whe a lie is assiged, press the lie butto to make a call o that specific lie (lights show status of lie). Whe a umber feature is programmed, press the butto to dial the umber or use the feature. The PARTNER-34D has 36 programmable buttos (32 with lights ad 4 without lights); the PARTNER-18D has 20 programmable buttos (16 with lights ad 4 without lights); the PARTNER-18 has 16 programmable buttos (all with lights); the PARTNER-6 has 4 programmable buttos (all with lights). Itercom Buttos. Press to make (or aswer) a call to (or form) aother extesio i the system. Feature. Press to chage programmed settigs or use system features. Cof. Press to add other parties to your call. Trasfr. Press to pass a call to aother extesio. Hold. Press to put a call o hold. 3-2 Learig About Telephoes

70 Buttos ad Idicators PARTNER-6 Itercom Ext. Itercom Message Lie/Programmable Buttos (4) Itercom Buttos (2) Message Light + Feat Spkr Cof Trasfr Mic/ HFAI Hold + Feat Spkr 1 GHI 4 ABC 2 JKL 5 DEF 3 MNO 6 Cof Mic/ HFAI PQRS TUV WXYZ # * Trasfr Hold PARTNER-18D PARTNER-18 Display Programmable Buttos (4 without lights) Lie/Programmable Buttos (16 with lights) Itercom Buttos (2) Ext. Itercom Itercom ABC + Feature 1 2 GHI JKL Cof 4 5 Message DEF 3 MNO 6 Message Light + Feature Ext. Itercom Itercom ABC + Feature 1 2 GHI JKL Cof 4 5 Message DEF 3 MNO 6 Mic/ HFAI Spkr Trasfr Hold PQRS TUV WXYZ * 0 # Cof Mic/ HFAI Spkr Trasfr Hold PQRS TUV WXYZ * 0 # Mic/ HFAI Trasfr Spkr Hold Spkr. Press to tur o ad off the speaker ad microphoe (if available), so you ca dial ad have a coversatio without liftig the hadset. The light ext to this butto shows whe the speaker is tured o. Mic/HFAI. Press to tur the microphoe o ad off. The light ext to this butto shows whe the microphoe is tured o. Leave o to use Hads-Free Aswer o Itercom (HFAI) feature. Volume Cotrol Buttos. Press - to decrease or + to icrease the volume as follows: To adjust riger volume, press while the phoe is idle ad the hadset is i the cradle. To adjust speaker volume, press while listeig to a call through the speaker. To adjust hadset volume, press while listeig through the hadset. To adjust backgroud music volume, press while listeig to music through the phoe s speaker. To adjust the display cotrast o the PARTNER-34D ad PARTNER-18D phoes, press * the - to decrease the brightess or + to icrease the brightess, while the phoe is idle ad the hadset is i the cradle. Learig About Telephoes 3-3

71 Lights Each lie or pool butto has a gree light ad a red light. The meaig of these lights varies, depedig o whether the butto is used to access a outside lie or pool, is programmed with a system feature, or is programmed for Auto Dialig a extesio umber (Itercom Auto Dial butto). (Auto Dial buttos for fax extesios show additioal iformatio; these Fax Maagemet buttos are described i Chapter 4. Whe a phoe is i programmig mode, the lights show iformatio about programmed settigs; see Chapter 2 for details.) Table 3-1 shows the meaigs of the various light patters for each possible butto assigmet. 3-4 Learig About Telephoes

72 Table 3-1. Light Patters for System Phoes Itercom status Light Patter Steady O Off (steady off) Lie Butto Lie is i use. Gree meas you are usig the lie; red meas someoe at aother extesio is usig the lie. Lie is idle (ot beig used). Pool Butto Feature Butto Gree meas feature * is o. Itercom Auto Dial Butto Red meas the extesio programmed o the butto is busy (makig or aswerig a call). Feature * is off. Extesio programmed o the butto is idle (ot beig used). Learig About Telephoes 3-5

73 Table 3-1. Light Patters for System Phoes Itercom status Light Patter Flash (log o, log off) Alteratig Red/Gree Flash (red o, gree o, red o, gree o) Wik (log o, short off) Lie Butto A call is rigig o the lie. Gree flash meas a call is rigig at your extesio. Red flash meas a call is rigig o the lie, but ot at your extesio. Alteratig gree ad red flash appears at both extesios i a joied call, ad at ay extesio coected i a coferece call. A call o the lie is either o hold or parked. Gree wik meas the call is o hold or parked at your extesio. Red wik meas the call is o hold or parked at aother extesio. (Ayoe who has the lie ca retrieve the held call.) Pool Butto A user is eterig a four-digit code to lock or ulock his or her extesio. Gree wik meas the call is either o hold or parked at your extesio. (Ayoe who has the lie ca retrieve the held call.) Feature Butto Itercom Auto Dial Butto Gree flash meas someoe at the extesio programmed o the butto is callig you. 3-6 Learig About Telephoes

74 Table 3-1. Light Patters for System Phoes Itercom status Light Patter Gree Flutter (short o, short off) Red Broke Flutter (short o/off, log off) Lie Butto A call is o exclusive hold at your extesio (ad ca oly be retrieved from your extesio). Pool Butto A call o a lie i the pool is o exclusive hold at your extesio ad ca be retrieved oly from your extesio. Feature Butto Caller ID Ispect is o, a Wake Up Service call is beig scheduled from extesio 10. Itercom Auto Dial Butto A call trasferred to the extesio programmed o the butto is ow returig to your phoe or you are beig maually sigaled by the extesio. Fax Maagemet oly the fax extesio is ot aswerig calls (may be out of paper). * Applies to Caller ID Name Display, Do Not Disturb, Night Service, Outgoig Call Restrictio Butto, Privacy, Voice Iterrupt o Busy Talk-Back, ad VMS Cover, all of which require programmig o a butto with lights. Ca also apply to Accout Code Etry, Backgroud Music, ad Call Forwardig/Call Follow-Me, if ay of them are programmed o a butto with lights. (For more iformatio about programmig these features, see Chapter 5.) Rigig Patters System phoes have these rigig patters: A outside call will rig... rig... rig. A itercom call will rig BEEP... rig BEEP... rig BEEP. If you have a system display phoe, the caller s extesio umber (ad ame if programmed) will show o the display. A trasferred call, or a uaswered trasferred or parked call that is rigig back at your extesio, will rig BEEP BEEP... rig BEEP BEEP... rig BEEP BEEP. Learig About Telephoes 3-7

75 NOTE: If you use the system with PBX or Cetrex lies, the PBX/Cetrex distictive rigig patters are ot passed to phoes. Phoes use the rigig patters described here istead. Dial Toes You will ecouter two differet dial toes whe callig with a system phoe: Outside dial toe is geerated by your local phoe compay to idicate that you are coected with a outside lie. Itercom dial toe is geerated by the system to idicate that you are coected with a iside lie. You hear this dial toe whe you are makig a iside, or itercom, call. To hear the differece betwee the two types of dial toes o a system phoe, press a lie or pool butto. The dial toe you hear is a outside dial toe. To hear a itercom dial toe, press i. Usig the Hadset, Speaker, ad Microphoe Every PARTNER-model ad MLS-model system phoe except the MLS-6 has a speaker ad a microphoe, which you ca tur o by pressig S. I additio, you ca tur just the microphoe o ad off by pressig!. Whe the gree light ext to! is o, the microphoe is o. If you prefer to dial ad coduct calls without liftig the hadset, you ca use the speaker ad the microphoe istead. Use these techiques to make calls with the speaker ad the microphoe: To make a call without liftig the hadset, press S to get a dial toe; the dial the umber ad you will hear the call rigig. Whe the other party aswers, you ca talk without liftig the hadset. If you are already o a call, you ca switch from the hadset to the speaker ad microphoe by pressig S ad hagig up the hadset. Coversely, if you are usig the speaker ad microphoe ad wat to switch to the hadset, lift the hadset ad the speaker ad microphoe will tur off. To tur off the microphoe whe you are usig the speaker, press!. This will mute your voice so the other party caot hear you. Use the Hads-Free Aswer o Itercom (HFAI) feature to aswer voice-sigaled calls without liftig the hadset (see below). 3-8 Learig About Telephoes

76 Hads-Free Aswer o Itercom (HFAI) Whe you receive a voice-sigaled itercom call, your phoe beeps oce to idicate that your speaker has bee tured o automatically, ad you hear the caller s voice over your phoe s speaker. If you leave your microphoe o all the time, you ca start talkig whe you hear the caller, without liftig the hadset. This feature is called Hads-Free Aswer o Itercom. Ay user i the system ca make a voice-sigaled call to a idle system phoe by pressig i* the dialig a extesio umber or pressig a Auto Dial butto programmed for voice sigalig. (You ca make a voice-sigaled call from either a system phoe or a stadard phoe. However, if you try to make a voice-sigaled call to a stadard phoe or a MLC-6 or TrasTalk 9000-series phoe, it will rig.) NOTE: The HFAI feature ca be tured o or off oly whe your phoe is idle. Mutig your voice while you are o a call oly turs off the microphoe for the duratio of the call. NOTE: If HFAI is o ad you are already o a call, you will ot receive ay voicesigaled calls to your extesio they will rig istead. NOTE: If you make a voice-sigaled itercom call to a busy extesio, it may result i a voice iterrupt o busy call to that extesio. See Voice Iterrupt o Busy Calls for more iformatio. Voice Iterrupt o Busy Calls A voice iterrupt o busy call is a special itercom call that lets you iterrupt ad speak to aother user who is busy o a call ad who has the Voice Iterrupt O Busy(#312) feature activated. Whe you use Voice Iterrupt o Busy, the iterrupted user hears two beeps before hearig your voice. Be aware that the third party to whom the iterrupted user is speakig will probably hear the two beeps ad the fait soud of your voice. Therefore, the message you deliver with the iterruptio should be brief ad discreet. If the iterrupted user wats to aswer you, he or she ca press a programmed Talk-Back butto the iterrupted user s respose caot be heard by the third party i this case. Learig About Telephoes 3-9

77 Speakerphoe Performace Tips The speaker o your system phoe has a sesitive soud-activated switch. Room acoustics ad backgroud oise ca affect the proper operatio of the speakerphoe. To esure that your speakerphoe works effectively, follow these guidelies: Avoid placig your phoe i areas with high backgroud oise caused by sources such as motor vehicles, maufacturig equipmet, loud voices, radios, priters, copiers, typewriters, other oisy office equipmet, ad heater ad air coditioig fas. Avoid talkig before the other perso is fiished speakig. Whe you both talk at the same time, oly oe perso s voice comes through. Do ot use your speaker to make aoucemets over a loudspeaker pagig system coected to your phoe system. Whe talkig, always face your phoe ad stay withi two feet of it. Place your phoe at least six iches (15 cm) away from the edge of your desk. If you have difficulty hearig the other party, try icreasig the speaker volume. If you have backgroud oise, try turig off the microphoe whe the party at the other ed is speakig ad turig it o whe you speak. If the difficulty persists, lift your hadset to cotiue the coversatio. I coferece rooms, a separate speakerphoe (such as the SoudStatio from Lucet Techologies) is recommeded, sice the built-i speaker o a system phoe is desiged for idividual use Learig About Telephoes

78 Stadard Telephoes I additio to system phoes, you ca coect idustry-stadard touch-toe or rotary dial phoes ad eve some feature phoes (which have built-i callig features) directly to the system. You ca also combie stadard phoes o the same extesio with system phoes or other devices, without usig expesive adapters or coectors. Stadard phoes ca do may of the thigs that system phoes ca do, ad you ca save moey by usig them i certai situatios whe a system telephoe is ot eeded. Follow these guidelies whe usig stadard phoes: Use stadard phoes as power failure backups; system phoes will ot work. If you coect stadard phoes to the first two extesios o the PARTNER ACS processor module, users ca place ad aswer outside calls o the first two lies. If you coect a stadard phoe to the first extesio o each 206 module, users ca place ad aswer outside calls o the first lie of each 206 module. You ca coect stadard phoes i combiatio with system phoes at power failure extesios, or you ca simply keep spare stadard phoes at those extesios to serve as replacemets i case of a power failure. To use a system feature, press # (i place of f used o system phoes) followed by its two-digit code whe you hear itercom dial toe. For features that use i o system phoes, dial oly the two-digit code whe you hear itercom dial toe. (Istructios for usig these features o stadard phoes are icluded i Chapter 5, Feature Referece.) To use a Speed Dial umber, press # followed by its two- or three-digit code whe you hear itercom dial toe. (For details, see Persoal Speed Dial Numbers o page ad System Speed Dial Numbers o page ) If Call Waitig (#316) is assiged to a extesio with a stadard phoe coected, users hear a call-waitig toe (two beeps) whe a secod call comes i to the extesio. The call-waitig toe is ot repeated. Use the switchhook o a stadard phoe to place calls o hold, park a call, trasfer a call, aswer a call-waitig call, or set up a coferece call. (For details, see Usig the Switchhook o page 3-12, or Hold, Trasferrig Calls, Aswerig Calls ad Coferece Calls i Chapter 5.) If the stadard phoe has a message light, use it to otify users of messages. (For details, see Message Light O (F09XX) o page ad Message Light Off (F10XX) o page For a list of supported phoes, see Stadard Telephoes o page 1-15.) Alteratively, if you have a voice messagig system, the light is used to idicate that a message has bee left i your mailbox. O a stadard phoe, the message light flashes whe the phoe is idle to idicate that the extesio has received a message. Learig About Telephoes 3-11

79 Rigig Patters Stadard phoes have these rigig patters: A outside call will rig... rig... rig. A itercom call will rig-rig... rig-rig... rig-rig. A trasferred call, or a uaswered trasferred or parked call that is rigig back, will rig-rig-rig... rig-rig-rig... rig-rig-rig. NOTE: If you use the system with PBX or Cetrex lies, the PBX/Cetrex distictive rigig patters are ot passed to phoes. Telephoes use the rigig patters described here istead. Dial Toes Stadard phoes have two differet dial toes: Outside dial toe is geerated by your local telephoe compay to idicate that you are coected with a outside lie. Itercom dial toe is geerated by the system to idicate that you are coected with a iside lie. You hear this dial toe whe you are makig a iside, or itercom, call. To hear the differece betwee the two dial toes, lift the hadset. The dial toe you hear (assumig the phoe is set to select itercom first, as recommeded i this guide) is a itercom dial toe. To hear a outside dial toe, press 9. Usig the Switchhook Some of the call-hadlig istructios i this guide direct you to rapidly press ad release the switchhook. Pressig the switchhook for 1/4 to 1 secod seds a sigal over the lie called a switchhook flash. However, do ot press the switchhook too quickly. If you press the switchhook ad othig happes, try agai ad press it a little loger. NOTE: If your feature phoe has a butto labeled Recall or Flash, use the butto istead of pressig the switchhook. If you use the system with PBX or Cetrex lies, your PBX or Cetrex documetatio may tell you to press the switchhook to access PBX or Cetrex features. Use the Recall feature istead (see Recall (F03) o page 5-218). Limitatios Each stadard device requires oe touch-toe receiver to be available i order to dial a call (itercom or outside) or to activate a feature usig a code. Each 3-12 Learig About Telephoes

80 PARTNER ACS processor module has two touch-toe receivers; each 206 module has oe touch-toe receiver; each 400 module has two touch-toe receivers. The combiatio of modules i your system determies the umber of stadard devices that ca dial simultaeously. For example, if you have oe PARTNER ACS processor module, two 206 modules, ad two 400 modules, eight stadard devices ca dial out at the same time. If ie stadard devices try to dial out simultaeously, the ith device will ot get dial toe util oe of the other eight fiishes dialig.(partner MAIL VS cotais its ow touch-toe receivers ad does ot require ay from the system.) Also, because stadard phoes do ot have system lie or pool buttos, feature buttos, or dedicated fuctio buttos, basic call-hadlig procedures are sometimes differet from those for system telephoes. I additio, the followig actios caot be performed at a stadard telephoe: You caot eter programmig mode. Because there are o lie buttos o stadard phoes, users must use Direct Lie Pickup Idle Lie to select a specific lie; otherwise, the system selects a idle lie automatically whe the user dials a 9 at itercom dial toe. (For iformatio about Automatic Lie Selectio, see Chapter 5.) Similarly, because there are o pool buttos o stadard phoes, users must dial pool access codes at the itercom dial toe to request access to a idle pooled lie. (See Makig Calls o page for istructios o usig pool access codes). Otherwise, the system selects a idle lie from a pool automatically whe the user dials a 9 at itercom dial toe. Uless Call Waitig (#316) is assiged to specific stadard phoe extesios, there is o idicatio of a secod call ad a iside caller will hear a busy toe if a stadard phoe is i use. If Call Waitig is assiged, the user hears a call-waitig toe (two beeps) whe a secod call comes i for the extesio. (The call-waitig toe is ot repeated.) The user ca use the switchhook to put the first call o hold ad speak to the party o the secod call ad to switch back ad forth betwee the two parties. Users ca make a voice-sigaled call from a stadard phoe, but if users try to make a voice-sigaled call to stadard phoe, it will rig because the stadard phoe does ot have a system speaker. Users caot use the System Password. Users caot access the followig system features: Accout Code Etry, Backgroud Music, Caller ID Name Display, Caller ID Ispect, Do Not Disturb, Caller ID Loggig ad Dialig Feature, Exclusive Hold, Maual Sigalig, Privacy, Save Number Redial, VMS Cover, Voice Iterrupt o Busy, Voice Iterrupt o Busy Talk-Back, or Voice Mailbox Trasfer. Users ca, however, use Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) ad Automatic VMS Cover (#310), which are similar to the Privacy ad VMS Cover features. Learig About Telephoes 3-13

81 Do ot use Forced Accout Code Etry with a stadard phoe, because the phoe will ot be able to get dial toe ad make calls. A display o a stadard phoe will ot show Caller ID iformatio, system messages, or Caller ID Call Loggig iformatio. A speaker o a stadard phoe is ot a system itegrated speaker; therefore, it caot receive voice type calls, such as a group page. Feature Phoes A feature phoe is a stadard telephoe that has feature buttos i additio to the regular 12-key dial pad. For example, there are feature phoes that have programmable auto dial buttos, last umber redial buttos, hold buttos, ad built-i speakers. You ca use most of the system s dial-code features from a feature phoe, ad program them oto a feature phoe butto. However, there are some limitatios to what these phoes ca do. The capabilities of a feature phoe are i the phoe itself. For example, if you store a umber o a feature phoe s auto dial butto, that umber is stored i the feature phoe. (This is differet from storig a umber o a system phoe s Auto Dial butto. Whe you program a butto o a system phoe, the umber is actually stored i the cotrol uit.) Similarly, whe you press a hold butto o a feature phoe, the call is held at the phoe itself. (Callers will ot hear the system s Music O Hold. Other phoes i the system caot see that the call is o hold; it appears as a busy lie.) If you wat to program a outside umber o a feature phoe s auto dial butto, you must add a 9 ad oe or more pauses (if available) before each outside umber. (The 9 gets a outside lie, ad each pause allows a few secods to get a outside dial toe.) Note that the feature phoe s last umber redial butto may ot work for a outside call. To redial the last umber, use the system s Last Number Redial feature by pressig # Learig About Telephoes

82 Combiatio Extesios A combiatio extesio is a extesio with two devices coected to it either two stadard devices, or a system phoe ad a stadard device (but ot two system phoes). (For istructios o how to istall a combiatio extesio, see the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Istallatio guide.) The followig are examples of useful combiatio extesios: System phoe plus stadard telephoe, for power failure backup o extesios 10, 11, ad the first extesios of ay 206 or 308EC Module System phoe plus aswerig machie System phoe plus fax machie System phoe plus headset System phoe plus a exteral alert (such as a bell or chime). The telephoes i a combiatio extesio share a sigle extesio i the same way several home telephoes share a sigle lie. A system telephoe works as it always does ad a stadard telephoe works as it always does whe coected to the system.oly oe phoe or device ca be used at a time, uless you wat to joi the two o a sigle call (the same way two people ca pick up the same call o differet telephoes at home). For example: Both phoes share the same extesio umber. Both phoes share the same voice path; that is, whe either phoe is busy, the extesio is busy. Calls rig at both phoes. A secod call ca rig at the system phoe while the stadard phoe is busy, but do ot use the system phoe to aswer the secod call util the stadard phoe is idle or the first call will be discoected. If you make a voice-sigaled itercom call to a combiatio extesio with a system phoe, oly the system phoe sigals. Call Waitig (#316) does ot work o a stadard phoe i combiatio with a system phoe. The lights o the system phoe show what the stadard telephoe is doig as well as what the system phoe is doig. For a explaatio of light patters, see Lights o page 3-4. If Privacy is active at a combiatio extesio, o other extesio ca joi a call i progress at either a system phoe or a stadard device. (However, a phoe ca iterrupt a call o a stadard device at the same extesio. For example, if a system phoe ad modem are combied at a extesio, pickig up the hadset of the system phoe could iterrupt a modem trasmissio, eve if Privacy is active.) Learig About Telephoes 3-15

83 While o a call o a stadard phoe, you ca use the system phoe s dialpad ad fixed-feature buttos to hadle calls. For example, you ca use the system phoe to select a specific outside lie or pool, ad coduct the call o the stadard phoe. Or, if someoe is o a call usig the stadard phoe, someoe else ca put that call o hold by pressig h o the system phoe. To do this, it is ot ecessary to lift the hadset of the system phoe. Held calls do ot rig back at a stadard phoe i a combiatio extesio. To retrieve a held call from the stadard phoe, use Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie. A stadard phoe s message light will ot light whe Backgroud Music is playig through the system phoe s speaker. If you have Caller ID, oly system display phoes show the Caller ID iformatio. The riger equivalece umber (REN) of a stadard device or the combied REN of two devices caot be greater tha 2.0. (The REN of a system phoe is 0.0.) Usig Telephoes Your system provides ituitive operatio of basic call hadlig features, plus dial-code features that make it easy for users to hadle calls flexibly ad efficietly from both system ad stadard phoes. For more iformatio about a specific feature, refer to the feature ame i Chapter 5. Basic Call Hadlig Features The followig features are available from both system ad stadard phoes: Makig Calls Aswerig Calls Hold Call Park Trasferrig Calls Coferece Calls Joiig Calls Dial-Code Features Dial-code features are features that you access by dialig a feature code at the telephoe dialpad. From a system phoe, you ca dial f or i, followed by the two- or three-digit code (or press a programmed Auto Dial butto); from a stadard phoe, you typically dial # followed by the two- or three-digit code whe 3-16 Learig About Telephoes

84 you have itercom dial toe. Some dial-code features are ot available o stadard phoes, as oted by a asterisk (*) i the followig list. Accout Code Etry * Backgroud Music * Call Coverage Call Forwardig/Call Follow-Me Call Loggig Call Pickup Coferece Drop Cotact Closure 1 Cotact Closure 2 Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie Direct Lie Pickup Idle Lie Exclusive Hold * Group Callig Rig/Page Group Hutig Rig/Voice Sigal Group Pickup Last Number redial Loudspeaker Pagig Message Light Off Message Light O Persoal Speed Dial Numbers Recall Save Number Redial * Simultaeous Pagig Statio Lock Statio Ulock System Release Status System Speed Dial Numbers Touch-Toe Eable Voice Mailbox Trasfer * * Available oly o system phoes. Available oly o system phoes at extesio 10 ad 11. Available oly o system display phoes. Learig About Telephoes 3-17

85 3-18 Learig About Telephoes

86 Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4 Overview There are may ways to set up auxiliary equipmet the setup you choose depeds upo your eeds ad the umber of devices you have. This chapter presets some commo setups. (It does ot cover how to physically coect the equipmet, or how to program the features. See the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Istallatio guide for istallatio istructios, Chapter 5 for programmig istructios, ad the equipmet maufacturer s documetatio for complete details o the device you coect.) This chapter shows various applicatios for the followig types of equipmet: Aswerig Machies Automated Attedats Call Reportig Devices Cotact Closure Devices Credit Card Scaers Fax Machies Modems Voice Messagig Systems I additio, you ca coect the followig devices to your system: Doorphoes allow visitors to sigal extesios by pressig a butto o the doorphoe; the perso who aswers a doorphoe call ca the speak with the visitor at the doorphoe. A doorphoe is especially useful for providig access to offices or departmets after hours. For example, you ca istall a doorphoe outside your buildig etrace to allow visitors to rig telephoes iside the buildig whe the receptioist is ot there ad the frot door is locked. 4-1

87 The system supports up to two Lucet Techologies PARTNER Doorphoes or ay umber of Lucet Techologies Uiversal Doorphoes. Uiversal Doorphoes offer a door ulock feature ad ca be istalled i additio to PARTNER Doorphoes. Loudspeaker pagig systems allow you to broadcast a message over a large area, by coectig the pagig system directly to the PAGE jack o the processor module. The system supports all Lucet Techologies pagig systems icludig the etire PagePac lie. The system also supports most pagig systems from other maufacturers whe the pagig systems are coected usig a pagig iterface device. For iformatio about how to use a loudspeaker pagig system with the system, see Chapter 5. PARTNER PassageWay Solutio allows you to combie your Persoal Computer (PC) ruig Microsoft WidowsTM 3.1 or later, Microsoft Widows for Workgroups Versio 3.11 or later, or Widows 95 with your phoe. You ca the use your PC for tasks such as dialig out from a electroic phoe list ad loggig phoe calls. Music-o-hold systems allow you to play recorded music or messages to callers while they are o hold, by coectig the audio source to the processor module. The system supports the Lucet Techologies Magic o Hold system ad most models from other maufacturers. (The performace of music over telephoe lies is a public performace uder Uited States Copyright law. Accordigly, i order for the performace of that music to be lawful, it must be licesed aually to the user by the copyright owers or their represetatives. The Magic o Hold system icludes the required licese for the first year. This licese must be reewed aually.) Remote Admiistratio Uits (RAUs) allow you to perform System ad Cetralized Telephoe Programmig from a remote locatio. Extra alerts help make users aware of icomig calls. For example, you ca use a audible alert (chime, hor, or bell) to replace a phoe rig i a oisy area, such as a factory. Similarly, you ca use a visual alert (strobe or light) to replace a phoe rig i a quiet area, such as a library. Lucet Techologies offers several compatible alerts. Speakerphoes provide hads-free two-way operatio of a phoe without liftig the hadset. Combiig a speakerphoe with a system phoe or a stadard phoe i a coferece room or office is a iexpesive way for several people at a meetig to coferece i other parties. (I coferece rooms, a separate speakerphoe such as the SoudStatio from Lucet Techologies is recommeded, sice the built-i speaker o a system phoe is desiged for idividual use.) Headsets allow users to hold hads-free coversatios. A headset is a combiatio earphoe ad microphoe wor o the head, useful for receptioists, salespeople, or others who eed to have their hads free while talkig o the phoe. Lucet Techologies offers several compatible headsets. 4-2 Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

88 Specialty Hadsets are desiged for those idividuals who eed greater fuctioality tha that provided by the hadsets o system phoes ad stadard phoes. For example, a amplified hadset is available for all PARTNER phoes for hard-of-hearig users. I-Rage Out-of-Buildig (IROB) protectors are required to prevet electrical surges from damagig your system whe phoes or other stadard devices (such as a doorphoe) are istalled i a locatio other tha the buildig where the cotrol uit is istalled. The system supports the Lucet Techologies IROB protector, which provides coverage for up to 3,000 feet (915 meters) for stadard devices ad 1,000 feet (305 meters) for system phoes. (IROBs must be istalled by a qualified techicia.) Off-Premises Rage Exteder (OPRE) allows you to coect a stadard touch-toe phoe beyod 3,000 feet (915 meters) i aother buildig o the same cotiuous property. It also allows you to use a special circuit from your local phoe compay to provide off-premises statio capability. Electromagetic Iterferece (EMI) filters allow you to block oise geerated by a earby radio statio, as well as most electrical devices. Caller ID devices allow you to store ad process Caller ID iformatio. Although the system provides fuctioally itegrated, multi-lie Caller ID o system display phoes, you ca coect other devices provided you subscribe to the service from your local phoe compay ad coect the device directly to the Caller ID lie. You caot istall a Caller ID device directly to a PARTNER extesio jack or to a combiatio extesio jack. Refer to Coectig Caller ID Devices i the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Istallatio guide for istallatio details. To order auxiliary equipmet, refer to Product Orderig Iformatio o page B-4. If a Device Has Trouble NOTE: Two System Programmig procedures ca be used to adjust the system settigs for auxiliary equipmet istalled at a extesio, if a device has trouble aswerig calls or dialig out. If a device (such as a aswerig machie) does ot pick up trasferred or itercom calls, you ca use Distictive Rig (#308) to chage the rigig, so that all calls rig like outside calls at that extesio. If a autodialig device (such as a modem) has trouble autodialig, use Itercom Dial Toe (#309) to chage the itercom dial toe for the extesio to Machie (outside lie) dial toe. Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-3

89 Aswerig Machies You ca use a aswerig machie to aswer calls at ight whe o oe is aroud, or durig busiess hours whe o oe ca get to the phoe. If you have a Lucet Techologies aswerig machie with the Call Itercept feature, you ca pick up a call that has bee aswered by the aswerig machie by joiig the call from ay system phoe. Whe you do so, the system seds the aswerig machie a sigal that makes it hag up. You ca coect aswerig machies to your system i the followig ways: Sigle aswerig machie. This basic setup ca cover all the lies i the system. Ayoe o the system ca call the machie to retrieve messages. Multiple aswerig machies. If you get too may calls for oe machie to cover, coect two or more machies to cover all calls. Persoal aswerig machie. A aswerig machie ca share a extesio with a phoe i order to aswer calls to that extesio. NOTE: If you have a aswerig machie ad a system phoe o the same extesio, the aswerig machie will be able to aswer calls oly whe the phoe is idle. 4-4 Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

90 Ext. Itercom Itercom + Feature 1 GHI Cof 4 Mic PQRS Trasfr HFAI 7 Spkr Hold 0 ABC 2 JKL 5 TUV 8 Message DEF 3 MNO 6 WXYZ 9 Sigle Aswerig Machie The sigle aswerig machie setup (Figure 4-1) serves the etire system. The aswerig machie is coected to its ow extesio, ad ca cover all the lies i the system, or as may lies as you assig to it. You ca istall the aswerig machie o a extesio by itself, or combie it with a system phoe or a stadard phoe o the same extesio (see Combiatio Extesios i the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Istallatio guide). Lies Telephoe (optioal) CONTROL UNIT Ext X * # ANS MACH Figure 4-1. Sigle Aswerig Machie To Use Go to the machie to maually play back messages. From ay system extesio, make a itercom call to the aswerig machie extesio. Whe the machie aswers, dial its message retrieval code. From outside the system, call i o ay lie assiged to the machie. Whe the machie aswers, dial its message retrieval code. To Program 1. If extesio X is a key extesio, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig all the lies to extesio X that you wat the aswerig machie to cover. If extesio X is a pooled extesio, use Lie Extesio Assigmet (#314) to assig all the pools to extesio X that you wat the aswerig machie to cover. Also, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig ay idividual lies to extesio X that you wat the aswerig machie to cover. 2. Set Lie Rigig for all lies ad pools assiged to extesio X to Immediate Rig. Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-5

91 3. Make sure extesio X is ot assiged as a Call Waitig (#316) extesio, Pickup Group Extesio (#501), Callig Group Extesio (#502), Night Service Group Extesio (#504), or Hut Group Extesio (#505). 4. Adjust the aswerig machie to aswer accordig to your eeds. For example, set the machie to aswer o the fourth rig durig the day so someoe has a chace to pick up the call. Multiple Aswerig Machies If a sigle aswerig machie caot hadle all your calls, you ca set up two or more machies at differet extesios (Figure 4-2) so that a call does ot go uaswered. If oe aswerig machie is busy, a secod call will be aswered by the secod machie. A setup such as this might be used by a movie theater to aouce movie times to people callig for iformatio. Lies Ext X ANS MACH 1 CONTROL UNIT Ext Y ANS MACH 2 Figure 4-2. Multiple Aswerig Machies To Use Go to the machies to maually play back messages. From ay system extesio, make a itercom call to a aswerig machie extesio. Whe the machie aswers, dial its message retrieval code. From outside the system, call i o ay lie assiged to the machie. Whe the machie aswers, dial its message retrieval code. Note, however, whe callig from outside, you ca retrieve messages oly from the first machie that aswers. To Program 1. If your system is cofigured for Hybrid mode, use Lie Access Mode (#313) to chage extesios X ad Y from Pooled to Key. 4-6 Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

92 Ext. Itercom Itercom + Feature 1 GHI Cof 4 Mic PQRS Trasfr HFAI 7 Spkr Hold 0 ABC 2 JKL 5 TUV 8 Message DEF 3 MNO 6 WXYZ 9 2. Use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig all the lies to extesios X ad Y that you wat the machies to cover. 3. For extesios X ad Y, set Lie Rigig for all lies to Immediate Rig. 4. Make sure extesios X ad Y are ot assiged as Call Waitig (#316) extesios, Pickup Group Extesios (#501), Callig Group Extesios (#502), Night Service Group Extesios (#504), or Hut Group Extesios (#505). 5. Adjust both aswerig machies to aswer o a differet umber of rigs (so they do ot both try to pick up the same call). For example, set aswerig machie 1 to 4 rigs ad aswerig machie 2 to 6 rigs. (If you caot adjust the two aswerig machies to aswer o a differet umber of rigs, assig some lies to Immediate Rig at extesio X ad other lies to Immediate Rig at extesio Y.) Persoal Aswerig Machie A persoal aswerig machie is used to aswer all the calls that rig at a certai extesio (Figure 4-3). It is useful for the followig situatios: Whe you do ot wat to dedicate a extesio to a aswerig machie Whe the extesio receives a lot of itercom calls Whe outside calls come through a receptioist ad are trasferred to the extesio Whe a extesio has a private lie Lies CONTROL UNIT Ext X ANS MACH * # Figure 4-3. Persoal Aswerig Machie To Use Go to the machie to maually retrieve messages. From ay system extesio, make a itercom call to the extesio. Whe the machie aswers, dial the message retrieval code. Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-7

93 From outside the system, call i ad have someoe trasfer you to the extesio. Whe the machie aswers, dial the message retrieval code. Or, call i whe o oe will aswer before the aswerig machie does. To Program 1. Set Lie Rigig for all lies ad pools assiged to extesio X to the desired rig (Immediate, Delayed, or No Rig). 2. If the lies assiged to extesio X are also assiged to other extesios, adjust the aswerig machie to aswer o the third or fourth rig so that it does ot aswer calls before someoe else ca. (If the aswerig machie is to cover trasferred or coverage calls, make sure the umber of rigs is less tha the amout of trasfer retur rigs set for the extesio. This assures that the aswerig machie will pick up trasferred or coverage calls before they retur to the trasfer retur extesio or are set to the coverig extesio.) If you itercept a call from the aswerig machie, you will hear a click to otify you that the aswerig machie has tured off. 4-8 Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

94 Ext. Itercom Itercom + Feature Cof Mic Trasfr HFAI Spkr Hold ABC 2 Message DEF 3 1 GHI JKL 4 5 PQRS TUV 7 8 * 0 # MNO 6 WXYZ 9 Auto Attedat A auto attedat aswers calls ad directs them to a specified extesio, Callig Group, or Hut Group (based o the digits a caller dials after listeig to a list of choices i a recorded greetig). For example, the auto attedat could aswer calls ad tell callers to press 1 for Sales, 2 for Parts, 3 for Service, ad so o. A auto attedat ca be set up for immediate call hadlig or delayed call hadlig. Backup for Receptioist A commo use of a auto attedat is as a backup for the receptioist. If the receptioist caot pick up a call withi a specified umber of rigs, the auto attedat hadles it. This prevets calls from goig uaswered. Figure 4-4 shows how the auto attedat would be coected to your system. Auto Attedat Lies CONTROL UNIT Ext. X Ext. 10 Receptioist s Desk Figure 4-4. Backup for Receptioist To Use Follow the istructios packaged with the auto attedat. Make sure that the uit is i backup call-aswerig mode. Whe callers call the mai umber for your compay, the receptioist ormally picks up the call. If the receptioist is busy, the auto attedat aswers ad plays a recorded message, such as: Please hold for the receptioist or dial a extesio umber ow. To Program 1. Use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig all the lies to extesio X that you wat the auto attedat to cover. 2. Set Lie Rigig for all lies assiged to extesio X to Delayed Rig. 3. Make sure extesio X is ot assiged as a Call Waitig (#316) extesio. Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-9

95 4. Use AA Extesios (#607) to idetify extesio X as the auto attedat. 5. Set Trasfer Retur Extesio (#306) for extesio X to extesio Set the auto attedat to pick up withi a specific umber of rigs, so if the receptioist does ot pick up a call, the auto attedat will. Call Reportig Devices (SMDR) SMDR (Statio Message Detail Recordig) is a call reportig feature that provides records of call activity. Call reportig iformatio provides you with the ability to: Detect ay uauthorized calls Bill cliets or projects Bill back by departmet Reduce telephoe costs by idetifyig the eed to chage telecommuicatios services (like addig a WATS lie for calls to a particular area code) Prit Caller ID iformatio Call reportig iformatio is recorded after each call is completed. For outgoig calls, the system records iformatio for each call that lasts more tha 10 secods. The timig begis whe you lift the hadset or press S to access a outside lie. For icomig calls, the timig begis whe the call is aswered. Timig stops whe the call is discoected. The system seds the iformatio through a 1200-baud serial iterface to either a serial priter or a call accoutig device. The device coects directly to the SMDR jack o the processor module. Programmig Use the followig programmig procedures for call reportig: SMDR Record Type (#608) to specify the type of calls that you wat to record for call reportig either all calls or outgoig calls oly. SMDR Top of Page (#609) to otify the system that the priter has bee aliged to the top of a ew page. SMDR Output Format (#610) to idetify whether a maximum of 15 digits or 24 digits is prited for dialed umbers o the call report. Before chagig the output format to 24 digits, check the documetatio for your call accoutig device to verify that this operatio is supported. SMDR Talk Time (#611) to iclude the Talk field o the call reports. This field shows the call duratio mius the time the greetig was played ad the caller waited for someoe to aswer the call Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

96 Forced Accout Code Etry (#307) to idetify extesios that are required to eter a accout code prior to makig outside calls ad Forced Accout Code List (#409) to create a list of valid accout codes. Display Laguage (#303) to specify the laguage to be used for display messages. The call report header is prited i the same laguage as is specified for extesio 10. The System Date (#101) ad System Time (#103) must be set correctly to esure accurate call reports. Call Reports A call report is a page of iformatio that begis with a header. The header icludes field ames that describe the iformatio i each call record. The call record is a lie of iformatio that icludes the fields show i Figure 4-5. DATE TIME NUMBER DUR. LINE STN. ACCOUNT C 04/26/97 11: :01: C 04/26/97 11: :04: I 04/26/97 13:35 IN 00:02: I 04/26/97 13: :01: Figure 4-5. Sample Call Report Each page icludes 59 records. The report has the followig fields: Call Type. C idicates outgoig calls; I idicates icomig calls. (SMDR Record Type (#608) defies whether icomig calls are reported.) Date. The date of the call is show i mm/dd/yy format, where mm is the moth, dd is the day, ad yy is the year. The system uses the date set with System Date (#101). Time. The time of the coectio is show i hh:mm format, where hh is the hour ad mm is the miute. The system uses the time set with System Time (#103) ad is show i 24-hour (military) time. Number. For a outgoig call, this is the dialed umber or the speed dial code of a Marked System Speed Dial umber (preceded by a F ). This field holds a maximum of either 15 or 24 digits, depedig o the settig of SMDR Output Format (#610). (The Number field i Figure 4-5 is set to hold 24 digits.) A character prits as the last digit of a dialed umber if the called party hags up before the system user; a? prits if the umber of digits dialed exceeds the 15 or 24 digits that this field ca hold. If both of these coditios occur, the * takes precedece. Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-11

97 For a icomig call, IN appears, uless the system is set up to receive Caller ID iformatio. I that case, telephoe umbers of icomig calls o lies with Caller ID service prit i this field. (See Caller ID o page 5-62 for more iformatio.) Duratio. The duratio of the call is show i hh:mm:ss format, where hh is the hour, mm is the miutes, ad ss is the secods. This is the total time of the call, icludig ay time the call is o hold or beig hadled by the Automatic System Hold or Direct Extesio Dial feature. If a icomig call lasts less tha oe secod, this field cotais all zeroes. Lie Number. This is the outside lie used to make or receive the call. If the system is set for Hybrid Mode ad the call is o a lie i a pool, the umber of the lie i the pool prits here, ot the pooled umber. Statio (Extesio). This usually is the extesio that aswered or placed the call. For redirected icomig calls, the last extesio o the call is show o the report, as follows: For trasferred icomig calls: the destiatio extesio. For trasferred outgoig calls: the origiator extesio. For pickup calls: the extesio pickig up the call. For forwarded calls: the extesio aswerig the forwarded call. For coverage calls: the extesio aswerig the coverage call. If the callig party hags up o a Automatic System Aswer or Direct Extesio Dial call before someoe at a extesio aswers, this field shows 00. Accout Code. This is the accout code (up to 16 digits) assiged to the call. This code typically is used for chargig calls to a specific cliet, project or departmet. Talk. This is the time a user speds o a icomig outside call from the time the user aswers the call to the time the call is discoected from the system. The talk time is show i hh:mm:ss format, where hh is the hour, mm is the miutes, ad ss is the secods. If the call is aswered by the Automatic System Aswer or Direct Extesio Dial feature, this field does ot iclude the time the caller listes to the greetig or waits for someoe to aswer the call. For all other calls, the time i this field is the same as the time i the Duratio field. This field is icluded o the call report oly if SMDR Talk Time (#611) is set to Active. Cosideratios If a report caot prit because the priter is jammed or out of paper, the system will store up to 45 records i its memory util they ca be prited. Additioal calls will ot be recorded Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

98 Before icludig the Talk field o call reports or chagig the output format to 24 digits, check the documetatio shipped with the call accoutig device to verify that these optios are supported. If SMDR Talk Time (#611) is set to Active ad SMDR Output Format (#610) is set to 24 digits, the combied legth of the fields for a call record will be greater tha the 80 characters supported by most priters. If call records wrap aroud to the ext lie, reduce the fot size or icrease the characters-per-ich settig for the priter. If ecessary, chage the SMDR Output Format back to 15 digits. I the evet of a power failure, records of ay calls i progress are lost. Iside (itercom) calls are ot recorded. If you place a call o hold ad the caller hags up, the call is cosidered complete ad the record is set to the call reportig device. Coferece calls appear as two outside calls. (This meas two records are geerated o the report.) Output Format The followig RS-232 serial trasmissio protocol is used for SMDR records: 1200 baud No parity 8 data bits 2 stop bits The call reportig feature also supports XON/XOFF protocol, carriage returs, ad lie feeds. Serial Priters Use a 355A adapter, which coverts a modular jack iterface to a RS pi coector, to coect a serial priter to the PARTNER ACS processor module. If you coect a priter, make sure the priter ca receive SMDR data i the format described above (refer to the priter s istructios or cotact the priter s maufacturer if you eed help). If SMDR Talk Time (#611) is set to Active ad SMDR Output Format (#610) is set to 24 digits, the combied legth of the fields for a call record will be greater tha the 80 characters supported by most priters. If call records wrap aroud to the ext lie, reduce the fot size or icrease the characters-per-ich settig for the priter. If ecessary, chage the SMDR Output Format back to 15 digits. Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-13

99 Call Accoutig Devices You ca sed call iformatio to a call accoutig device (such as Lucet Techologies Call Accoutig Termial Basic or Plus) if you wat to further aalyze call activity. The device stores rate table iformatio ad processes the iformatio it receives ito meaigful reports that ca help you optimize your commuicatios system. The primary applicatio for call accoutig devices is accoutig, or pricig of the calls. The call accoutig device coects directly to the SMDR jack o the PARTNER ACS processor module ad ca also prit out reports that iclude summaries by hour, lie, ad extesio. Refer to the maual provided with the call accoutig device for istructios o coectig it to your system. Cotact Closure Devices The Cotact Closure Adjuct plugs ito a jack o the PARTNER ACS processor module ad has two Cotact Closures that ca be used to cotrol devices such as a electroic door lock (as show i Figure 4-6) or a alert. The device beig cotrolled must be wired to the Adjuct by a electricia i accordace with local electrical codes. See Chapter A, Specificatios, for more iformatio. Cotact Closure Adjuct Cotact Closure 1 Door with Electroic Lock CONTROL UNIT Ext X Doorphoe Ext Y Doorphoe Alert Extesio Figure 4-6. Cotact Closure Adjuct Usig Cotact Closure Devices You must desigate which extesios are eligible to use the Cotact Closures ad you must program how the cotacts will respod whe activated. The users at eligible extesios ca program a butto o their phoes or they ca simply use f 4 1 (to activate Cotact Closure 1) or f 4 2 (to activate Cotact Closure 2) Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

100 Ext. Itercom Itercom + Feature 1 GHI Cof 4 Mic PQRS Trasfr HFAI 7 Spkr Hold 0 ABC 2 JKL 5 TUV 8 Message DEF 3 MNO 6 WXYZ 9 For example, suppose Cotact Closure 1 ca release the door lock o the Deliveries door. You program extesio Y as a eligible extesio for Cotact Closure 1 usig Cotact Closure Group (#612), ad set the Cotact Closure Operatio Type (#613) to 5-Secods O. Whe a delivery perso uses the doorphoe (extesio X) to aouce a package delivery, the user at extesio Y ca use f41 to activate Cotact Closure 1. The lock o the Deliveries door will be released for five secods, eablig the delivery perso to eter. Programmig Cotact Closure Devices 1. Use Doorphoe Extesio (#604) to assig Doorphoe 1 to extesio X. 2. Use Doorphoe Alert Extesios (#606) to idetify extesio Y as a alert extesio for Doorphoe Use Cotact Closure Group (#612) to assig extesio Y to Cotact Closure Group 1. This extesio ca activate Cotact Closure Use Cotact Closure Operatio Type (#613) to set Cotact Closure 1 to Optio 3, 5-Secods O. Credit Card Scaers May retail busiesses ad restaurats use credit card scaers to get istat approval of credit card purchases. The system allows your credit card scaers to share the lies i your system (as show i Figure 4-7). You ca istall the credit card scaer o a extesio by itself, or combie it with a system phoe or a stadard phoe o the same extesio (see Combiatio Extesios i the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Istallatio guide). Lies Telephoe (optioal) * # CONTROL UNIT Ext X Credit Card Scaer Figure 4-7. Credit Card Scaer Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-15

101 Usig Credit Card Scaers Whe you make a call o the credit card scaer, a outside lie is automatically selected. If you combie the credit card scaer with a system phoe or stadard phoe, you caot use the phoe while the credit card scaer is operatig. You ca use oly oe of the devices at a time. Programmig Credit Card Scaers 1. If extesio X is a key extesio, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig the lies you wat the scaer to use to extesio X. If extesio X is a pooled extesio, use Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) to assig the pools you wat the scaer to use to extesio X. Also use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig ay idividual lies you wat the scaer to use to extesio X. 2. Set Automatic Lie Selectio for extesio X to select the pools ad outside lies that the scaer is to use. 3. Set Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) for extesio X to Assiged. 4. Make sure extesio X is ot assiged as a Call Waitig (#316) extesio. 5. If the scaer has a auto aswer feature, tur it off. 6. For multiple scaers, repeat Steps 1 5 for each extesio. Fax Machies This sectio suggests several ways you ca set up fax machies to work with your system. It icludes istructios for programmig ad usig a Fax Maagemet butto o a system phoe (i order to moitor the status of a fax machie ad trasfer calls to it with a sigle touch), ad for trasferrig calls to the fax machie extesio. Usig the Fax Maagemet Feature O ay system phoe, you ca program a butto with lights to serve as a Fax Maagemet butto. The lights ext to this butto tell you whe the fax machie is i use, available, or ot aswerig (for example, whe it is out of paper). You ca also use the butto to trasfer calls from your extesio to the fax machie with a sigle touch. Programmig for Fax Maagemet To program a Fax Maagemet butto, first assig the fax machie extesio usig Fax Machie Extesios (#601). (See Chapter 5 for details.) The program the fax machie extesio umber o a Auto Dial butto. For more iformatio, see Auto Dialig o page Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

102 Usig the Fax Maagemet Butto The lights ext to the Fax Maagemet butto show what is happeig at the fax machie see Table 4-1. Table 4-1. Fax Maagemet Butto Light Patters Light Patter Red broke flutter Red steady Gree flutter Idicates... Fax trouble. The fax machie is ot aswerig. If broke flutter occurs because the fax machie is out of paper, refill the paper. The light clears the ext time the machie trasmits or receives a call. If the machie takes loger tha four rigs to aswer, the light shows fax trouble; whe the machie does aswer, the light chages to fax busy (red steady). Fax busy. The fax machie is busy trasmittig or receivig a call. Fax trasfer retur. A call you trasferred to the fax machie was ot aswered ad is returig to you. Trasferrig a Call to the Fax Machie There are two situatios i which you would wat to trasfer a call to your fax machie: You aswer a outside call ad hear a fax machie sigalig. (A fax sigal is a sigle beep sequece beep... beep... beep). If you hear this, you should trasfer the call immediately to the fax machie extesio. You are o a call with a perso who wats to sed you a fax usig the fax machie that is coected to his or her phoe. You ca receive the fax by trasferrig the call to your fax extesio. Tell the other party to wait util he or she hears the fax sigal before pressig the Start butto o the sedig fax machie. I additio, if you have a PARTNER MAIL system ad a fax call comes i o a lie covered by the PARTNER MAIL system, its Automated Attedat Service ca be programmed to automatically trasfer the call to a fax extesio or (if you have multiple fax machies) to the extesio Hut Group for the fax machies. There are four ways to trasfer the call to the fax extesio: If you have a Fax Maagemet butto, simply press the butto. Whe the fax machie aswers, hag up. If you do ot have a Fax Maagemet butto, press & plus the fax machie s extesio umber. Whe the fax machie aswers, hag up. O a stadard phoe, rapidly press ad release the switchhook to place the call o hold, the dial the fax extesio umber ad hag up. Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-17

103 If you have multiple fax machies i a extesio Hut Group, press &, the i 7 7 plus the fax extesio Hut Group umber. Whe a fax machie aswers, hag up. Settig Up Fax Machies There are may ways to set up fax machies. The followig cofiguratios are basic ad easy to use: Sigle fax machie. Good for light or moderate fax traffic. This basic setup uses a published fax umber. Fax machie lie saver. Good for light fax traffic, with o eed for a published fax umber. Sed ad receive fax machies. Good for high-volume fax traffic. Oe machie seds, the other receives. You ca istall both a telephoe ad a fax machie o the same extesio see Combiatio Extesios i the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Istallatio guide. This lets you receive both voice ad fax calls o the same lie (but ot at the same time). If you pick up the phoe ad hear a fax sigal, push the Start butto o your fax machie ad the hag up. If you are usig the PARTNER MAIL system s Automated Attedat Service, you ca program PARTNER MAIL to trasfer fax calls to the fax extesio or a group of fax extesios automatically. Use Fax Machie Extesios (#601) to idetify fax extesios. If you have multiple fax machies, put all of the fax extesios ito a sigle Hut Group (ay group 1 6) usig Hut Group Extesios (#505). Restrictig Dialig from a Fax Machie You ca use dialig restrictios to restrict callig activity o a fax machie. For example, you ca use Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) to restrict the fax machie to local calls oly. For a more detailed discussio of dialig restrictios, see Chapter 2. Sigle Fax Machie The sigle fax machie setup (show i Figure 4-8) is good for moderate traffic. The fax machie has its ow lie (lie A), the umber of which is published as the fax umber. (The fax lie ca be used by other phoes whe all other lies are busy.) The fax machie is coected to its ow extesio (extesio X) Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

104 Fax Lie A CONTROL UNIT Ext X FAX Figure 4-8. Sigle Fax Machie To Use The fax machie automatically aswers all calls that come i o the fax lie. If a call comes i o aother lie, you ca trasfer the call to the fax extesio (see Trasferrig a Call to the Fax Machie o page 4-17). If you have programmed a Fax Maagemet butto, you ca trasfer a call to the fax machie with a sigle touch, as well as moitor the status of the fax machie (see Usig the Fax Maagemet Feature o page 4-16r). Whe you sed a fax, the system automatically selects the fax lie. To Program 1. If extesio X is a key extesio, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig oly lie A to extesio X. If extesio X is a pooled extesio, use Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) to remove lie A from all pools ad the use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig oly lie A to extesio X. 2. Set Automatic Lie Selectio for extesio X to select lie A oly. Set Automatic Lie Selectio to select lie A last o all other extesios or remove lie A from all other extesios if they should ot use it to make outgoig calls. 3. Set Lie Rigig for lie A o extesio X to Immediate Rig. O all other extesios, set lie A to Delayed Rig or No Rig. 4. Set Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) for extesio X to Assiged. 5. Make sure extesio X is ot assiged as a Call Waitig (#316) extesio, Pickup Group Extesio (#501), Callig Group Extesio (#502), Night Service Group Extesio (#504), or Hut Group Extesio (#505). Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-19

105 6. To moitor the fax machie, use Fax Machie Extesios (#601) to idetify extesio X as a fax extesio ad program a Fax Maagemet butto by programmig the fax machie extesio umber o a Auto Dial butto. Fax Lie Saver If you do ot use your fax machie eough to justify payig for its ow outside lie, you ca put the machie o its ow extesio. With this setup, you must trasfer calls to it maually. If you have programmed a Fax Maagemet butto, you ca trasfer a call to the fax machie with a sigle touch, as well as moitor the status of the fax machie (see Usig the Fax Maagemet Feature o page 4-16). Figure 4-9 shows the setup. Lies A B CONTROL UNIT Ext X FAX C Figure 4-9. Fax Lie Saver Setup To Use Whe a perso aswers a call ad hears a fax machie sigalig o the other ed, the perso ca trasfer the call to extesio X the fax machie extesio. To sed a fax trasmissio, simply lift the hadset o the fax machie a outside lie will be automatically selected. To Program 1. If extesio X is the key extesio, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig all lies to extesio X. If extesio X is a pooled extesio, use Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) to assig the pools you wat the fax machie to use to extesio X. Also use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig ay idividual lies you wat the fax machie to use to extesio X. 2. If extesio X is a key extesio, set Automatic Lie Selectio for extesio X to lie A, B, C, Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

106 If extesio X is a pooled extesio, set Automatic Lie Selectio for extesio X to Pool D, lie A, B, C, Set Lie Rigig for all lies ad pools o extesio X to No Rig. 4. Set Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) for extesio X to Assiged. 5. Make sure extesio X is ot assiged as a Call Waitig (#316) extesio, Pickup Group Extesio (#501), Callig Group Extesio (#502), Night Service Group Extesio (#504), or Hut Group Extesio (#505). 6. To moitor the fax machie, use Fax Machie Extesios (#601) to idetify extesio X as a fax extesio ad program a Fax Maagemet butto by programmig the fax machie extesio umber o a Auto Dial butto. Sed ad Receive Fax Machies If your busiess has high-volume fax traffic, you ca set up two fax machies, oe that oly seds ad the other that oly receives. For example, i Figure 4-10, fax 1 is the sed machie, fax 2 is the receive machie. Lie A is the fax lie, the umber of which is published as the fax umber. If fax 2 does t aswer lie A, fax 1 will. Fax Lie A Ext X FAX 1 Sed Lies CONTROL UNIT Ext Y FAX 2 Receive Figure Sed ad Receive Fax Machies To Use Whe you sed a fax, a outside lie will be automatically selected. Icomig fax calls o the fax lie are aswered automatically by fax 2. If a fax comes i o a lie other tha lie A, you ca trasfer the call to fax 2 (see Trasferrig a Call to the Fax Machie o page 4-17). If you have programmed a Fax Maagemet butto, you ca trasfer a call to the fax machie with a sigle touch, as well as moitor the status of the fax machie (see Usig the Fax Maagemet Feature o page 4-16). If fax 1 is set for Delayed Rig o lie A, fax 1 ca pick up fax trasmissios whe fax 2 does ot aswer. Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-21

107 To Program Fax 1 (Sed Ext. X) 1. If extesio X is a key extesio, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig oe or more lies to extesio X (icludig lie A). If extesio X is a pooled extesio, use Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) to remove lie A from all pools. The use Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) to assig pools to extesio X. Also use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig lie A ad ay other idividual lies to extesio X. 2. Set Automatic Lie Selectio for extesio X to select outside lies first (lie A selected last). For pooled extesios, set Automatic Lie Selectio for extesio X to select pools ad outside lies first (lie A selected last). 3. Set Lie Rigig for lie A at extesio X to Delayed Rig; set all other lies ad pools to No Rig. 4. Set Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) for extesio X to Assiged. 5. Make sure extesio X is ot assiged as a Call Waitig (#316) extesio, Pickup Group Extesio (#501), Callig Group Extesio (#502), Night Service Group Extesio (#504), or Hut Group Extesio (#505). 6. To moitor the fax machie at extesio X, use Fax Machie Extesios (#601) to idetify extesio X as a fax extesio ad program a Fax Maagemet butto by programmig the fax machie extesio umber o a Auto Dial butto. To Program Fax 2 (Receive Ext. Y) 1. If extesio Y is the key extesio, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig oly lie A to extesio Y. If extesio Y is a pooled extesio, use Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) to remove lie A from all pools ad the use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig lie A ad ay other idividual lies to extesio Y. 2. If you wat it to be able to dial out whe fax 1 is uavailable, set Automatic Lie Selectio for extesio Y to select outside lies first (lie A selected last). 3. Set Lie Rigig for lie A at extesio Y to Immediate Rig; set all other lies ad pools at extesio Y to No Rig. (For all other extesios, set lie A to No Rig or Delayed Rig.) 4. Set Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) for extesio Y to Assiged. 5. Make sure extesio Y is ot assiged as a Call Waitig (#316) extesio, Pickup Group Extesio (#501), Callig Group Extesio (#502), Night Service Group Extesio (#504), or Hut Group Extesio (#505) Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

108 Ext. Itercom Itercom + Feature 1 GHI Cof 4 Mic PQRS Trasfr HFAI 7 Spkr Hold 0 ABC 2 JKL 5 TUV 8 Message DEF 3 MNO 6 WXYZ 9 6. To moitor the fax machie at extesio Y, use Fax Machie Extesios (#601) to idetify extesio Y as a fax extesio ad program a Fax Maagemet butto by programmig the fax machie extesio umber o a Auto Dial butto. Modems There are several ways to use modems with your system, as described below. NOTE: Modems ca coect directly to a extesio jack without a adapter. However, if you coect a high-speed modem through the cotrol uit, you may experiece some degradatio of efficiecy ad throughput, depedig o the quality of the cetral office lies coected to the system. To solve the problem, either coect modems directly to the etwork iterface jacks, or cotact your local telephoe compay for iformatio about upgradig lie quality. Stadaloe Modem for Placig Calls Oly A modem ad a termial allow you to dial out ad coect to computer bulleti boards ad other data services. This setup, which lets you dial out but ot receive calls, is show i Figure Note that the telephoe is optioal ad ca be used if you wat the termial to share a extesio with a phoe. Lies Telephoe (optioal) CONTROL UNIT Ext X Modem PC or Termial * # Figure Stadaloe Modem for Placig Calls Oly To Use Follow the modem maufacturer s istructios. Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-23

109 To Program 1. If extesio X is a key extesio, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig oe or more lies to extesio X. If extesio Y is a pooled extesio, use Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) to assig the pools you wat the modem to use to extesio X. Also use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig ay idividual lies you wat the modem to use to extesio X. 2. If the modem will oly dial outside the system, set Automatic Lie Selectio for extesio X to select outside lies first. If you also use the modem for calls withi the system, set Automatic Lie Selectio to select itercom first, ad iclude a 9 or a pool access code ad a couple of pauses i the modem s dialig sequece for outside calls. 3. Set Lie Rigig for all lies ad pools assiged to extesio X to No Rig. 4. Set Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) for extesio X to Assiged. 5. Make sure extesio Y is ot assiged as a Call Waitig (#316) extesio, Pickup Group Extesio (#501), Callig Group Extesio (#502), Night Service Group Extesio (#504), or Hut Group Extesio (#505). 6. Set the auto aswer feature of the modem to Off. Sed ad Receive Modem If you eed to place ad receive calls with the modem, use the setup show i Figure This setup makes lie A the primary modem lie, but keeps the lie available for users at other extesios whe all other lies are busy. Modem Lie A Lies CONTROL UNIT Ext X MODEM Figure Sed ad Receive Modem 4-24 Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

110 To Use Calls o the modem lie (lie A) rig oly at extesio X. Also, lie A is the last lie selected by other extesios, so the modem lie is uavailable for the modem oly whe all other lies i the system are beig used. To Program 1. If extesio X is a key extesio, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig oe or more lies to extesio X (icludig lie A). If extesio X is a pooled extesio, use Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) to remove lie A from all pools. The use Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) to assig pools to extesio X. Also use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig lie A ad ay other idividual lies to extesio X. 2. For extesio X, set Automatic Lie Selectio to select pools ad outside lies first (lie A selected first). For all other extesios, set Automatic Lie Selectio so that lie A is the last lie i the select sequece. That way, the modem lie is used for outgoig voice calls oly whe all other lies are busy. 3. Set Lie Rigig for lie A at extesio X to Immediate Rig. Set all other lies or pools assiged to extesio X to No Rig. (For all other extesios, set lie A to No Rig.) 4. Set Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) for extesio X to Assiged. 5. Make sure extesio X is ot assiged as a Call Waitig (#316) extesio, Pickup Group Extesio (#501), Callig Group Extesio (#502), Night Service Group Extesio (#504), or Hut Group Extesio (#505). Night Service with Auxiliary Equipmet You ca set up modems, fax machies, ad aswerig machies to receive calls automatically after hours. Whe Night Service is o, calls rig immediately at the appropriate extesios, so that o huma itervetio is required to trasfer calls to the fax, modem, or aswerig machie. Whe Night Service is off, you ca use the auxiliary equipmet lies for ormal busiess purposes, so that lies are dedicated to auxiliary equipmet oly after hours. By puttig auxiliary equipmet i the Night Service Group as described i this sectio, auxiliary equipmet ca start rigig ad aswerig calls wheever you tur Night Service o. I other words, the Night Service butto at extesio 10 acts like a switch, turig auxiliary equipmet o ad off, as well as puttig the system ito Night Service. NOTE: If you have a voice messagig system, turig Night Service o also activates Night Service operatio of the voice messagig system. Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-25

111 Figure 4-13 shows a system with a fax machie ad a modem coected to separate extesios. Lie A is published as the fax lie, ad lie B is published as the modem lie. Lies A Ext X FAX B C CONTROL UNIT Ext Y MODEM Figure Night Service with Fax Machie ad Modem Usig Night Service with Auxiliary Equipmet Durig the day, lies A ad B do ot rig at extesios X ad Y. Whe you tur Night Service o, calls o lie A rig immediately at the fax (extesio X). Sice that lie is ot assiged to ay other extesio i the Night Service Group, oly extesio X receives fax trasmissios. Likewise, with Night Service o, calls o lie B rig immediately at the modem (extesio Y). NOTE: If aswerig machies are coected to Night Service extesios, you ca joi a call that was already aswered by a aswerig machie from ay system phoe. If you have a Lucet Techologies aswerig machie with the Call Itercept feature, the aswerig machie drops off the call whe you joi it. Programmig Night Service with Auxiliary Equipmet 1. If extesio X ad Y are key extesios, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig oly lie A to extesio X (for the fax machie to cover) ad oly lie B to extesio Y (for the modem to cover). If extesios X ad Y are pooled extesios, use Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) to remove lies A ad B from all pools ad Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) to remove all pools from extesios X ad Y. Also use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig oly lie A to extesio X (for the fax machie to cover) ad oly lie B to extesio Y (for the modem to cover). 2. Set Lie Rigig for lie A at extesio X ad for lie B at extesio Y to No Rig Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

112 3. Make sure extesios X ad Y are ot assiged as Call Waitig (#316) extesios, Pickup Group Extesios (#501), Callig Group Extesios (#502), or Hut Group Extesios (#505). 4. Assig a Night Service Butto (#503) at extesio Assig extesios X ad Y to the Night Service Group (#504). Voice Messagig Systems Three Lucet Techologies voice messagig systems are compatible with your system. You ca istall oe of the three depedig o your busiess eeds: The PARTNER MAIL VS Voice Messagig System, which physically resembles a 206 module, resides i the cotrol uit. The PARTNER MAIL Voice Messagig System is a auxiliary device that coects to the system through extesio jacks. PARTNER Voice Messagig PC Card, provides four mail boxes ad 30 miutes of recordig time, icludig the greetig. All three Voice Messagig Systems offer your busiess complete call processig features. Specifically, they ca: Isure that icomig calls are aswered ad directed to destiatio extesios correctly ad efficietly, usig immediate or delayed call hadlig. (Immediate call hadlig seds calls directly to the voice messagig system, while delayed call hadlig allows the receptioist to aswer calls first.) Aswer ad route calls durig the day ad after ormal busiess hours. Alleviate the problem of iaccurate or icomplete messages by allowig callers to leave detailed, cofidetial messages for subscribers. Allows subscribers to assig a password to their mailbox, chage their persoal greetig, ad retrieve messages. The PARTNER MAIL system also offers advaced voice mail features, such as outcallig, group lists, broadcast messages, ad fax maagemet. For complete details, cotact your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local Authorized Dealer, or refer to the documetatio provided with the voice messagig system. Delayed Call Hadlig Figure 4-14 shows a PARTNER MAIL VS system that provides delayed call hadlig. This setup allows the receptioist at extesio 10 to provide persoalized service by aswerig calls durig ormal busiess hours. The PARTNER MAIL VS system (coected to extesios Z1 ad Z2) hadles calls whe the receptioist is busy or ot available, so calls do ot go uaswered. The PARTNER MAIL VS system also aswers calls received outside of busiess hours ad prompts callers to leave a message i the receptioist s mailbox. Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-27

113 Ext. Itercom Itercom + Feature Cof Mic Trasfr HFAI Spkr Hold Message ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PQRS TUV WXYZ * 0 # This example also icludes two user extesios (X ad Y), which are ot automatically covered by the PARTNER MAIL VS system. This allows the receptioist to give the caller more persoalized service; if the receptioist trasfers a call to extesio X or Y ad that extesio does ot aswer, the call returs to the receptioist. The receptioist ca the take a message or sed the call to the extesio s mailbox if the caller prefers. Lies PARTNER MAIL VS System Ext. Z1 Ext. Z2 CONTROL UNIT Ext. X Ext. Y (ot automatically covered by the PARTNER MAIL VS System) Ext. 10 Receptioist s Desk Figure Delayed Call Hadlig To Use Follow the istructios packaged with the PARTNER MAIL VS system to istall it. Durig ormal busiess hours, the PARTNER MAIL VS system uses delayed call hadlig; the receptioist picks up all calls at extesio 10. If the receptioist caot aswer withi four rigs, the system routes the call to the PARTNER MAIL VS system where the day meu plays to the caller. Outside of busiess hours (whe Night Service is activated at extesio 10), outside calls are aswered directly by the PARTNER MAIL VS system. Ay user who is i the office ca pick up calls before the PARTNER MAIL VS system aswers. To Program The followig list summarizes the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System programmig procedures you use to implemet the previous example: 1. Use Group Call Distributio (#206) to assig all outside lies to Hut Group 7 (the VMS hut group) to provide Automated Attedat Service o these lies. 2. Use Trasfer Retur Extesio (#306) for extesios Z1 ad Z2 to esure that calls trasferred by the PARTNER MAIL VS system retur to extesio 10 if they are ot aswered. 3. Use Hut Group Extesios (#505) to assig extesios Z1 ad Z2 to Hut Group 7 (the VMS hut group) Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

114 4. Set the VMS Hut Delay (#506) to Delayed. 5. Set the VMS Hut Schedule (#507) to Always. 6. Make sure that a Night Service Butto (#503) is assiged at extesio 10 the receptioist s extesio. Whe Night Service is o, callers hear the ight meu whe o oe is available to aswer their calls. 7. Program a Voice Mailbox Trasfer butto at extesio 10 to eable the receptioist to trasfer calls directly to extesio X s ad Y s mailboxes without first rigig their phoes. (This is useful whe the receptioist kows that the users at extesios X ad Y are away from their desks.) 8. Program a Auto Dial butto for the VMS hut group (i 7 7 7) at extesios X ad Y to allow the subscribers to call i for their messages with oe touch. Usig Auxiliary Equipmet 4-29

115 4-30 Usig Auxiliary Equipmet

116 Feature Referece 5 Overview This chapter provides referece iformatio for programmig ad usig system features. Features are listed i alphabetical order. System Programmig procedures iclude the procedure code (# ad three-digit umber) i the headig; dial-code features iclude the feature code (F for f or I for i, plus a two- or three-digit code). Headigs without codes are geeral call-hadlig topics or Telephoe Programmig procedures. Each feature icludes the followig iformatio, if applicable: Descriptio Examples Related Features Programmig Cosideratios Usig Valid Etries ( = factory settig) This chapter gives step-by-step istructios, usig the followig covetios: All of the istructios i this chapter assume that system phoes select outside lies or pools first ad stadard phoes select itercomstadard phoes; Automatic Lie Selectio for first (as determied by each extesio s settig for Automatic Lie Selectio). See Chapter 2 for a review of the methods ad buttos you ca use while i programmig mode. Programmig istructios tell you to use the D butto to chage values for specific settigs. You ca, however, eter a value usig the dialpad if you prefer. Similarly, there are differet ways to exit programmig mode as described i Chapter 2 use the method with which you are most comfortable. 5-1

117 For Telephoe Programmig, this chapter provides oly the istructios for Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. To program from idividual extesios, users should refer to their User Istructio Cards. Display prompts i the chapter are show as they appear o PARTNER-model phoes. If you are usig a MLS-model phoe, some of these prompts may be abbreviated. If you have trouble fidig a feature ame i this chapter, cosult the idex. Perhaps you kow the feature by a differet ame. Or, if you kow the feature by its System Programmig procedure code or feature dial code, cosult the umerical listigs below to fid the correct feature ame. 5-2 Feature Referece

118 Numerical Listig of Procedure Codes ad Dial Codes System Programmig Procedures #101 System Date #312 Voice Iterrupt O Busy #102 System Day #313 Lie Access Mode * #103 System Time #314 Pool Extesio Assigmet * #104 Number of Lies #315 Pool Access Restrictio * #105 Trasfer Retur Rigs #316 Call Waitig Outgoig Call Restrictio #107 Recall Timer Duratio #317 Caller ID Log Aswered Calls #108 Rotary Dialig Timeout #318 Caller ID Call Log Lie Associatio #109 Outside Coferece Deial #403 System Password #110 Automatic System Aswer Delay * #404 Disallowed Phoe Number Lists #111 Automatic System Aswer Butto * #405 Disallowed List Assigmets #112 Direct Extesio Dial Delay * #406 Emergecy Phoe Number List #113 Direct Extesio Dial Butto * #407 Allowed Phoe Number Lists #114 Outgoig Call Restrictio Butto * #408 Allowed List Assigmets #115 Wake Up Service Butto #409 Forced Accout Code List #116 Call coverage Rigs #410 Star Code Dial Delay #117 VMS Cover Rigs #501 Pickup Group Extesios #119 Rig o Trasfer #502 Callig Group Extesios #121 Automatic System Aswer Mode * #503 Night Service Butto #122 Caller ID Type #504 Night Service Group Extesios #123 Backup Programmig Automatic #399 Copy Settigs #124 Backup Programmig Maual #505 Hut Group Extesios #125 Restore Programmig #506 VMS Hut Delay #201 Dial Mode #507 VMS Hut Schedule #203 Hold Discoect Time #601 Fax Machie Extesios #204 Automatic System Aswer Lies * #602 Music o Hold Feature Referece 5-3

119 #205 Direct Extesio Dial Lies * #603 Hotlie #206 Group Call Distributio #604 Doorphoe Extesio 1 #207 Pool Lie Assigmet * #605 Doorphoe Extesio 2 #208 Lie Coverage Extesio #606 Doorphoe Alert Extesios #301 Lie Assigmet #607 AA (Automated Attedat) Extesios #302 Lie Access Restrictio #608 SMDR Record Type #303 Display Laguage #609 SMDR Top of Page #304 Automatic Extesio Privacy #610 SMDR Output Format #305 Abbreviated Rigig #611 SMDR Talk Time * #306 Trasfer Retur Extesio #612 Cotact Closure Group #307 Forced Accout Code Etry #613 Cotact Closure Operatio Type #308 Distictive Rig #614 Music O Hold Volume #309 Itercom Dial Toe #728 System Reset Programmig Saved #310 Automatic VMS Cover #311 Exteral Hotlie * PARTNER ACS Release 2.0 or later Dial-Code Feature * F01 Do Not Disturb F14 Voice Mailbox Trasfer F02 Exclusive Hold F15 VMS Cover F03 Recall F16 Caller ID Name Display F04 Save Number Redial F17 Caller ID Ispect F05 Last Number Redial F18 Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back F06 Coferece Drop F19 Backgroud Music F07 Privacy F20, Call Coverage XX,XX F08 Touch-Toe Eable F21 Statio Lock F09XX Message Light O F22 Statio Ulock F10XX Message Light Off F23 Caller ID Call Loggig** F11,XX,XX Call Forwardig/Call Follow-Me F41 Cotact Closure 1 F12 Accout Code Etry F42 Cotact Closure Feature Referece

120 F13XX Maual Sigalig (beep or rig) F59 System Release Status F13*XX Maual Sigalig (voice sigal) Itercom Dial-Code Features* I6XX I66G I68LL I70 Call Pickup Group Pickup Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie Loudspeaker Pagig I*70 Simultaeous Pagig I7G I*7G I77G I*77G I8LL I891 I892 I6XX I66G I68LL I70 Group Callig Rig Group Callig Page Group Hutig Rig Group Hutig Voice Sigal Direct Lie Pickup Idle Lie Automatic System Aswer Record/Playback** Direct Extesio Dial Record Playback** Call Pickup Group Pickup Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie Loudspeaker Pagig I*70 Simultaeous Pagig I7G I*7G I77G Group Callig Rig Group Callig Page Group Hutig Rig * A 5-Slot carrier ca provide a maximum of 40 extesios or a maximum of 19 lies; a 2-Slot carrier ca provide a maximum of 16 extesios or a maximum of 7 lies. Refereces i this guide are to 40 extesios ad to 19 lies, eve though o system ca be cofigured with both maximums simultaeously. Your system does ot have to be cofigured for the maximum of either extesios or lies. F represets the f butto; I represets the i butto; XX represets a system extesio umber; G represets a sigle-digit group umber; ad LL represets a system lie umber. PARTNER ACS Release 2.0 or later. Feature Referece 5-5

121 AA (Automated Attedat) Extesios (#607) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure lets you idetify extesios where auto attedats are coected to the system. Doig so lets the system otify users with display phoes whe they are receivig a call that has bee trasferred from the auto attedat. (This procedure applies oly to auto attedats do ot use it with the Automated Attedat Service of a voice messagig system.) Related Features For each auto attedat extesio, use Trasfer Retur Extesio (#306) to idetify the extesio to which a call should be routed if the destiatio extesio does ot aswer. Set Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) to Not Assiged for the auto attedat extesio if you wat to be able to itercept calls routed to the device. Cosideratios Chapter 4 provides iformatio about usig auto attedats with the system. O system display phoes, Automated Attedat displays whe a call is beig trasferred from a auto attedat. Trasfer from AA or Trasfer from Auto Att displays whe a call trasferred by a auto attedat was ot aswered ad is beig retured to your extesio. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged 2 = Not Assiged Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To idetify a extesio where a auto attedat is istalled: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Feature Referece

122 2. Eter the extesio umber to which the auto attedat is coected. For example, to select extesio 27, press To assig or uassig the extesio, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To assig or uassig a secod auto attedat extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Abbreviated Rigig (#305) Descriptio This feature applies oly to system phoes. This System Programmig procedure activates or deactivates Abbreviated Rigig at the system phoe at a specific extesio. Whe a user is o a call ad Abbreviated Rigig is Active, ay icomig call rigs oly oce. The gree light ext to the lie or pool butto flashes util the call is aswered or the caller hags up (or for a trasferred call, util it returs to the trasfer retur extesio). This feature prevets icomig calls from distractig users whe they are busy o aother call. To allow calls to rig repeatedly, set Abbreviated Rigig to Not Active. Cosideratios Abbreviated Rigig is typically set to Not Active for receptioists ad others who hadle may calls quickly, so they have a audible remider of icomig calls. Abbreviated Rigig applies to outside, trasferred, ad itercom calls. The volume of a abbreviated rig is lower tha a ormal rig. Calls to a busy extesio rig at a lower volume tha ormal eve if Abbreviated Rig is set to Not Active. Valid Etries 1 = Active (icomig calls rig oce) 2 = Not Active (icomig calls rig repeatedly) Feature Referece 5-7

123 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Abbreviated Rigig settig for a extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # 30 5 at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 12, press To set Abbreviated Rigig, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To set Abbreviated Rigig for aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Accout Code Etry (F12) Descriptio This feature ca be used oly from a system phoe. This feature lets a user eter a accout code (up to 16 digits) for a outside call (icomig or outgoig). A accout code typically is used to idetify a departmet, project, or cliet for charge-back or trackig purposes. Related Features You ca use Forced Accout Code Etry (#307) to idetify system phoe extesios that are to eter a accout code prior to dialig ay outside umber (icludig those o the Emergecy Phoe Number List). A forced accout code must be etered at the begiig of a call; however, a differet accout code ca be etered ay time durig the call. You ca use Forced Accout Code List (#409) to create a list of valid accout codes, which should be distributed to the appropriate users. If a Forced Accout Code List exists, the system checks the list wheever a user eters a forced accout code. If the code is valid, the system provides the user access to a outside lie. If the code is ivalid, the system deies the user access to a outside lie. 5-8 Feature Referece

124 For faster etry of frequetly used accout codes, you ca program a accout code o a Auto Dial butto or as a System or Persoal Speed Dial umber (but ot as a Marked System Speed Dial umber). See Auto Dialig, System Speed Dial Numbers, ad Persoal Speed Dial Numbers for programmig istructios. Cosideratios Whe a accout code is etered durig a call, the caller o the other ed does ot hear the touch-toe digits dialed. If SMDR is used, the accout code assiged to icomig or outgoig calls prits o call reports. (See Call Reportig Devices (SMDR) o page 4-10 for more iformatio about call reportig.) If a accout code is etered for a outgoig call ad the call is trasferred to aother extesio, the call report shows the origiatig extesio as the ower of the call. Coversely, if a accout code is etered for a icomig call ad the call is trasferred to aother extesio, the call report shows the destiatio extesio as the ower of the call. Accout codes ca be chaged durig a call. However, oly the perso who etered the origial accout code ca eter a differet accout code. SMDR prits chaged accout codes as follows: For optioal or forced accout code etry without a Forced Accout Code List, the call report prits the last accout code etered. For forced accout code etry with a Forced Accout Code List, the call report prits the last valid accout code etered. If the chaged accout code is ot valid, the report prits the origial accout code. If a Forced Accout Code List exists, you ca check to see if a accout code is valid whe eterig or chagig a accout code by pressig f 1 2 after eterig the accout code. If the accout code is ot valid, you will hear a deial toe. The Lucet Techologies Call Accoutig Termial uses less tha 16 digits for a accout code. Refer to the device s documetatio to determie the maximum digits supported. You ca program the Accout Code Etry feature code o a butto o a system phoe. It is recommeded that you use a butto with lights. (This butto ca be used for optioal Accout Code Etry or Forced Accout Code Etry.) Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Accout Code Etry butto: Feature Referece 5-9

125 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto, preferably oe with lights. 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig To eter or chage a optioal accout code: 1. From a system phoe, if a password is programmed for the system, you must eter it before liftig the hadset. (See System Password (#403) for more iformatio.) 2. After liftig the hadset (or while already active o a outside call), press the programmed Accout Code Etry butto or press f 1 2. If the Accout Code Etry butto has lights, the gree light turs o. 3. Eter a accout code usig oe of the followig methods: Dial it maually usig the phoe s dialpad. Dial a System or Persoal Speed Dial umber programmed with the accout code. Press a Auto Dial butto programmed with the accout code. 4. Press the programmed Accout Code Etry butto or press f 1 2 to idicate the ed of the code. If the Accout Code Etry butto has lights, the gree light turs off. 5. Make the call, if you are ot already o a call. 6. To chage the accout code, repeat Steps 2 through 4. To eter or chage a forced accout code: 1. From a system phoe, if a password is programmed for the system, you must eter it before liftig the hadset. (See System Password (#403) for more iformatio.) 2. Lift the hadset or press S. 3. Press the programmed Accout Code Etry butto or press f 1 2. If the Accout Code Etry butto has lights, the gree light turs o. 4. Eter a accout code (supplied by your System Maager) usig oe of the followig methods: Dial it maually usig the phoe s dialpad. Dial a System or Persoal Speed Dial umber programmed with the accout code Feature Referece

126 Press a Auto Dial butto programmed with the accout code. 5. Press a idle lie or pool butto: If a Forced Accout Code List exists ad the accout code is valid (or if the Forced Accout Code List is empty), you hear outside dial toe. Go to Step 6. If a Forced Accout Code List exists ad the accout code is ot valid, you are deied access to the outside lie. Verify the accout code with your System Maager, the repeat this procedure startig from Step Make the telephoe call. 7. To chage the accout code while o a call: a. Press the programmed Accout Code Etry butto or press f 1 2. b. Eter a differet accout code. c. Press the programmed Accout Code Etry butto or press f 1 2. If a Forced Accout Code List exists ad the accout code is ivalid, you hear a deial toe. Verify the accout code, the repeat Step 7, makig sure to eter a valid accout code. Feature Referece 5-11

127 Allowed List Assigmets (#408) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure lets you assig up to eight Allowed Phoe Number Lists to a specific extesio. Related Features You must use Allowed Phoe Number Lists (#407) to create the lists of allowed telephoe umbers before you use this procedure. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged to extesio 2 = Not Assiged to extesio Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To assig Allowed Phoe Number Lists to a extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 27, press 2 7. A display similar to the followig appears: AllowTo 27 List Number: 3. Eter the list umber (1 8). For example, to select list 1, press To assig or uassig the list, press D util the appropriate value displays. 5. At this poit: To assig or uassig aother list to this extesio, press or util the list umber shows o the display. The repeat Step 4. To program aother extesio, press N or P ad begi at Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

128 Allowed Phoe Number Lists (#407) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure specifies telephoe umbers that users ca dial regardless of other dialig restrictios, as log as they have access to a outside lie. For example, if you restrict a etire category of calls through Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404), you ca permit calls to a specific umber i that category by placig that umber o a Allowed Phoe Number List. Usig this procedure, you ca create up to eight lists of up to 10 telephoe umbers each. Related Features After completig this procedure, you must use Allowed List Assigmets (#408) to assig the Allowed Phoe Number Lists to specific extesios. Allowed Phoe Number Lists override Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404) ad Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401), but ot Lie Access Restrictio (#302) or Pool Access Restrictio (#315) or Night Service Butto (#503) with a System Password (#403). (There are other ways of overridig restrictios see Marked System Speed Dial Numbers, Emergecy Phoe List Numbers (#406), ad System Password (#403) for more iformatio.) The etries you must make to permit or restrict log-distace calls differ depedig o the settig for Toll Call Prefix (#402). This settig tells the system whether a 0 (for operator-assisted calls) or 1 (for direct-dial calls) is required whe users make log-distace calls. If Star Code Dial Delay (#410) is active, after a valid star code is dialed, the system resets the dialig restrictios to check the umber begiig with the first digit after the star code II &starcode[v]. Cosideratios Each list etry ca iclude up to 12 digits. You ca use the wildcard character (by pressig the h butto o a system phoe) to match ay sigle digit (it appears as! o the telephoe display). If you are restrictig a extesio from placig log-distace calls, do ot place umbers begiig with a 0 o a Allowed Phoe Number List for the extesio. Oce a user is active o a operator-assisted call, the user will be able to avoid dialig restrictios by askig the operator to dial restricted umbers. If you wat to go to aother programmig procedure whe eterig phoe umbers i a list, you must use N or P to do so sice eterig # ad a three-digit code will be cosidered data for the telephoe umber. Feature Referece 5-13

129 Valid Etries Up to 12 digits icludig 0 9, #, *, ad h (ay sigle digit) Examples The examples below show how you would eter telephoe umbers for a Allowed Phoe Number List i Step 4 of Programmig. Whe a Allowed List is assiged to a extesio, users ca dial umbers o that list, eve if the umbers would otherwise be restricted. Specific Telephoe Numbers. Eter the phoe umber exactly as you would dial it. For example, to allow calls to the umber , make the followig etries: Toll Call Prefix required Toll Call Prefix ot required All Telephoe Numbers i Oe Area Code. The followig list etries allow calls to the 800 area code: Toll Call Prefix required 1800 Toll Call Prefix ot required 800 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To create a list of Allowed Phoe Numbers: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the List Number: prompt, eter a list umber (1 8). For example, to select the first list, press At the Etry: prompt, select a list etry (01 10). For example, to select the first etry, press At the Data prompt, eter the first telephoe umber. 5. To save the telephoe umber i memory, you must press e. 6. At this poit: 5-14 Feature Referece

130 To chage the phoe umber you just etered, press r ad repeat Steps 4 ad 5. To delete the phoe umber you just etered, press r. To add other phoe umbers to this list, press ad repeat Steps 4 ad 5. To create aother list, press N or P ad go to Step Select aother procedure usig N or P or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-15

131 Aswerig Calls Descriptio This sectio describes how users ca aswer calls rigig at their ow extesios. Additioal features eable users to pick up calls at other extesios see Related Features below. Related Features A user ca joi a call i progress at aother extesio, as log as Privacy is ot o for that extesio (see Joiig Calls). A user ca aswer a call rigig at aother specific extesio or at ay extesio i a group. For more iformatio, see Call Pickup ad Group Pickup. A user ca use Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie to aswer calls o lies ot assiged to the user s phoe. A user ca program the Voice Iterrupt o Busy Talk-Back feature o a butto with lights to respod to a voice iterrupt o busy call. Also see Voice Iterrupt O Busy (#312). You ca use Call Waitig (#316) to specify stadard phoe extesios that ca receive a call-waitig toe ad a secod icomig call. Cosideratios Calls that are aswered by pressig a pool butto ca be held, cofereced, or trasferred; however, pool buttos caot be used to joi calls. There are several ways to access a lie for aswerig calls: O either a system phoe or a stadard phoe, lift the hadset to aswer a rigig call (if more tha oe call is rigig at a system phoe, you get the call that has bee rigig for the logest time). O a system phoe, press a specific lie, pool, or i butto. You ca also use Direct Lie Pickup to pick up a rigig or held call, or to joi a active call, by dialig i 6 8 ad the two-digit lie umber. O a stadard phoe, you ca use Direct Lie Pickup to pick up a rigig or held call, or to joi a active call o a specific lie: at itercom dial toe, dial 6 8 ad the two-digit lie umber. For system phoes ad most stadard phoes, the user ca idetify the type of call by the system s rigig patters. System display phoes ca also show i the display the type of call that is rigig at the extesio. (See Rigig Patters o page 3-7.) Note that there are o uique rigig patters for coverage calls or forwarded calls Feature Referece

132 How to Aswer Calls Rigig at Your Extesio System Phoe You ca aswer a call o ay lie or pool that is rigig, or select a specific lie or pool if more tha oe is rigig: Whe the telephoe is rigig, lift the hadset. You are coected to the icomig call. If more tha oe lie or pool is rigig, you are coected to the lie or pool that has bee rigig for the logest time. If the call is a itercom call ad you have a display phoe, the caller s extesio umber, ad ame if programmed, appear o your display util you pick up the hadset or press S. To aswer a call o a specific lie, pool, or itercom butto: 1. Press the lie, pool, or butto for the lie you wat to aswer. 2. Lift the hadset or press S. You are coected to the call. To aswer a call whe you are already o a call: 1. Press h. The call you are o is placed o hold. 2. Press the butto for the ew call. You are coected to the ew call. 3. To retur to the first call, put the secod call o hold; the press the lie, pool, or i butto for the first call. To aswer a voice-sigaled call (your phoe beeps ad you hear the caller s voice): If the microphoe is o, you ca speak after the beep. If the microphoe is ot o, press! or lift the hadset. To respod to a voice iterrupt o busy call (you hear two beeps ad the origiator s voice be aware that the third party to whom you are speakig probably also will hear the two beeps ad the fait soud of the origiator s voice): 1. Ask the party with whom you are speakig to hold, but do ot put the call o hold. 2. Press the Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto. The gree light ext to the Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto turs o. Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back is activated. 3. Respod to the origiator of the voice iterrupt o busy call. The third party with whom you were origially speakig does ot hear your respose, but you ca hear that third party. Feature Referece 5-17

133 4. Press the Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto agai (whether or ot the origiator has hug up) to resume the coversatio with the third party. The gree light ext to the Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto turs off. Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back is deactivated. The origiator hears two beeps if he or she did ot hag up previously. To aswer a coverage call: Stadard Phoe 1. If your phoe is a coverig extesio ad it rigs, check your display to see if the rigig call is a coverage call. Also, if you have a Auto Dial butto for the origiatig extesio, the gree light ext to the butto flutters while the coverage call is rigig at your extesio (ad it is the ext rigig call you will aswer if you lift the hadset). 2. Lift the hadset. You are coected to the coverage call. 3. The first coverage call to rig at your extesio is idetified i the display. If more tha oe coverage call rigs at your extesio, you ca press the Caller ID Ispect butto. The press the lie, pool, or i butto ext to the flashig gree light to view the umber of the extesio from which a coverage call is beig set. If your stadard phoe has a butto labeled Recall or Flash, use this butto wheever you are istructed to press the switchhook. To aswer a call: Whe the telephoe is rigig, lift the hadset. You are coected to the icomig call. To aswer a call whe you are already o a call (you hear a call waitig toe two beeps): 1. Press the switchhook. The call you are o is placed o hold ad you are coected to the ew call. 2. To retur to the first call, press the switchhook agai. 3. You ca cotiue to press the switchhook to move back ad forth betwee the two calls. You caot trasfer either party, coferece i additioal parties, or use feature codes while both calls are active Feature Referece

134 Auto Dialig Descriptio Auto Dial buttos ca be programmed oly o system phoes. This Telephoe Programmig procedure lets system phoe users dial outside umbers, extesio umbers, feature codes, or accout codes with a sigle touch, by pressig a programmed butto. If a extesio umber is stored o a Auto Dial butto, the user ca dial, sigal, or trasfer calls to the extesio by pressig the butto. A Auto Dial umber ca be stored o ay programmable butto (a butto with o lie or pool assiged) o a system phoe. Related Features You ca use the Auto Dial butto istead of dialig the two-digit extesio umber required for these features: Call Coverage, Call Forwardig/Call Follow-Me, Call Park, Message Light O, Message Light Off, Statio Ulock, ad Voice Mailbox Trasfer. To set up a Fax Maagemet butto, program the fax extesio umber o a Auto Dial butto with lights. Special light patters o the Auto Dial butto for the fax extesio idicate fax machie status. Chapter 4 provides more iformatio about usig a Fax Maagemet butto. Idetify fax extesios usig Fax Machie Extesios (#601). You ca iclude special fuctios, such as a Pause, i the Auto Dial umber. See Special Dialig Fuctios for more iformatio. A Auto Dial umber ca begi with a star code; the system automatically iserts a delay based o the Star Code Dial Delay (#410) settig. Cosideratios If you program a extesio umber o a butto with lights, the lights show callig activity at the extesio (see Lights o page 3-4). You ca coect a Itercom Autodialer to the system phoes at extesio 10 ad 11 to have Auto Dial buttos for all of the extesios i your system. Each user ca have oly oe Auto Dial butto either o the system phoe or o the Autodialer for aother extesio i the system. That butto ca be programmed for itercom rigig, itercom voice sigalig, or maual sigalig. Whe programmig emergecy umbers for Auto Dialig ad/or makig test calls to those umbers, you should: 1) Remai o the lie ad briefly explai to the dispatcher the reaso for the call before hagig up ad 2) Perform such activities i the off-peak hours, such as early morig or late eveig. Auto Dial buttos do ot override dialig restrictios for a extesio. Feature Referece 5-19

135 PARTNER-6 phoes have oly four buttos available for lies, pools, ad/or Auto Dial umbers. A combied total of 576 outside Auto Dial ad Persoal Speed Dial umbers ca be programmed. For PBX or Cetrex systems that require a dial-out code to make calls outside the PBX or Cetrex system, iclude the dial-out code followed by oe or more pauses (if available) o a Auto Dial butto for a umber outside the PBX or Cetrex system. (See Chagig Settigs to Support PBX or Cetrex Services o page 2-11 for more iformatio.) Examples The examples below show some possible etries for a Auto Dial umber i Step 4 of Programmig. Outside Phoe Number. Eter the phoe umber (up to 28 digits) exactly as you would dial it. For example, to program , press Extesio Number. Press the left i butto ad eter the two-digit extesio umber. Press * before the extesio umber to program the Auto Dial butto to voice sigal a extesio. For example, to program extesio 20 for voice sigalig, press * 2 0. The display reads: Itercom *20 Feature Code. Eter the appropriate code. For example, to program a butto to tur o the message light at extesio 20, press f Whe you press the programmed butto, the Message Light at extesio 20 turs o. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Auto Dial butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Eter a outside phoe umber, feature code, accout code, or PBX/Cetrex feature access code; or press left i ad eter a extesio umber. 5. Repeat Steps 3 ad 4 to program additioal Auto Dial buttos, or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

136 Usig From a system phoe, to dial a outside umber or extesio umber (you ca lift the hadset or press S, but you do ot have to do so): 1. If you wat to call o a specific lie, press the lie butto (or press i 8 ad dial the two-digit lie umber). If you did ot lift the hadset, the lights ext to S ad! go o, ad you are active o the speakerphoe. If you wat to call usig a specific pool o a pooled extesio, press the pool butto (or press i ad dial the three-digit pool access code). If you did ot lift the hadset, the lights ext to ad! go o, ad you are active o the speakerphoe. 2. Press the Auto Dial butto o which the outside umber or extesio umber is programmed. The system automatically selects a lie if you did ot specify oe, turs o the speaker (if you did ot lift the hadset), ad dials the Auto Dial umber. The umber beig dialed will show o a display phoe. To use a Auto Dial butto programmed with a feature code or accout code, follow the directios for the feature you wat to use. Feature Referece 5-21

137 Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure lets you prevet a user from joiig a active call at a extesio. Whe Automatic Extesio Privacy is Assiged for a extesio, other users caot joi active calls at that extesio. This feature is typically used for stadard phoes ad extesios coected to fax machies, modems, ad credit card scaers, which make ad receive data calls that should ot be iterrupted. This feature ca provide the Privacy fuctio for stadard phoes. Related Features Users caot joi calls i progress o pool buttos regardless of the settig for this procedure or the state of the Privacy butto. See to add a party to a call i progress o a pool butto. To maually chage a extesio s Privacy state, system phoe users ca program the Privacy feature o a butto with lights. Users ca the press the Privacy butto to activate the feature (gree light o) or deactivate the feature (gree light off) whe they wat someoe to joi a call at their extesio. (If Automatic Extesio Privacy is Assiged at a extesio, the gree light is lit automatically after programmig the Privacy butto to idicate that Privacy is curretly active. If this is the case, ad the Privacy butto is pressed, the feature is deactivated. To activate Privacy agai, you must press the butto.) This feature applies oly to active calls. Ay user ca retrieve a held call uless Exclusive Hold is used. Cosideratios If you wat to be able to itercept calls routed to a auxiliary device such as a aswerig machie, a voice messagig system, or a auto attedat make sure Automatic Extesio Privacy is Not Assiged for the auxiliary equipmet extesio. Stadard phoes ad system phoes without a programmed Privacy butto caot override this feature oce it is assiged to a extesio. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged 2 = Not Assiged 5-22 Feature Referece

138 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Automatic Extesio Privacy settig for a extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 16, press To assig or uassig Automatic Extesio Privacy, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To program aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-23

139 Automatic Lie Selectio Descriptio This Telephoe Programmig procedure determies the lie or pool a user is coected to after liftig the hadset or turig o the speaker to make a call. The system looks for lies or pools i the order specified by this procedure ad selects the first available lie or pool. For example, if you specify outside lies or pools first for a extesio, but all outside lies or pools are busy, the user will hear the itercom dial toe after liftig the hadset or turig o the speaker. Related Features To copy the Automatic Lie Selectio settig (as well as other system settigs) to other extesios, you ca use Copy Settigs (#399). If Forced Accout Code Etry (#307) is assiged to a extesio, Automatic Lie Selectio for that extesio does ot apply. This meas the user must maually select a lie or pool after eterig a required accout code. For a extesio idetified as a Hotlie (#603) or Doorphoe Extesio (#604/#605), program the extesio to select oly the itercom, with o outside lies i the selectio sequece. For a extesio idetified as a Exteral Hotlie (#311), program the extesio to select outside lies or pools first. Cosideratios This feature must be programmed from extesio 10 or 11 oly, usig Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. Idividual users caot program this feature directly. You should program Automatic Lie Selectio whe you first eter Cetralized Telephoe Programmig, before programmig ay other features. However, if you wat to program both Automatic Lie Selectio ad Extesio Name Display (which also must be programmed whe you first eter Cetralized Telephoe Programmig), first program Automatic Lie Selectio, the exit ad re-eter Cetralized Telephoe Programmig to program Extesio Name Display. For stadard touch-toe or rotary phoes, or for ay phoe used maily to call other extesios, program the extesio to select itercom first. For combiatio extesios, the automatic lie selectio for both devices (icludig a stadard device) follows the automatic lie selectio for the extesio. You do ot eed to iclude all available lies or pools for a extesio, oly the oes you wat the system to search through ad coect automatically Feature Referece

140 Valid Etries Key Extesio: Outside system lies, Left Itercom Pooled Extesio: Pool 880 butto 1, butto 2, Left Itercom, Right Itercom Pools , idividual lies Examples: System Phoe At key extesios, with Automatic Lie Selectio at its factory settig, the system first searches to fid a idle outside lie i umerical order (startig with the lowest lie umber). The, if all outside lies are busy, the system searches for a idle itercom lie. This order ca be chaged, however, to accommodate your busiess eeds. For example, a telemarketig firm with a WATS lie (lie 5) to reduce telephoe expeses would set Automatic Lie Selectio for all telemarketers extesios to 05, 01, 02, 03, 04, Itercom. This way the WATS lie would be selected first. At pooled extesios, with Automatic Lie Selectio at its factory settig, the system first searches to fid a available lie i the mai pool (pool 880 butto 1, the butto 2). If all outside lies i the pool are busy, the system selects a idle itercom lie. However, you ca chage the order to accommodate a differet automatic lie selectio. For example, your boss prefers her idividual lie (lie 15) to be selected whe she lifts the hadset the auxiliary pool 881, which is used for makig iteratioal calls. To do this, set Automatic Lie Selectio to 15, 881, Itercom. Examples: Stadard Phoe If a stadard phoe user iteds to place itercom calls ad access system features, Automatic Lie Selectio for his or her extesio should be set to itercom first for proper operatio. For example, the settig for a stadard phoe i a lobby, used for iteral callig or makig local calls o lie 1, would be Itercom, 1. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program Automatic Lie Selectio for a extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed for Automatic Lie Selectio. 3. Press * *. Feature Referece 5-25

141 4. Press the lie, pool, or i buttos i the desired order. For each butto pressed, a display similar to the followig appears: Automatic Lie Selectio 5. To exit Automatic Lie Selectio, press * *. 6. Press c ad eter a ew extesio umber or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

142 Automatic System Aswer Butto (#111) Release 2.0 or Later This feature is available oly o the system phoe at extesio 10. This System Programmig procedure idetifies a butto to be used to tur Automatic System Aswer (ASA) o ad off. This feature helps the receptioist aswer calls durig busy periods. Whe a outside call rigs o a lie programmed with Automatic System Aswer, the system aswers it after a specified umber of rigs ad plays a short user-recorded greetig to the caller. The, depedig o how Automatic System Aswer Mode (#121) is programmed, the system does oe of the followig: Places the call o hold at extesio 10 (the light ext to the lie butto wiks gree at extesio 10 ad wiks red at all other extesios that have the lie); the outside caller hears music o hold, if it is available. Cotiues to rig all extesios that have access to the lie (the gree light ext to the lie butto at those extesios flash); the outside caller hears music o hold, if it is available. Discoects the call. Related Features Automatic System Aswer affects icomig calls oly o lies idetified usig Automatic System Aswer Lies (#204). Calls that rig o lies programmed with Automatic System Aswer are picked up after two rigs, as a default. To chage the umber of rigs, use Automatic System Aswer Delay (#110). You must use Automatic System Aswer Record/Playback to record the greetig callers hear whe the system aswers a icomig call. For callers to hear music o hold, Music O Hold (#602) must be Active ad a audio source must be coected to the primary processor module. You ca set SMDR Talk Time (#611) to Active to iclude the Talk field o call reports. For a icomig outside call aswered by Automatic System Aswer, this field shows the call duratio mius the time the greetig played ad the caller waited for someoe to aswer the call. The Automatic System Aswer butto returs to the status (o/off) it was i before a power failure occurred or System Reset (#728) was used. Automatic System Aswer Mode should ot be set to Hold or Rig if the discoect sigal from the local telephoe compay is ot recogized by Hold Discoect Time (#203). Whe the Caller ID Log Aswered Call (#317) feature is active, Caller ID calls aswered by Automatic System Aswer i Discoect Mode are ot logged as aswered (or uaswered) at ay extesio. Feature Referece 5-27

143 Calls aswered by Automatic System Aswer i Hold Mode are ot logged by the Caller ID Loggig ad Dialig feature at extesio 10 uless extesio 10 is programmed to log aswered calls usig Caller ID Log Aswered Calls (#317). Direct Extesio Dial is a alterative system aswerig feature that lets outside callers dial a extesio or Hut Group umber directly, without the aid of the receptioist. Cosideratios The Automatic System/Direct Extesio Dial PC card is purchased separately ad must be istalled (see PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios ). Use the Automatic System Aswer Record/Playback feature to record a message before usig Automatic System Aswer sice there is o default message. A Automatic System Aswer butto must be programmed o a butto with lights o the system display phoe at extesio 10. (This feature will ot work if it is programmed o a butto without lights.) Automatic System Aswer ca hadle up to three outside calls simultaeously. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged 2 = Not Assiged 3 =Select butto (the press a programmable butto to assig Automatic System Aswer to that butto) (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To assig or uassig a Automatic System Aswer butto with lights at extesio 10: 1. Press f0 0 s s# If you wat to assig Automatic System Aswer to the first available butto, press util a display similar to the followig appears: ASA Butto 1 Assiged - Ext10 If you wat to uassig Automatic System Aswer, press D util a display similar to the followig appears: ASA Butto 2 Not Assiged 5-28 Feature Referece

144 If you wat to assig Automatic System Aswer to a specific butto, press 3. A display similar to the followig appears: ASA Butto 3 Select a Butto The press a programmable butto with lights to assig Automatic System Aswer to that butto. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. 4. Label the Automatic System Aswer butto at extesio 10. Usig To tur Automatic System Aswer o: Press the Automatic System Aswer butto at extesio 10. The gree light is o steady ad Automatic System Aswer is o. If calls are rigig whe Automatic System Aswer is tured o, the calls will be aswered immediately by the system. To tur Automatic System Aswer off: Press the Automatic System Aswer butto at extesio 10. The gree light goes off ad Automatic System Aswer is off. Ay calls i the process of beig aswered by the system will cotiue to hear the recorded message ad will be placed o hold. Feature Referece 5-29

145 Automatic System Aswer Delay (#110) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This System Programmig procedure specifies the umber of times (0 9) a icomig call should rig before it is aswered by the Automatic System Aswer feature. Related Features After a call is aswered, Automatic System Aswer plays a greetig the either places the call o hold, provides cotiuous rigig, or discoects the call depedig o the settig of Automatic System Aswer Mode (#121). Automatic System Aswer affects icomig calls oly o lies idetified usig Automatic System Aswer Lies (#204). You must program a butto o the system display phoe at extesio 10 to tur Automatic System Aswer o ad off. Use Automatic System Aswer Butto (#111) to program the butto. You must use Automatic System Aswer Record/Playback to record the greetig callers hear whe the system aswers a icomig call. You ca set SMDR Talk Time (#611) to Active to iclude the Talk field o call reports. For a icomig outside call aswered by Automatic System Aswer, this field shows the call duratio mius the time the greetig played ad the caller waited for someoe to aswer the call. If you use Caller ID, make sure Automatic System Aswer Delay is set to 2 rigs or more to esure that Caller ID iformatio is captured. Cosideratios The Automatic System/Direct Extesio Dial PC card is purchased separately ad must be istalled (see PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios ). Use the Automatic System Aswer Record/Playback feature to record a message before usig Automatic System Aswer sice there is o default message. This feature works idepedetly of Lie Rigig, which determies how a outside call rigs at the extesio immediately, after a 20 secod delay, or ot at all. Automatic System Aswer Delay specifies the umber of rigs a caller hears before the system aswers the call Feature Referece

146 Valid Etries 0 9 (0 rigs = aswered immediately) 2 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad o system phoes.) To chage the umber of times a icomig call rigs at extesio 10 before the system aswers it: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # To chage the umber of rigs, press D util the appropriate value displays see Valid Etries above. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-31

147 Automatic System Aswer Lies (#204) Release 2.0 or later Descriptio This System Programmig procedure idetifies the lies o which icomig calls should be aswered by the Automatic System Aswer feature. Related Features After a call is aswered, Automatic System Aswer plays a greetig ad the either places the call o hold, provides cotiuous rigig, or discoects the call depedig o the settig of Automatic System Aswer Mode (#121). You must program a butto o the system display phoe at extesio 10 to tur this feature o ad off. Use Automatic System Aswer Butto (#111) to program the butto. Calls that rig o lies programmed with Automatic System Aswer are picked up after two rigs, as a default. To chage this umber, use Automatic System Aswer Delay (#110). You must use Automatic System Aswer Record/Playback to record the greetig callers hear whe the system aswers a icomig call. If there is o message recorded for Automatic System Aswer, the caller will be placed o hold immediately after the system aswers. You ca set SMDR Talk Time (#611) to Active to iclude the Talk field o call reports. For a icomig outside call aswered by Automatic System Aswer, this field shows the call duratio mius the time the greetig played ad the caller waited for someoe to aswer the call. For callers to hear music o hold, Music O Hold (#602) must be Active ad a audio source must be coected to the primary processor module. You ca set Caller ID Log Aswered Calls (#317) to Active to log calls o lies aswered by Automatic System Aswer. Cosideratios The Automatic System/Direct Extesio Dial PC card is purchased separately ad must be istalled (see PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios ). Use the Automatic System Aswer Record/Playback feature to record a message before usig Automatic System Aswer sice there is o default message. All lies programmed with Automatic System Aswer should be assiged to extesio Feature Referece

148 Oly outside calls o Automatic System Aswer lies are aswered automatically. Itercom, trasferred, ad trasfer-retur calls are ot aswered automatically. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged 2 = Not Assiged Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To idetify the lies o which outside calls should be aswered by the system: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # Eter the two-digit system lie umber of the desired lie. For example, to specify lie 1, press To assig or uassig the lie, press util the appropriate value displays. 4. To idetify aother lie, press or util the lie umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Repeat Steps 3 ad 4 for all the lies that you wat to idetify. 6. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-33

149 Automatic System Aswer Mode (#121) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This System Programmig procedure determies how the system hadles Automatic System Aswer calls after the greetig plays. There are three available modes: Hold: places the call o hold at extesio 10 (the light ext to the lie butto wiks gree at extesio 10 ad wiks red at all other extesios that have the lie); the outside caller hears music o hold, if it is available. Rig: cotiues to rig ad the gree light ext to the lie butto cotiues to flash at all extesios that have access to the lie; the outside caller hears music o hold, if it is available. Discoect: eds the call immediately after the Automatic System Aswer greetig plays. Related Features Automatic System Aswer affects icomig calls oly o lies idetified usig Automatic System Aswer Lies (#204). You must program a butto o the system display phoe at extesio 10 to tur Automatic System Aswer o ad off. Use Automatic System Aswer Butto (#111) to program the butto. Calls that rig o lies programmed with Automatic System Aswer are picked up after two rigs, as a default. To chage the umber of rigs, use Automatic System Aswer Delay (#110). You must use Automatic System Aswer Record/Playback to record the greetig callers hear whe the system aswers a icomig call. You ca set SMDR Talk Time (#611) to Active to iclude the Talk field o call reports. For a icomig outside call aswered by Automatic System Aswer, this field shows the call duratio mius the time the greetig played ad the caller waited for someoe to aswer the call. For callers to hear music o hold, Music O Hold (#602) must be Active ad a audio source must be coected to the primary processor module. Automatic System Aswer Mode should ot be set to Hold or Rig if the discoect sigal from the local telephoe compay is ot recogized by Hold Discoect Time (#203). Cosideratios The Automatic System/Direct Extesio Dial PC card is purchased separately ad must be istalled (see PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios ) Feature Referece

150 Use the Automatic System Aswer Record/Playback feature to record a message before usig Automatic System Aswer sice there is o default message. If Automatic System Aswer Mode is set to Hold, calls are placed o hold at extesio 10; however, ay extesio with access to the lie o which the call is held ca retrieve the call. If Automatic System Aswer Mode is set to Hold ad a call is placed o hold for loger tha oe miute, the system geerates a short Hold Remider Toe at extesio 10. This toe souds oce every miute util the held call is retrieved, or util the caller hags up. If Automatic System Aswer Mode is set to Hold or Discoect, you ca itercept a call while the message is playig the light for the call will be steady red. To itercept the call, press the lie butto ad lift the hadset. The message stops playig whe the call is retrieved. If Automatic System Aswer Mode is set to Rig, the lie butto o which a outside call rigs shows gree flash cotiuously, eve while the system aswers the call ad plays the Automatic System Aswer greetig. To aswer the call, lift the hadset. If the message was playig, it stops automatically. Valid Etries 1 = Hold 2 = Discoect 3 = Rig Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Automatic System Aswer Mode: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # To chage the mode, press D util the appropriate value displays see Valid Etries. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-35

151 Automatic System Aswer Record/Playback (I891) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This feature lets you record ad play back the message that callers hear whe a call is aswered by the Automatic System Aswer feature. The maximum legth of the message is 20 secods. Related Features After the Automatic System Aswer greetig plays, the system either places the call o hold, provides cotiuous rigig, or discoects the call depedig o the settig of Automatic System Aswer Mode (#121). Automatic System Aswer affects icomig calls oly o lies idetified usig Automatic System Aswer Lies (#204). You must program a butto o the system display phoe at extesio 10 to tur Automatic System Aswer o ad off. Use Automatic System Aswer Butto (#111) to program the butto. Calls that rig o lies programmed with Automatic System Aswer are picked up after two rigs, as a default. To chage the umber of rigs, use Automatic System Aswer Delay (#110). You ca set SMDR Talk Time (#611) to Active to iclude the Talk field o call reports. For a icomig outside call aswered by Automatic System Aswer, this field shows the call duratio mius the time the greetig played ad the caller waited for someoe to aswer the call. For callers to hear music o hold, Music O Hold (#602) must be Active ad a audio source must be coected to the primary processor module. Cosideratios The Automatic System/Direct Extesio Dial PC card is purchased separately ad must be istalled. If the PC Card has ot bee istalled, see PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios. Use the Automatic System Aswer Record/Playback feature to record a message before usig Automatic System Aswer sice there is o default message. You should record a message before usig Automatic System Aswer sice there is o default message. If you do ot record a message for Automatic System Aswer, calls will be placed o hold, cotiue to rig, or be discoected immediately after the system aswers, depedig o the settig of Automatic System Aswer Mode (#121) Feature Referece

152 You must record the Automatic System Aswer message from the system display phoe at extesio 10 or 11. You caot record or play a message while Automatic System Aswer or Direct Extesio Dial is aswerig a call. Whe you wat to record or play a message, tur off Automatic System Aswer ad Direct Extesio Dial ad wait for ay calls i the process of beig aswered by the system to be completed. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To record a Automatic System Aswer message: 1. The Automatic System/Direct Extesio Dial PC card is purchased separately ad must be istalled (see PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios ). 2. Tur off Automatic System Aswer ad Direct Extesio Dial ad wait for ay calls i the process of beig aswered by these features to be completed. 3. Lift the hadset of the system display phoe at extesio 10 or Press. 5. Dial The curret time of day remais o the secod lie of the display for the duratio of this procedure. The top lie of the display reads: ASA: 1=Record If a message was recorded previously, a display similar to the followig appears: ASA: 1=Record 2=Play 6. Press 1. A display similar to the followig appears for three secods: Record at the toe After three secods, you hear a cofirmatio toe ad you ca begi recordig your message. While you are recordig, a display similar to the followig appears: Press # to stop 7. Press # whe you are doe recordig. If the allotted time (20 secods) for the message is completed before you press #, you hear a toe to let you kow that the system has stopped recordig. Whe you fiish recordig, a display similar to the followig appears: ASA: 1=Record 2=Play Feature Referece 5-37

153 8. At this poit: To re-record the message, follow the istructios from Step 5 i this curret procedure. To play back the message, follow the istructios from Step 5 i the followig procedure. To exit from the procedure, hag up the hadset. To play back a Automatic System Aswer message: 1. Tur off Automatic System Aswer ad Direct Extesio Dial ad wait for ay calls i the process of beig aswered by these features to be completed. 2. Lift the hadset of the system display phoe at extesio 10 or Press the i butto. 4. Dial A display similar to the followig appears: ASA: 1=Record 2=Play 5. Press 2. A display similar to the followig appears: Message Playback After the message is played back, you hear a cofirmatio toe ad a display similar to the followig appears: ASA: 1=Record 2=Play 6. At this poit: To re-record the message, follow the istructios from Step 5 i the procedure for recordig a message. To play back the message, follow the istructios from Step 5 directly i this curret procedure. To exit from the procedure, hag up the hadset Feature Referece

154 Automatic VMS Cover (#310) Descriptio This feature applies oly if you have a voice messagig system. This System Programmig procedure automatically routes a extesio s uaswered itercom ad trasferred calls to the Call Aswer Service of the voice messagig system after a specified umber of rigs (default for all system extesios is three rigs), so callers ca leave a message. Related Features To maually chage a extesio s VMS Cover state, users ca program the VMS Cover feature o a butto with lights. Users ca the press the VMS Cover butto to activate the feature (gree light o) or deactivate the feature (gree light off). (If Automatic VMS Cover is Assiged at a extesio, the gree light is lit automatically after programmig the VMS Cover butto to idicate that VMS Cover is curretly active. If this is the case, ad the VMS Cover butto is pressed, the feature is deactivated. To activate VMS Cover agai, you must press the butto.) Automatic VMS Cover also applies to outside calls o lies assiged owership with Lie Coverage Extesio (#208). Use VMS Cover Rigs (#117) to chage the umber of times itercom ad trasferred calls or outside calls o lies assiged owership rig at all system extesios before they are set to the voice messagig system. Users with Automatic VMS Cover tured o ca activate Do Not Disturb to Sed All Calls immediately to their voice mailbox. If a extesio has Automatic VMS Cover ad Call Coverage active, calls rig at the coverig extesio after the specified umber of Call Coverage Rigs (#116). If the coverig extesio does ot aswer, the call is routed to the voice mailbox of the extesio that activated Call Coverage after the specified amout of VMS cover rigs. If a extesio has Automatic VMS Cover ad Call Forwardig active, calls rig at the forwardig destiatio; they are ot covered by the voice messagig system. Cosideratios Stadard phoes ad system phoes without a programmed VMS Cover butto caot override this feature oce it is assiged to a extesio. Feature Referece 5-39

155 Valid Etries 1 = Assiged 2 = Not Assiged Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Automatic VMS Cover settig for a extesio: 1. Press f0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be covered by the voice messagig system. For example, to program extesio 11, press To assig or uassig Automatic VMS Cover, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To program aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

156 Backgroud Music (F19) Descriptio This feature is available oly o system phoes with speakers. This feature provides backgroud music through the speaker of a idle system phoe for a user s work area. Backgroud Music plays the recorded material from the Music O Hold audio source. Related Features Backgroud Music is available oly if Music O Hold (#602) is active ad a audio source is coected to the processor module. Cosideratios The Backgroud Music feature broadcasts music over telephoe lies. The performace of music over telephoe lies is a public performace uder Uited States Copyright law. Accordigly, i order for the performace of that music to be lawful, it must be licesed aually to the user by the copyright owers or their represetatives (such as ASCAP or BMI). The Magic o Hold system icludes the required licese for the first year. This licese must be reewed aually. Backgroud Music stops whe a user makes or aswers a call, but resumes whe the phoe becomes idle agai. If a system phoe ad a stadard phoe with a message waitig light are coected i a combiatio extesio, the stadard phoe s message waitig light will ot light if Backgroud Music is o at the system phoe. You ca program a Backgroud Music butto o a system phoe to use the feature with oe touch. A butto with lights is recommeded. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Backgroud Music butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto, preferably a butto with lights. 4. Press f1 9. Feature Referece 5-41

157 5. Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig To tur Backgroud Music o: 1. From a system phoe with a speaker, press the programmed butto or press f 1 9. If the phoe is idle, you hear Backgroud Music. If the Backgroud Music butto has lights, the gree light turs o. 2. To adjust the volume of Backgroud Music, use the phoe s volume cotrol buttos while listeig to the Backgroud Music. To tur Backgroud Music off: Press the programmed butto or press f 1 9 agai. If the Backgroud Music butto has lights, the gree light turs off Feature Referece

158 Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) Descriptio The backup of system ad telephoe programmig is optioal, but recommeded. This System Programmig procedure determies whether the automatic backup of all programmig (except the system date, day, ad time) occurs or ot. The default settig is Not Active. Whe Backup Programmig Automatic is set to Active, the iformatio is backed up at 2:00 a.m. o the first day of each moth (determied by the system date ad time settigs) to a Backup/Restore PC Card. If Backup Programmig Automatic is Active ad a automatic backup fails, a Backup-Failure Alarm message appears (istead of the system date ad time) o the top lie of the telephoe display at idle extesios 10 ad 11. The message will be oe of the followig: Backup Failed:Write Prot Backup Failed:Check Card Backup Failed:SystemBusy Backup Failed:IsertCard See Chapter 6, Troubleshootig for a explaatio of these messages ad suggested corrective actios, ad for the procedure for clearig the Backup-Failure Alarm message. Related Features Verify that the System Date (#101), System Day (#102), ad System Time (#103) are set correctly, so that the automatic backup occurs at the correct time. These settigs are ot backed up. You ca use Backup Programmig Maual (#124) i place of or to supplemet the automatic backups, if desired. Oce the system ad telephoe programmig settigs have bee backed up to a PC Card, you ca use the Restore Programmig (#125) procedure to restore the settigs if they become corrupted. You ca also use Restore Programmig (#125) to verify the date o a backup file. Cosideratios To perform either automatic or maual backups, purchase a Backup/Restore PC Card from Lucet Techologies. If the PC Card has ot bee istalled, see the PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios. Feature Referece 5-43

159 Wheever the settig for Backup Programmig Automatic is chaged from Not Active to Active, a backup will occur at the ext occurrece of 2:00 a.m. After that, backups will be doe at 2:00 a.m. o the first day of each moth util the settig is chaged back to Not Active. NOTE: Although you ca chage the settig for Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) without havig a Backup/Restore i the PC Card slot, you must have a PC Card i the slot before a backup ca take place. It is recommeded that you leave the Backup/Restore PC Card i PC Card Slot 2. Slot 2 is recommeded for the Backup/Restore PC Card; however, either slot ca be used. If the system detects Backup/Restore PC Cards i both slots whe a backup begis, the first slot is used ad the secod is igored. The same Backup/Restore PC Card ca be used for both automatic ad maual backups, sice the data is recorded i two separate files. A automatic backup replaces the AUTO.mmddyy file oly (where mmddyy represets the date of the backup i moth, day, year format), ad a maual backup replaces the MAN.mmddyy file oly. Restore Programmig (#125) asks you to specify which backup file you wat to use. Calls will cotiue to be hadled ormally durig a automatic backup. Valid Etries 1 = Active 2 = Not Active 3 = Backup Alarm Cleared Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) Chagig the Settig To chage the settig for Backup Programmig Automatic: 1. Press f 0 0 s s# at extesio 10 or 11. The curret settig is displayed. 2. Press D or d to chage the settig, or press r to retur the settig to the default. 3. Exit programmig mode Feature Referece

160 If you chose Optio 1, Active: The system will be backed up to the PC Card at 2:00 a.m., ad thereafter at 2:00 a.m. o the first day of each moth, provided that a valid Backup/Restore PC Card is i the PC Card slot. (See PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios. ) The old AUTO.mmddyy file o the PC Card is replaced by the ew oe. (The MAN.mmddyy file is uaffected.) You ca use the Restore Programmig (#125) feature to check the date o the AUTO.mmddyy file to verify that the backup was successful. If you chose Optio 2, Not Active, o automatic backups will be performed. For iformatio about usig Optio 3, Backup Alarm Cleared, Clearig a Backup-Failure Alarm o page 6-7. Usig Use Optio 3 to clear Backup-Failure Alarms. See Clearig a Backup-Failure Alarm o page 6-7. Feature Referece 5-45

161 Backup Programmig Maual (#124) Descriptio The backup of system ad telephoe programmig is optioal, but recommeded, especially if you are chagig the processor module or upgradig the system, or before ad after ay major programmig chages. This System Programmig procedure maually backs up all the programmig (except the system date, day, ad time) to a Backup/Restore PC Card. Related Features Verify that the System Date (#101), System Day (#102), ad System Time (#103) are set correctly. These settigs are ot backed up. You ca use Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) if you prefer. If so, backups are doe automatically at 2:00 a.m. o the first day of each moth. You ca also use both methods, performig maual backups betwee the scheduled mothly backups. Oce the system ad telephoe programmig settigs have bee backed up to a PC Card, you ca use the Restore Programmig (#125) procedure to restore the settigs if they become corrupted. You ca also use Restore Programmig (#125) to verify the date o a backup file. Cosideratios To perform either maual or automatic backups, purchase a Backup/Restore PC Card from Lucet Techologies. If the PC Card has ot bee istalled, see the PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios. You must have a Backup/Restore PC Card i the PC Card slot before a backup ca take place. It is recommeded that you leave the Backup/Restore PC Card i PC Card Slot 2. Slot 2 is recommeded for the Backup/Restore PC Card; however, either slot ca be used. If the system detects Backup/Restore PC Cards i both slots whe a backup begis, the first slot is used ad the secod is igored. The same Backup/Restore PC Card ca be used for both automatic ad maual backups, sice the data is recorded i two separate files. A automatic backup replaces the AUTO.mmddyy file oly (where mmddyy represets the date of the backup i moth, day, year format), ad a maual backup replaces the MAN.mmddyy file oly. Restore Programmig (#125) asks you to specify which backup file you wat to use. Calls will cotiue to be hadled ormally durig a maual backup Feature Referece

162 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To begi a maual backup of system settigs: 1. Verify that oly oe Backup/Restore Card is i the processor module. 2. Press f 0 0 s s# at extesio 10 or 11. If there is a problem, oe of the followig messages is displayed: Card is Write Protected Isert Valid Card System Busy See Chapter 6, Troubleshootig, for explaatios ad corrective actios. Otherwise, the display istructs you to press Eter to begi the backup. 3. Press e. A status message is displayed idicatig that a backup is i progress, ad withi 30 secods, a message displays idicatig the result. If the backup was successful, the ew backup iformatio replaces the iformatio i the old MAN.mmddyy file o the Backup/Restore PC Card ad the.mmddyy extesio ow reflects the curret date. Backup iformatio created durig a maual backup does ot overwrite ay AUTO.mmddyy file. Go o to Step 4. If the backup failed, you see oe of the followig error messages i the display: Backup Failed:Check Card Backup Failed:SystemBusy Go to Step 4 ad the see Chapter 6, Troubleshootig, for explaatios ad corrective actios. 4. Exit programmig mode. NOTE: If you exit the procedure before the backup fiishes, you will ot iterrupt the backup, but you will ot see feedback messages o the display. Feature Referece 5-47

163 Call Coverage (F20,XX,XX) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This feature redirects all itercom, trasferred, ad outside calls o lies assiged owership from a user s extesio to aother system extesio (where XX is a system extesio umber) for coverage. Whe Call Coverage is activated, covered calls are routed to the coverig extesio after a specified umber of rigs. Callers ca the leave a message with the perso at the coverig extesio. This feature is helpful for users who wat their callers to have persoalized service whe they are uable to aswer calls. Related Features You must use Lie Coverage Extesio (#208) to desigate a extesio as the ower of a specific outside lie, so the extesio ca activate Call Coverage for that lie. A extesio s owed lie is eligible for coverage oly if Lie Rigig is set to Immediate Rig or Delayed Rig ad Lie Access Restrictio (#302) or Pool Access Restrictio (#315) is set to No Restrictio or I Oly. You ca use Call Coverage Rigs (#116) to specify the umber of times a covered call rigs at a extesio before it is set to the coverig extesio. If Call Coverage ad Do Not Disturb are active, covered calls are routed immediately to the coverig extesio, without rigig the extesio first. You ca tur o Call Coverage while a call is rigig, to sed a call immediately for coverage. Similarly, if Call Coverage is o ad a call begis to rig, you ca tur o Do Not Disturb to sed that call immediately for coverage. (See Sed All Calls.) If a extesio has Call Coverage ad VMS Cover active, covered calls rig at the coverig extesio for the specified umber of Call Coverage Rigs. The: If the coverig extesio does ot aswer, the call is routed to the voice mailbox of the extesio that activated Call Coverage after the specified umber of VMS Cover Rigs (#117). If the coverig extesio has Do Not Disturb active, the call is routed immediately to the voice mailbox of the extesio that activated Call Coverage. If a extesio has Call Coverage active without voice mail coverage, covered calls rig at the coverig extesio for the specified umber of Call Coverage Rigs. Outside ad itercom calls cotiue to rig at the coverig extesio util the call is aswered or the caller hags up. For trasferred calls: 5-48 Feature Referece

164 If the coverig extesio does ot aswer, the call goes to the trasfer retur extesio after the specified umber of Trasfer Retur Rigs (#105). If the coverig extesio has Do Not Disturb active, the call rigs oe more time at the user s extesio before it goes to the trasfer retur extesio. If a extesio has Call Coverage ad Call Forwardig active, calls are routed to the Call Forwardig destiatio extesio (Call Forwardig takes precedece). If a user at a coverig extesio has a system display phoe ad is busy o a call, he or she ca use Caller ID Ispect to view the umber of the extesio from which a coverage call is beig set. If a user is ot active o a call ad multiple coverage calls are rigig, he or she ca press the lie, pool, or i buttos to view the umber of the extesio from which each coverage call is beig set; however, if the user picks up the hadset, he or she will joi or aswer the call that was previously rigig at the origiatig extesio show o the display. Call Coverage does ot apply to parked calls. See Call Park. If you wat calls aswered by Call Coverage to be logged as uaswered calls, use the Call Log Lie Associatios (#318) feature to associate the lies with extesios for loggig uaswered calls. Cosideratios A system display phoe is recommeded for the coverig extesio so the user ca idetify coverage calls. Coverage Call for XX appears o the display whe a coverage call rigs at a coverig extesio rather tha Caller ID iformatio, if available. If the coverig extesio has a Auto Dial butto for the origiatig extesio, the light shows gree flutter while the coverage call is rigig at the coverig extesio. If the user at the extesio lifts the hadset, he or she will be coected to this call. Itercom, trasferred, ad outside calls o lies assiged owership ca be covered. Group calls, forwarded calls, trasfer-retur calls, voice-sigaled calls, Voice Iterrupt o Busy calls, Wake-Up Service calls, ad calls to doorphoe alert extesios caot be covered. Do ot desigate ay of the extesios i Hut Group 7, which cotais the extesios associated with the voice messagig system, as a coverig extesio. A sigle extesio ca cover multiple extesios; however, a extesio programmed for Call Coverage ca have oly oe coverig extesio. Oly oe Call Coverage butto ca be programmed per extesio. The user at a extesio who has activated Call Coverage ca itercept a outside call routed for coverage by pressig the outside lie butto. Feature Referece 5-49

165 You ca program Call Coverage o a butto o a system phoe. Use a butto with lights if you wat a visual idicatio whe your calls are beig covered. Whe the gree light is o, your calls are beig covered; whe the gree light is off, Call Coverage is ot active. If the Call Coverage feature code ad optioal origiatig ad coverig extesios are programmed o a butto with lights, you ca use the butto to tur Call Coverage o ad off with oe touch. (The lights show whe Call Coverage is o, eve if calls are covered by a differet extesio tha the oe stored o the butto, ad you ca still use the butto to tur Call Coverage off.) Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Call Coverage butto: 1. Press f0 0 s s c. 2. Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto, preferably a butto with lights. 4. At this poit, you ca do oe of the followig: Press f2 0. Press f20 ad the umber of the origiatig extesio. Press f20 the umber of the origiatig extesio, ad the umber of the coverig extesio. 5. Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe To sed calls for coverage maually: 1. Press f Dial your extesio umber. 3. Dial the extesio umber of the coverig extesio. To remove Call Coverage maually: 1. Press f Dial your extesio umber twice. To sed calls for coverage usig the programmed butto: 5-50 Feature Referece

166 1. Press the programmed butto. If a origiatig extesio ad a coverig extesio were programmed o the butto, Call Coverage is activated (o a butto with lights, the gree light is o). Skip Steps 2 ad If o origiatig extesio was programmed, dial your extesio umber. 3. If o coverig extesio was programmed, dial the extesio umber of the coverig extesio. Call Coverage is activated (o a butto with lights, the gree light is o). To remove Call Coverage usig the programmed butto: 1. Press the programmed butto. If a origiatig extesio ad a coverig extesio were programmed o the butto, Call Coverage is deactivated (o a butto with lights, the gree light is off). Skip Steps 2 ad If o origiatig extesio was programmed, dial your extesio umber. 3. If o coverig extesio was programmed, dial your extesio umber agai. Call Coverage is deactivated (o a butto with lights, the gree light is off). Stadard Phoe To sed your calls for coverage: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Press # Dial your extesio umber. 4. Dial the extesio umber of the coverig extesio. To remove Call Coverage: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Press # Dial your extesio umber twice. Feature Referece 5-51

167 Call Coverage Rigs (#116) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This System Programmig procedure, which applies to all system extesios programmed for Call Coverage, defies the umber of times itercom, trasferred, ad outside calls o lies assiged owership rig at a extesio before they are set to the coverig extesio. Related Features Call Coverage redirects a extesio s covered calls to the coverig extesio. You must use Lie Coverage Extesio (#208) to desigate a extesio as the ower of a specific outside lie, so the extesio ca activate Call Coverage for that lie. If a extesio has Call Coverage ad VMS Cover active, covered calls rig at the coverig extesio for the specified umber of Call Coverage Rigs. The: If the coverig extesio does ot aswer, the call is routed to the voice mailbox of the extesio that activated Call Coverage after the specified umber of VMS Cover Rigs (#117). If the coverig extesio has Do Not Disturb active, the call is routed immediately to the voice mailbox of the extesio that activated Call Coverage. Valid Etries (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the umber of times a call rigs at a extesio before it is set to the coverig extesio: 1. Press 0 0 s s# Eter a differet settig (1 9). 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

168 Call Forwardig/Call Follow-Me (F11,XX,XX) Descriptio This feature forwards all itercom, trasferred, ad outside calls from a user s extesio to aother system extesio (where XX is a extesio umber). Users ca activate this feature from their ow extesio (Call Forwardig) or from ay other extesio i the system (Call Follow-Me). Related Features A extesio s outside calls o lies or pools assiged to the extesio are eligible for Call Forwardig oly if Lie Rigig is set to Immediate Rig or Delayed Rig ad Lie Access Restrictio (#302) or Pool Access Restrictio (#315) is set to No Restrictio or I Oly. If a extesio i a Hut Group (#505) activates Call Forwardig, the system cosiders the extesio uavailable whe a call goes to the Hut Group. If a extesio has VMS Cover ad Call Forwardig active, calls rig at the Call Forwardig destiatio extesio; they are ot covered by the voice messagig system. If a extesio has Call Coverage ad Call Forwardig active, calls are routed to the Call Forwardig destiatio extesio (Call Forwardig takes precedece). Calls forwarded ad uaswered at both the origiatig extesio ad the forwarded extesio will be logged as uaswered calls by the Caller ID Loggig feature at both extesios. If the forwarded call is aswered at the forwarded extesio, it will ot be logged uless the Caller ID Log Aswered Calls (#317) feature is set to log aswered calls. Call Forwardig does ot apply to parked calls. See Call Park. Cosideratios You ca forward outside, itercom, ad trasferred calls. You caot forward group calls, calls to doorphoe alert extesios, voice-sigaled calls, Voice Iterrupt o Busy calls, coverage calls or trasfer-retur calls. Calls caot be forwarded outside the system. The phoe at the extesio from which calls are beig forwarded beeps oce each time a call is forwarded (uless Do Not Disturb is active). Do ot forward your calls to ay of the extesios i Hut Group 7, which cotais the extesios associated with the voice messagig system. Feature Referece 5-53

169 At a extesio that has Call Forwardig activated, if multiple calls are rigig, the system forwards them oe at a time. This meas that each subsequet call is ot forwarded util the previous call is fiished. If you press the Call Forwardig butto after a call starts to rig, that call will ot be forwarded. You ca program Call Forwardig o a butto o a system phoe. Use a butto with lights if you wat a visual idicatio whe your calls are forwarded. Whe the gree light is o, your calls are forwarded; whe the gree light is off, calls rig at your extesio. If the Call Forwardig feature code ad optioal origiatig ad destiatio extesios are programmed o a butto with lights, you ca use the butto to tur Call Forwardig o ad off with oe touch. (The lights show whe Call Forwardig is o, eve if calls are forwarded to a differet extesio tha the oe stored o the butto, ad you ca still use the butto to tur Call Forwardig off.) Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Call Forwardig butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto, preferably a butto with lights. 4. At this poit, you ca do oe of the followig: Press f 1 1. Press f 1 1 ad the umber of the origiatig extesio. Press f 1 1, the umber of the origiatig extesio, ad the umber of the destiatio extesio. 5. Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe To forward calls maually: 1. Press f Dial your extesio umber. 3. Dial the extesio umber at which you wat the calls to rig Feature Referece

170 To remove Call Forwardig maually: 1. Press f Dial your extesio umber twice. To forward calls usig the programmed butto: 1. Press the programmed butto. If a origiatig extesio ad a destiatio extesio were programmed o the butto, Call Forwardig is activated (o a butto with lights, the gree light is o). Skip Steps 2 ad If o origiatig extesio was programmed, dial your extesio umber. 3. If o destiatio extesio was programmed, dial the extesio umber at which you wat the calls to rig. Call Forwardig is activated (o a butto with lights, the gree light is o). To remove Call Forwardig usig the programmed butto: 1. Press the programmed butto. If a origiatig extesio ad a destiatio extesio were programmed o the butto, Call Forwardig is deactivated (o a butto with lights, the gree light is off). Skip Steps 2 ad If o origiatig extesio was programmed, dial your extesio umber. 3. If o destiatio extesio was programmed, dial your extesio umber agai. Call Forwardig is deactivated (o a butto with lights, the gree light is off). Stadard Phoe To forward your calls: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Press # Dial your extesio umber. 4. Dial the umber of the extesio at which you wat your calls to rig. To remove Call Forwardig: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Press # Dial your extesio umber twice. Feature Referece 5-55

171 Call Park Descriptio This feature allows you to park a call, or put it o a special type of hold, so it ca be picked up from ay phoe i the system. Related Features Use Call Pickup to retrieve parked calls. Whe a call is parked, the caller hears Music O Hold (#602) if it is active ad a audio source is coected to the processor module, regardless of the Rig o Trasfer (#119) settig. If you frequetly park calls ad you have a system phoe, program your extesio umber o a Auto Dial butto, so you ca park a call simply by pressig the butto. See Auto Dialig. Other ways of placig a call o hold iclude Hold ad Exclusive Hold. Parked calls do ot receive Call Waitig, Call Coverage, Call Forwardig, or VMS Cover. Cosideratios Call Park typically is used for pooled extesios i Hybrid mode, because users ca retrieve calls without kowig which lie the call is o. It is recommeded that you park oly oe call at a time from your extesio to esure that you kow which caller you are talkig to whe you pick up the parked call. Call Park is useful for stadard phoe users because they ca retrieve a parked call without kowig which lie the call is o. Usig System Phoe (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.)to park a call: 1. While o a call, press & ad dial your two-digit extesio umber or press the Auto Dial butto programmed for your extesio. 2. Hag up. If the call is ot picked up withi three miutes, it rigs back at your extesio. If you used a Auto Dial butto, the gree light ext to the butto flutters. To retrieve a parked call usig Call Pickup: 5-56 Feature Referece

172 1. Dial i Dial the extesio umber or press a Auto Dial butto for the extesio where the call is parked. Stadard Phoe To park a call: 1. While o a call, press the switchhook or R. The call is put o hold ad you hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial your two-digit extesio umber. 3. Hag up. If the call is ot picked up withi three miutes, it rigs back at your extesio. If you are o aother call whe the parked call returs, you will ot receive otificatio eve if Call Waitig is Assiged to your extesio. The parked call rigs back whe your phoe is idle. To retrieve a parked call usig Call Pickup: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial 6 ad the extesio umber where the call is parked. Feature Referece 5-57

173 Call Pickup (I6XX) Descriptio This feature lets users aswer ay itercom, outside, or trasferred call rigig at aother specified extesio (where XX is a system extesio umber). This feature is useful for officemates who agree to aswer each other s calls. Related Features Use this feature to retrieve a parked call see Call Park. Note that if you use Call Pickup to aswer a call that is parked at a extesio that also has rigig calls, you will be coected to the parked call parked calls take precedece over rigig calls. Cosideratios You ca program a Call Pickup butto o a system phoe to pick up with oe touch a call that is rigig or parked at aother specified extesio. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.)) To program a Call Pickup butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. To specify the extesio to be aswered, press left i, followed by6 ad the two-digit system extesio umber. For example, to aswer a call rigig at extesio 23, press left i Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe 1. If you wat, lift the hadset. 2. Press the programmed butto, or press i 6 ad the two-digit umber of the extesio at which the call is rigig or parked Feature Referece

174 Stadard Phoe 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial 6 plus the two-digit umber of the extesio at which the call is rigig or parked. Feature Referece 5-59

175 Call Waitig (#316) Descriptio This feature applies oly to stadard phoes. This System Programmig procedure specifies stadard phoe extesios that are eligible for Call Waitig. Users who receive a call waitig toe hear two beeps whe they are o a call to idicate a secod icomig itercom, trasferred, or outside call. The user ca press the switchhook (or Recall or Flash butto, if available) to put the curret call o hold ad retrieve the secod call. To retur to the first call, the user simply presses the switchhook agai. Related Features For istructios for usig Call Waitig, see Aswerig Calls. Call Waitig does ot apply to parked calls. See Call Park. Cosideratios This feature is distict from the local telephoe compay s Call Waitig feature. If you use this system feature, do ot use your local telephoe compay s Call Waitig feature. The Call Waitig toe (two beeps) is ot repeated. Use Call Waitig oly for stadard phoe extesios. Do ot assig Call Waitig to extesios that have fax machies, credit card scaers, modems, or auto attedats because the call-waitig toe will iterrupt the data coectio. You caot trasfer either party coected usig Call Waitig, coferece i additioal parties, or use feature codes while both calls are active. Trasfer-retur, group call distributio, hut group, ad wake-up calls are ot cosidered icomig calls for this feature. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged 2 = Not Assiged Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) 5-60 Feature Referece

176 To chage the Call Waitig settig for a extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to receive Call Waitig. For example, to program extesio 11, press To assig or uassig Call Waitig, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To program aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-61

177 Caller ID Descriptio Caller ID is available o system display phoes o all lies for which you subscribe to Caller ID service. Caller ID iformatio is the caller s telephoe umber (or ame, if available). Whe active o a call, a user automatically receives Caller ID iformatio for the duratio of the call. Whe a extesio is idle, a user receives Caller ID iformatio for the call the user will be coected to whe the hadset is lifted. This feature requires o special programmig; however, you must subscribe to Caller ID service (if it is available) o a per-lie basis from your local telephoe compay ad coect Caller ID lies to the appropriate system modules. Related Features Ay users who have access to Caller ID lie(s) will receive Caller ID iformatio o their system display phoes. You ca restrict users from viewig Caller ID iformatio usig the followig procedures: For rigig calls, you ca block Caller ID from displayig at specific extesios by restrictig access to the Caller ID lies. Use Lie Access Restrictio (#302) to restrict access to lies, Pooled Access Restrictio (#315) to restrict access to all lies withi a specific pool, or both procedures for pooled extesios that have pools ad lies. For active calls, you ca activate Privacy at your extesio to prevet other users from joiig your calls ad from accessig the Caller ID iformatio displayed at your extesio. For held calls, use Exclusive Hold rather tha Hold to prevet other users from pickig up your held call ad from accessig the Caller ID iformatio associated with the held call. There are two ways to ispect Caller ID lies: If you are active o a call, you automatically get Caller ID iformatio for that call. However, If you wat to view Caller ID iformatio for a secod call without edig the active call or puttig it o hold, use Caller ID Ispect. If you are ot active o a call, you ca press lie buttos to view Caller ID iformatio for those lies; however, keep i mid that if you pick up the hadset you will joi or aswer the call show o the display. I some regios, users will have the optio to subscribe to the ame service for Caller ID. This service allows the user to have a ame ad/or umber associated with Caller ID iformatio. If you wat access to the 5-62 Feature Referece

178 ame, you ca program Caller ID Name Display oto a butto with lights. This allows users to toggle betwee the Name ad Number for a icomig call. Caller ID iformatio does ot display for extesios active o Coferece Calls. If users receive a call routed to their extesio by Direct Extesio Dial, a voice messagig system, or automated attedat, the Caller ID iformatio is passed to their extesio whe they aswer the call. If users Trasfer a call, the Caller ID iformatio is passed to the destiatio extesio. If users sed calls for Call Coverage, the Caller ID iformatio is ot passed to the coverig extesio. Coverage Call for XX appears istead so the user at the coverig extesio ca idetify the perso for whom the call was origially iteded. A user at a coverig extesio who has a system display phoe ad who is busy o a call ca use Caller ID Ispect to view the umber of the extesio from which a Call Coverage call is beig set. If users are ot active o a call ad multiple coverage calls are rigig, they ca press lie, pool, ad itercom buttos to view the umber of the extesio from which each coverage call is beig set; however, if they pick up the hadset they will joi or aswer the call idicated o the display. Caller ID iformatio is displayed if you Joi a call; however, you caot joi a call at ay extesio that has Privacy activated. Caller ID iformatio is displayed if users pick up calls with Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie, Call Pickup, or Group Pickup, but the restrictios stated previously apply. For icomig calls, Caller ID iformatio displays oly whe a call is audibly alertig at a extesio. This meas that extesios with Do Not Disturb activated or extesios that have lies with Lie Rigig set to No Rig do ot receive Caller ID iformatio. However, Caller ID iformatio is displayed oce the call is aswered or if the lie is preselected. Caller ID Type (#122) ca be set to either USA or Sigapore. For proper operatio i the Uited States, leave the default settig, USA. Users ca view Caller ID iformatio for uaswered cetral office calls o predesigated lies ad uaswered directed calls usig the Caller ID Call Loggig ad Dialig (F23) feature. Users ca also program this feature to log aswered calls usig the Caller ID Log Aswered Calls (#317) programmig procedure. Cosideratios Subscriptios to Caller ID service are o a per-lie basis. Feature Referece 5-63

179 The lies associated with Caller ID must be coected to a lie jack o a PARTNER ACS processor module, 206EC module, 308EC module, or 400EC module. For more iformatio, refer to the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Istallatio guide. Caller ID iformatio is passed to a extesio betwee the first ad secod rig. To receive Caller ID iformatio, wait util the secod rig before aswerig the call. Idividuals with Call Waitig from the local telephoe compay will ot receive Caller ID iformatio for the secod call. Not all calls o Caller ID lies are displayed. This varies by local phoe compay. Whe Caller ID iformatio is ot captured, the system date ad day (default) displays istead. The icomig telephoe umber replaces the system date ad time display o system phoes for the duratio of the call. A out-of-area message ( ) displays if a call is beig dialed from a regio that does ot support Caller ID. A privacy message (Priv.) displays if the caller has blocked trasmissio of Caller ID iformatio. If you use SMDR, telephoe umbers of icomig calls prit o call reports after the call is completed. (Private ad out-of-area umbers are reported as IN o call reports.) 5-64 Feature Referece

180 Caller ID Ispect (F17) Descriptio This feature allows a user who is active o a call to view Caller ID iformatio for a secod call, without discoectig the curret call or puttig it o hold. Users ca ispect rigig, active, or held calls. Related Features If you program a Caller ID Name Display butto, you ca toggle betwee Caller ID ame ad Caller ID umber while ispectig lies. Refer to Caller ID for details o Caller ID iformatio. A user at a coverig extesio who has a system display phoe ad who is busy o a call ca use Caller ID Ispect to view the umber of the extesio from which a Call Coverage call is beig set. Cosideratios This feature must be programmed o a butto with lights o a system display phoe. The user should make sure the gree light ext to the Caller ID Ispect butto is flutterig before pressig a lie or pool butto or else the call the user is active o is discoected, ad the user is coected to the call o the lie or pool butto that was pressed. The user ca ispect outside calls that appear o itercom buttos. (If the call is a itercom call, the default display is show.) If users are ot active o a call, they ca press lie, pool, ad itercom buttos to view Caller ID or Call Coverage iformatio for those lies; however, if they pick up the hadset, they will joi or aswer the call show o the display. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Caller ID Ispect butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto with lights. 4. Press f 1 7. Feature Referece 5-65

181 5. Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig 1. While active o a call, press the programmed butto. The gree light flutters. Caller ID Ispect is activated. 2. Press a lie, pool, or itercom butto. The Caller ID or Call Coverage iformatio for the selected lie, pool, or itercom displays. 3. Press the programmed butto to deactivate the feature. The feature is deactivated automatically if you hag up the hadset or press ay butto other tha a lie, pool, or itercom butto. The gree light is off whe the feature is deactivated Feature Referece

182 Caller ID Log Aswered Calls (#317) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This feature is available o 24-character PARTNER 18D ad 34D display phoes. It is ot available for the MLS, MLC, MDW or Tip/Rig telephoes. This programmig procedure allows a system admiistrator to program extesios to log aswered Caller ID calls so that aswered calls ca be viewed i the Caller ID Call Log. Oce this feature is activated for a extesio, whe a user activates the Caller ID Call Loggig ad Dialig (F23) all caller ID calls that are aswered by that extesio will be logged. A telephoe symbol (a vertical hadset) appears i the Call Status Display to idicate that the call beig viewed has bee aswered. The Caller ID Log Aswered Call feature is useful whe users may have o other way of trackig callers phoe umbers. For example, a sales represetative who takes phoe orders could fid a umber i the log for a caller whose credit card iformatio is later determied to be ivalid. Related Features If you also wat to log uaswered Caller ID calls, use the Caller ID Call Log Lie Associatio (#318) programmig procedure to program lies ad extesios to log calls. You ca select to log aswered Caller ID calls oly, uaswered Caller ID calls oly, or you ca choose to log both. Trasfer Retur calls that are aswered at the retur extesio are ot logged eve if Caller ID Log Aswered Calls is set to active. Cosideratios To log Caller ID iformatio, you must subscribe to a Caller ID service (if it is available) o a per-lie basis from your local telephoe compay ad coect Caller ID lies to the appropriate system modules. You caot use Caller ID Loggig ad Dialig (F23) if Statio Lock (F21) or Caller ID Ispect (F17) is active. To view the Caller ID Call Log, a Caller ID Call Loggig ad Dialig butto must be programmed o a butto with lights o a system display phoe. (This feature will ot work if it is programmed o a butto without lights.) Valid Etries 1 = Active (aswered calls logged) 2 = Not active (aswered calls are ot logged) Feature Referece 5-67

183 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program the extesio to log aswered calls: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 12, press To set Caller ID Log Aswered Calls, press D util the appropriate value displays. (See Valid Etries. ) 4. To set Caller ID Log Aswered Calls for aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

184 Caller ID Call Log Lie Associatio (#318) Release 2.0 or Later This feature is available o 24-character PARTNER 18D ad 34D display phoes. It is ot available for the MLS, MLC, MDW or Tip/Rig telephoes. This system programmig procedure allows you to associate lies with extesios for the purpose of loggig uaswered calls. Multiple lies ca be associated with a extesio ad multiple extesios ca be associated with the same lie. Caller ID calls ca be logged oly if they rig o a extesio that is associated with a lie that has bee programmed for Call Loggig. Related Features If you also wat to log aswered Caller ID calls, use Caller ID Log Aswered Calls (#317) to log aswered calls at a extesio. You ca select to log aswered Caller ID calls oly, uaswered Caller ID calls oly, or you ca choose to log both. It is ot ecessary to associate lies ad extesios to log uaswered trasferred calls. Uaswered trasferred calls are logged automatically. Cosideratios To log Caller ID iformatio, you must subscribe to Caller ID service (if it is available) o a per-lie basis from your local telephoe compay ad coect Caller ID lies to the appropriate system modules. To view the Caller ID Call Log, a Caller ID Call Loggig ad Dialig butto must be programmed o a butto with lights o a system display phoe. (This feature will ot work if it is programmed o a butto without lights). You caot use the Caller ID Loggig ad Dialig feature if Statio Lock (F21) or Caller ID Ispect (F17) is active. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged (Lie is associated with a extesio or extesio is associated with a lie.) 2 = Not Assiged (Lie is ot associated with a extesio). (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To associate a lie with a extesio for the purpose of loggig caller ID iformatio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or 11. Feature Referece 5-69

185 2. At the Extesio prompt, eter the extesio umber to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 23, press At the Lie prompt, eter the lie umber to be associated with the extesio. For example, to associate lie 2 with the extesio, press To chage the lie associatio for this extesio, press D util the appropriate value displays see Valid Etries. 5. At this poit: To associate aother lie with this extesio, press or p util the lie umber shows o the display. Repeat Step 4. To associate aother extesio, press N P ad begi at Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

186 Caller ID Call Loggig ad Dialig (F23) ACS Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This feature is available o 24-character PARTNER 18D ad 34D display phoes. It is ot available for the MLS, MLC, MDW or Tip/Rig telephoes. Oce the system admiistrator uses Caller ID Call Log Lie Associatio (#318) at a extesio to log uaswered calls, you use Caller ID Loggig ad Dialig (F23) to view the log. Caller ID Call Loggig ad Dialig is available o system display phoes o all lies for which you subscribe to a Caller ID service. This feature gives users the ability to view Caller ID iformatio for uaswered Cetral Office calls ad uaswered Cetral Office calls trasferred to a extesio. Up to 400 call records ca be stored for the system. Each lie that is associated with a extesio to log Caller ID calls is guarateed a miimum of 20 call records. I additio, users ca automatically dial the umber stored i the log. If Caller ID Log Aswered Calls (#317) has also bee programmed for the extesio, this feature also allows users to view aswered calls. You ca select to log aswered Caller ID calls oly, uaswered Caller ID calls oly, or you ca choose to log both. Uaswered trasferred calls are logged automatically, whether or ot the lie ad extesio are associated with the Caller ID Loggig ad Dialig feature. The Caller ID iformatio logged is the caller s umber (or the reaso that the umber is ot available), the caller s ame (or the reaso that the ame is ot available), ad the date ad time of the call. I additio, the system logs the lie the call came i o; whether the log etry was viewed; whether the call was aswered or ot aswered; ad whether a attempt was made to retur the call usig the Dialig optio. Related Features To log Caller ID iformatio, you must subscribe to a Caller ID service (if it is available) o a per-lie basis from your local telephoe compay ad coect Caller ID lies to the appropriate system modules. To eable a user to log calls ad view the Call Log, use the Caller ID Call Lie Associatio (#318) programmig procedure to associate the lie ad extesio with the call loggig feature. Use the Caller ID Log Aswered Calls (#317) programmig procedure if you also wat to log aswered calls at the extesio. Feature Referece 5-71

187 All uaswered Caller ID calls that are trasferred to aother extesio are logged at that extesio. Caller ID calls trasferred to a group are logged at every extesio that alerts i the group if o oe i the group aswers the call. However, if a user aswers the call at ay extesio i the group, it is ot logged as uaswered at ay extesio. If a Caller ID call is aswered by the Direct Extesio Dial feature ad the caller hags up without dialig a extesio, the call is ot logged at ay extesio. However, if a caller dials a extesio that is associated with the Caller ID Loggig feature, the call is logged as uaswered if it is ot aswered at the extesio. To prevet uauthorized persos from viewig the log, Caller ID calls caot be viewed at a locked statio. The date ad time of a icomig call is logged from the Cetral Office. Therefore, the date ad time of the call that a user sees o the system display phoe may be differet from the date ad time reported i the SMDR report for the extesio. Cosideratios Ay users who have system display phoes ad have lies with Caller ID ca view ad dial the umbers of logged Caller ID calls. To view the Caller ID Call Log, a Caller ID Call Loggig ad Dialig butto must be programmed o a butto with lights o a system display phoe. (This feature will ot work if it is programmed o a butto without lights.) You ca the use the feature with oe touch. You caot use the Caller ID Loggig ad Dialig feature if Statio Lock (F21) or Caller ID Ispect (F17) is active. Examples The examples below show how uaswered Caller ID iformatio is logged: Lie 6 is associated with extesios 11 ad 12 for Call Loggig. If a Cetral Office call rigs ad is ot aswered o lie 6, it is logged as uaswered o extesios 11 ad 12. If it is aswered, it is logged oly if the aswerig extesio has bee programmed to log aswered calls. Lie 5 is associated with extesio 11 for call loggig. A user at extesio 11 aswers a call, trasfers it to extesio 12, ad the caller hags up before it is aswered. The call is logged as uaswered at extesio 12. Whe a call is aswered, it is ot logged uless the system has bee programmed to log aswered calls usig the Caller ID Log Aswered Calls (#317) programmig procedure. (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) 5-72 Feature Referece

188 To program a Call Log Display butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto with lights. 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig the Call ID Loggig ad Dialig Feature Whe Caller ID iformatio is logged for your extesio ad you have programmed a Call Log butto, the word Calls is displayed, as show i Figure 5-1. Figure 5-1. System Phoe Display Showig Logged Calls To view the log, press your preprogrammed Call Log butto.the gree light flutters, the Call Log is activated. Oe of several messages is displayed. Press the More butto repeatedly util you see the Telephoe Number Display. At the Telephoe Number Display, show i Figure 5-2, the ewest call i the log is show. (The log displays the calls i last-i-first-out order.) A Out-of-Area message displays if the call was dialed from a regio that does ot support Caller ID. A Privacy message displays if the caller blocked trasmissio of Caller ID iformatio. A No Number message displays if o iformatio was received. Figure 5-2. Caller ID Telephoe Number Display You have several optios at this display: Press the Next butto to view the ext logged call. If you have a secod logged call, it is displayed. Press the Erase butto to erase the log record. A Etry Erased message displays. Feature Referece 5-73

189 Press the Dial butto to retur the call (see dialig istructios below). Press the More butto to view the caller s ame. At the Name Display, show i Figure 5-3, the caller s ame is show. A Out-of-Area message displays if the call was dialed from a regio that does ot support Caller ID. A Privacy message displays if the caller blocked trasmissio of Caller ID iformatio. A No Name message displays if o iformatio was received. Figure 5-3. Caller ID Name Display You have several optios at the Name display: Press the Next butto to view the ext logged call. If you have a secod logged call, it is displayed. Press the Etry Erase butto to erase the log record. A Etry Erased message displays. Press the Dial butto to retur the call (See dialig istructios below). Press the More butto to view the Call Status display. At the Call Status display, you see the followig iformatio: At the left of the display, you see the date ad time of the call ad either am or pm to idicate whether the call arrived i the morig or afteroo. The etry i the ext colum idicates the lie that the call came i o. The ext etry (a vertical hadset symbol) idicates whether the call was aswered at the extesio. If the call was ot aswered, this colum is blak. I the ext colum, D idicates that a user attempted to use automatic dialig to retur the call. If o callback was attempted, the colum is blak. Figure 5-4. Call Status Display If you wat to retur the call, press the Dial butto. The display show i Figure 5-5 appears Feature Referece

190 Figure 5-5. Call Log Dial Display The butto you press to dial the call depeds o the umber of digits you must dial to complete the call from your area: To dial the complete umber icludig the 1, press the butto o the left. To iclude the area code but ot the 1, press the secod butto. To dial the seve-digit umber oly, press the third butto. Press the More butto to retur to the Telephoe Number or Name Display. Press the Previous butto to view the previous call record. Press the Next butto to view the record for aother call. Press the Call Log Display butto to exit the Call Log. The gree light goes off whe the feature is deactivated. Feature Referece 5-75

191 Caller ID Name Display (F16) Descriptio This feature lets users with system display phoes toggle the display betwee Caller ID umber ad Caller ID ame. Caller ID ame is a optioal feature of the Caller ID service provided by your local telephoe compay ad may ot be available i your area (eve if Caller ID umber is available). Related Features Cosideratios Programmig To view Caller ID iformatio for a secod call, while active o a call, users ca program Caller ID Ispect oto a butto. Refer to Caller ID for details o Caller ID iformatio. This feature has o effect o Call Coverage calls. Coverage calls always display the extesio umber of the user who is sedig calls for coverage. This feature must be programmed o a butto with lights o a system display phoe. Whe Caller ID Name Display is o, the gree light is o, idicatig that the Caller ID ame will be displayed rather tha the Caller ID umber. SMDR reports prit oly Caller ID umber (where available). (If a umber is ot available, it is reported as IN o the call report.) (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Caller ID Name Display butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto with lights. 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig Press the programmed butto to tur Caller ID Name Display o; press it agai to tur it off. Use the butto like a switch whe the light is o, Caller ID Name Display is o Feature Referece

192 Caller ID Type (#122) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure ca be set for Sigapore or USA operatio. USA Operatio Caller ID ormally displays the umber from which the icomig call is comig, replacig the system date ad time display o system phoes for the duratio of the call. A out-of-area message ( ) displays if a call is beig dialed from a regio that does ot support Caller ID. A privacy message (Priv.) displays if the caller has blocked trasmissio of Caller ID iformatio. Sigapore Operatio Caller ID ormally displays the umber from which the icomig call is comig. Whe there is o icomig umber, the system detects a P or a O i the reaso for DN (Directory Number) absece field, ad substitutes the iformatio set by the local telephoe compay Cetral Office i the Name parameter field: If the ame is supplied, the system displays it. If the ame is ot supplied, either Priv. or is displayed. Related Features The Caller ID Name Display feature affects whether the caller s ame is displayed (if available) istead of the caller s umber. Caller ID Ispect eables you to view Caller ID iformatio for a secod lie while remaiig active o the first call. Refer to Caller ID for details o Caller ID iformatio. Cosideratios The Caller ID Type you set applies to the etire system. A chage to the Caller ID Type settig takes effect whe the ext Caller ID call comes ito the system. Valid Etries 1 = USA 2 = Sigapore Feature Referece 5-77

193 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Caller ID Type settig: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or 11. The system shows the curret settig. 2. Press D or d util the appropriate value displays, or press r to retur to the default settig. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

194 Callig Group Extesios (#502) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure idetifies the extesios i a Callig Group a group of extesios that ca be called at the same time. Ay user i the system ca rig or page all extesios i a Callig Group at the same time or trasfer a call to a Callig Group; the first extesio to pick up the call is coected to the caller. This feature is useful for coversig with ay idividual i a specific group such as a sales pool or for pagig all idividuals i the group. The system ca have up to four Callig Groups. Related Features For istructios o makig a rigig call or pagig call to a Callig Group, see Group Callig Rig/Page. Users ca make simultaeous aoucemets over the loudspeaker pagig system ad the system phoes assiged to Callig Group 1. See Simultaeous Pagig. Cosideratios Extesios ca be i more tha oe Callig Group. I additio, you ca assig all extesios i the system to oe group this is especially useful for makig pagig aoucemets to all employees. Do ot assig extesios that coect auxiliary equipmet (auto attedats, voice messagig systems, fax machies, aswerig machies, hotlie phoes, or doorphoes) or extesios assiged as Exteral Hotlie phoes to a Callig Group. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged to group 2 = Not Assiged to group Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To create a Callig Group: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the Group: prompt, eter a group umber (1 4). For example, to select group 1, press 1. Feature Referece 5-79

195 3. At the Extesio: prompt, eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to select extesio 31, dial To assig or uassig the extesio, press D util the appropriate value displays. 5. At this poit: To program aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. Repeat Step 4. To program aother group, press N or P ad repeat Steps 2 through Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

196 Coferece Calls Descriptio This sectio explais how to set up coferece calls usig the C butto o a system phoe or the switchhook o a stadard phoe. A coferece call coects up to five parties (icludig the coferece origiator) i a sigle call. Users ca coect both outside ad iside parties i a coferece call, but the call caot iclude more tha two outside parties. Related Features You ca use Outside Coferece Deial (#109) to disallow coferece calls with multiple outside parties. Durig the coferece call, ay iside party ca exit the call at ay time simply by hagig up. However, if a outside party hags up durig a coferece call, the callers that remai i the coferece may hear a dial toe. Use Coferece Drop to remove the last-added outside party from a coferece call. Caller ID iformatio does ot display for extesios that are active o a coferece call. Cosideratios Users ca use System Speed Dial, Persoal Speed Dial, or Auto Dial umbers to add parties to the coferece. Do ot add a busy or rigig outside call to a coferece; if you do, all callers hear the busy or rigig sigal. If you hear a busy sigal or the party does ot aswer, recoect with the held party by pressig the lie butto. Users caot joi a coferece call; the origiator must add each party to the coferece. If the coferece origiator puts the call o hold, other parties ca cotiue to talk. Other iside parties ca put their extesios o hold if there are outside parties o the coferece call. Whe the origiator hags up, the coferece is discoected. Coferece calls caot be trasferred. If you are usig the system behid a PBX or Cetrex system, the PBX or Cetrex system may iclude a coferece callig feature that lets you coect multiple callers o a sigle PBX or Cetrex lie. The umber of callers you ca coect depeds o your PBX or Cetrex system. For more iformatio about such features, see the documetatio for your PBX or Cetrex system. (Whe your Cetrex or PBX documetatio tells you to use a switchhook flash, use the Recall feature istead.) Feature Referece 5-81

197 Outside parties may be harder to hear o a coferece call tha o a two-party call, depedig o the umber of parties ad the outside lies coected to the system. Usig System Phoe 1. Set up the call to the first party. (You ca call the party, pick up the call from hold, or aswer a icomig call.) You are coected with the first party. 2. Press C. The first party is ow o hold. 3. Set up the call to the secod party. You are coected with the secod party. If you are addig a iside party to a call, you must wait util the party aswers. If you are active o a call usig a pool butto ad you wat to set up a coferece call usig oe of the other lies i that pool, you ca press i ad dial the pool s access code to gai access to aother lie i that pool. 4. Press C agai to add the secod party to the call. You ca ow speak with the first ad secod parties. 5. Repeat Steps 2 through 4 to add more parties. Stadard Phoe 1. Set up the call to the first party. (You ca call the party, pick up the call from hold, or aswer a icomig call.) You are coected with the first party. 2. Press the switchhook dow oce rapidly. The first party is ow o hold. You hear itercom dial toe. 3. To add a outside party, dial 9 or a pool access code plus the outside umber. If the umber is busy or does ot aswer, hag up ad the first party rigs back. To add a iside party, dial the two-digit extesio umber. If the extesio is busy or does ot aswer, press the switchhook dow oce rapidly ad you are recoected with the first party. 4. Whe the secod party aswers, press the switchhook dow oce rapidly. You are ow coected with both parties. 5. Repeat Steps 2 through 4 to add more parties Feature Referece

198 Coferece Drop (F06) Descriptio This feature drops the last outside party added to a coferece call, without discoectig the other parties. Related Features For istructios o settig up coferece calls, see Coferece Calls. You ca use Outside Coferece Deial (#109) to disallow coferece calls with multiple outside parties. Cosideratios You ca program a Coferece Drop butto o a system phoe to use the feature with oe touch. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Coferece Drop butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe Press the programmed butto or press f 0 6. The last-added outside party is dropped from the coferece. Stadard Phoe Press the switchhook dow oce rapidly. The last-added party (iside or outside) is dropped from the coferece. Feature Referece 5-83

199 Cotact Closure (F41 ad F42) Descriptio The system ca drive a optioal Cotact Closure Adjuct with two Cotact Closures to operate auxiliary devices such as electroic door locks. You ca assig oe or more extesios to a Cotact Closure Group for each of these Cotact Closures. Oly these extesios ca cotrol the activatio of the Cotact Closures by usig f 4 1 for Cotact Closure 1 ad f 4 2 for Cotact Closure 2, or by programmig these dial codes oto buttos o their phoes. See Appedix A, Specificatios, for iformatio about electrical requiremets for the Cotact Closure Adjuct. Related Features Before a user ca activate a Cotact Closure, you must assig the user s extesio to the Cotact Closure Group (#612) for that Cotact Closure. Use Cotact Closure Operatio Type (#613) to specify how log the Cotact Closure remais active whe activated. If the Cotact Closure Operatio Type is set to Toggle, oe user ca activate the Cotact Closure ad aother user ca deactivate it, provided both users are icluded i the Cotact Closure Group for that Cotact Closure. Whe the Cotact Closure Operatio Type is set to Toggle, if a user activates the Cotact Closure (so that the toggle is O) ad the a power failure occurs, the toggle automatically chages to Off as a security measure. If you pla to use a Cotact Closure to cotrol a door lock, you may also wat to istall a doorphoe at that door. Use Doorphoe Extesio (#604 or #605) to idetify the extesio to which the doorphoe is coected, ad Doorphoe Alert Extesios (#606) to idetify the extesios that sigal whe the doorphoe butto is pressed. You ca assig some or all of the Doorphoe Alert extesios to a Cotact Closure Group (#612), so that users at those extesios ca cotrol the door lock. Cosideratios It is recommeded that users program f 4 1 ad/or f 4 2 o buttos with lights so that they ca moitor the status of the Cotact Closures. The butto s gree light will light whe the Cotact Closure is activated by that user, ad the red light will light whe the Cotact Closure is activated by aother user i that Cotact Closure Group. The light will go out whe the Cotact Closure is deactivated Feature Referece

200 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Cotact Closure butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto, preferably oe with lights. 4. Press f 4 1 (for Cotact Closure 1) or f 4 2 (for Cotact Closure 2). 5. Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe To activate a Cotact Closure: 1. Press the programmed butto or press f 4 1 (for Cotact Closure 1) or f 4 2 (for Cotact Closure 2). The gree light is o steady. 2. If the Cotact Closure Operatio Type for that Cotact Closure is set to Toggle, repeat Step 1 to deactivate the Cotact Closure. The gree light goes off. Stadard Phoe To activate a Cotact Closure: 1. Pick up the hadset to get a itercom dial toe. 2. Press # 4 1 (for Cotact Closure 1) or # 4 2 (for Cotact Closure 2). 3. If the Cotact Closure Operatio Type for that Cotact Closure is set to Toggle, repeat Steps 1 ad 2 to deactivate the Cotact Closure. Feature Referece 5-85

201 Cotact Closure Group (#612) Descriptio The PARTNER ACS processor module has a jack to coect a Cotact Closure Adjuct that has two Cotact Closures. This System Programmig procedure allows you to specify which user extesios ca activate each Cotact Closure. The Cotact Closures ca cotrol devices such as electroic door locks. Related Features Use Cotact Closure Operatio Type (#613) to specify how log each Cotact Closure remais active whe activated. If a Cotact Closure is used to cotrol a door lock ad a doorphoe is istalled at that door, you may wat to assig the extesios i the Cotact Closure Group to also be the Doorphoe Alert Extesios (#606) for that doorphoe. Whe a user s extesio is icluded i the appropriate Cotact Closure Group, the user ca the use Cotact Closure to activate the cotact closure device. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged to the Cotact Closure Group 2 = Not Assiged to the Cotact Closure Group Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To assig extesios to a Cotact Closure Group: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the Cotact Number: prompt, eter the umber for the Cotact Closure (1 or 2). For example, to assig extesios to Cotact Closure 1, press At the Extesio: prompt, eter the two-digit extesio umber that you wat to assig to this Cotact Closure Group. For example, to assig extesio 14 to this group, press To assig or uassig the extesio, press D util the appropriate value displays. 5. At this poit: 5-86 Feature Referece

202 To assig or uassig aother extesio to the same Cotact Closure Group, press or p util the correct extesio is displayed. The repeat Step 4. To assig extesios to the other Cotact Closure Group, press N or P, ad begi at Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-87

203 Cotact Closure Operatio Type (#613) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure specifies how log the Cotact Closures remai active whe they are activated. A Cotact Closure ca be activated for 1, 3, or 5 secods; or the Cotact Closure ca be set to toggle. If a Cotact Closure that cotrols a door lock has a Cotact Closure Operatio Type of 5-Secods O, for example, the door lock is released for 5 secods whe a user activates the Cotact Closure. If the Cotact Closure has a Cotact Closure Operatio Type of Toggle, the Cotact Closure must be activated ad deactivated. Oe user ca activate the Cotact Closure ad aother user ca deactivate it (provided both users are icluded i the Cotact Closure Group for that Cotact Closure), or the same user ca both activate ad deactivate the Cotact Closure. (For more iformatio about Cotact Closure devices, see Cotact Closure Devices o page 4-14.) Related Features Before a user ca activate a cotact closure, you must assig the user s extesio to the Cotact Closure Group (#612) for that Cotact Closure. Whe a user s extesio is icluded i the appropriate Cotact Closure Group, the user ca the use Cotact Closure to activate the cotact closure device. Valid Etries 1 = 1-Secod O 2 = 3-Secods O 3 = 5-Secods O 4 = Toggle Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To specify the Operatio Type for a Cotact Closure: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the Cotact Number: prompt, eter the umber (1 or 2) for the Cotact Closure. For example, to specify Cotact Closure 1, press 1. The display shows the curret settig for that cotact closure Feature Referece

204 3. Press D or d util the appropriate value displays, or press r to retur to the default settig. 4. To assig the Operatio Type for the other Cotact Closure, press p, ad repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-89

205 Copy Settigs (#399) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure copies all of the followig settigs from oe extesio to aother: #301 Lie Assigmet #315 Pool Access Restrictio #302 Lie Access Restrictio #316 Call Waitig #303 Display Laguage #317 Caller ID Call Loggig ad Dialig #304 Automatic Extesio Privacy #318 Caller ID Log Aswered Calls #305 Abbreviated Rigig #401 Outgoig Call Restrictio #307 Forced Accout Code Etry #405 Disallowed List Assigmets #308 Distictive Rig #408 Allowed List Assigmets #309 Itercom Dial Toe #501 Pickup Group Extesios #310 Automatic VMS Cover #502 Callig Group Extesios #311 Exteral Hotlie #504 Night Service Group #312 Voice Iterrupt O Busy Automatic #505 Hut Group Extesios #313 Lie Access Mode Lie Rigig #601 Fax Machie Extesios #314 Pool Extesio Assigmet #607 AA Extesios #612 Cotact Closure Group Automatic Lie Selectio Lie Rigig Cosideratios This procedure is skipped i the sequece of programmig procedures whe cyclig. To use this procedure, eter the code (#399) directly. For each type of phoe, program oe extesio, the use this procedure to copy the programmig from that extesio to the others with the same umber of lie or pool buttos (for example, from a PARTNER-18D phoe to a PARTNER-18 phoe). Pooled extesio settigs ca be copied to key extesios, except for extesio 10. Key extesio settigs ca be copied to pooled extesios. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To copy the programmed settigs from oe extesio to aother of the same type: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Feature Referece

206 2. At the Extesio: prompt, eter the source extesio to copy from. For example, to copy the curret settigs from extesio 18, press At the Data prompt, eter the target extesio to copy to ay extesio except the source extesio is valid. For example, to copy to extesio 22, press At this poit: To copy the same settigs to aother extesio, eter the ew extesio umber. To copy aother extesio s settigs, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. Repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-91

207 Dial Mode (#201) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure idetifies idividual lies as touch-toe or rotary. You should check with your local phoe compay if you are ot sure which type of lie is beig provided to you. Related Features Valid Etries If you are havig difficulty usig touch-toe phoes o rotary lies, you may eed to adjust the Rotary Dialig Timeout (#108). If the system has rotary lies, you ca use Touch-Toe Eable to sed touch-toe sigals over a rotary lie (for example, to access bak-by-phoe services). If Dial Mode (#201) is set to Rotary, star codes are etered by dialig 11 istead of *. If you have users at extesios with Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) set to Local Oly who are callig out o lies with the Dial Mode (#201) set to Rotary, you should add 11 to a Allowed Phoe Numbers List (#407) ad assig the list to these extesios. Otherwise, whe the users at the restricted extesios dial 1 to begi a star code, the system iterprets this as a attempt to place a log-distace call, the call is blocked, ad the user hears the reorder toe. 1 = Touch-Toe lie 2 = Rotary lie Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Dial Mode settig for a specific lie: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter the first lie to be programmed. For example, to program lie 8, press To chage the dial mode, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To program aother lie, press or p util the lie umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Repeat Steps 3 ad 4 for all lies that you wat to chage. 6. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

208 Direct Extesio Dial Butto (#113) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This feature is available oly o the system phoe at extesio 10. This System Programmig procedure idetifies a butto to be used to tur Direct Extesio Dial (DXD) o ad off. This feature permits a outside caller to dial a extesio or Hut Group directly, without the aid of the receptioist. It is ideal for outside callers who frequetly talk with specific employees or service groups, ad kow the extesio umber they are tryig to reach. Whe a outside call rigs o a lie programmed with Direct Extesio Dial, the system picks it up after a specified umber of rigs ad plays a short message promptig the caller to dial the digits of the desigated extesio or Hut Group. Related Features Do ot use this feature i places where Hold Discoect Time (#203) is ot recogized, because if a caller hags up after Direct Extesio Dial aswers, the lie will appear to be busy. The Direct Extesio Dial butto returs to the status (o/off) it was i before a power failure occurred or System Reset (#728) was used. Direct Extesio Dial affects icomig calls oly o lies idetified usig Direct Extesio Dial Lies (#205). Calls that rig o Direct Extesio Dial lies are picked up after two rigs, as a default. To chage the umber of rigs, use Direct Extesio Dial Delay (#112). You must use Direct Extesio Dial Record/Playback to record a message to prompt callers to dial a extesio umber or Hut Group umber after the system aswers a outside call. If Direct Extesio Dial is o, callers hear rigig whe the call is trasferred regardless of the Music O Hold (#602) or Rig o Trasfer (#119) settig. By default, uaswered calls retur to extesio 10. You ca use Trasfer Retur Extesio (#306) to specify a differet Trasfer Retur Extesio for extesio 10. I this case, all uaswered Direct Extesio Dial calls retur to the specified extesio as do uaswered calls maually trasferred by extesio 10. If Do Not Disturb is active at a directly dialed extesio, the call returs to extesio 10 (or its trasfer retur extesio), uless Call Forwardig, Call Coverage, or VMS Cover is used. Feature Referece 5-93

209 You ca set SMDR Talk Time (#611) to Active to iclude the Talk field o call reports. For a icomig outside call aswered by Direct Extesio Dial, this field shows the call duratio mius the time the greetig played ad the caller waited for someoe to aswer the call. Automatic System Aswer is a alterative system aswerig feature that aids the receptioist durig busy periods. Cosideratios The Automatic System/Direct Extesio Dial PC card is purchased separately ad must be istalled (see the PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios. Use the Direct Extesio Dial Record/Playback to record a message before usig Direct Extesio Dial sice there is o default message. It is recommeded that you use oly oe automated aswerig optio for icomig calls (either this feature, the Automated Attedat Service of the voice messagig system, or a PARTNER Attedat). Direct Extesio Dial does ot trasfer calls to Callig Groups. This feature ca hadle three outside calls simultaeously. If you have lies programmed for Direct Extesio Dial ad Automatic System Aswer, Direct Extesio Dial aswers the call first. A Direct Extesio Dial butto must be programmed o a butto with lights o the system display phoe at extesio 10. (This feature will ot work if it is programmed o a butto without lights.) Valid Etries 1 =Assiged 2 =Not Assiged 3 =Select butto (the press a programmable butto to assig Direct Extesio Dial to that butto) Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To assig or uassig a Direct Extesio Dial butto with lights at extesio 10: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # If you wat to assig Direct Extesio Dial to the first available butto, press D util a display similar to the followig appears: DXD Butto 1 Assiged - Ext Feature Referece

210 If you wat to uassig Direct Extesio Dial, press D util a display similar to the followig appears: DXD Butto 2 Not Assiged If you wat to assig Direct Extesio Dial to a specific butto, press 3. The display reads: DXD Butto 3 Select a Butto The press a programmable butto with lights to assig Direct Extesio Dial to that butto. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. 4. Label the Direct Extesio Dial butto at extesio 10. Usig To tur Direct Extesio Dial o: Press the Direct Extesio Dial butto at extesio 10. The gree light is o steady ad Direct Extesio Dial is o. If calls are rigig whe Direct Extesio Dial is tured o, the calls will be aswered immediately by the system. To tur Direct Extesio Dial off: Press the Direct Extesio Dial butto at extesio 10. The gree light goes off ad Direct Extesio Dial is off. Ay calls i the process of beig aswered by the system will cotiue to hear the recorded message ad will be prompted to eter a destiatio extesio. Feature Referece 5-95

211 Direct Extesio Dial Delay (#112) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This System Programmig procedure specifies the umber of times (0 9) a icomig call should rig before it is aswered by the Direct Extesio Dial feature. Related Features Direct Extesio Dial affects icomig calls oly o lies idetified usig Direct Extesio Dial Lies (#205). You must program a butto o the system display phoe at extesio 10 to tur Direct Extesio Dial o ad off. Use Direct Extesio Dial Butto (#113) to program the butto. You must use Direct Extesio Dial Record/Playback to record a message to prompt callers to dial a extesio umber or Hut Group umber after the system aswers a outside call. You ca set SMDR Talk Time (#611) to Active to iclude the Talk field o call reports. For a icomig outside call aswered by Direct Extesio Dial, this field shows the call duratio mius the time the greetig played ad the caller waited for someoe to aswer the call. If you use Caller ID, make sure Direct Extesio Dial Delay is set to 2 rigs or more to esure that Caller ID iformatio is captured. Cosideratios The Automatic System/Direct Extesio Dial PC card is purchased separately ad must be istalled. If the PC Card has ot bee istalled, see the PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios. Use the Direct Extesio Dial Record/Playback feature to record a message before usig Direct Extesio Dial sice there is o default message. This feature works idepedetly of Lie Rigig, which determies how a outside call rigs at the extesio immediately, after a 20 secod delay, or ot at all. Direct Extesio Dial Delay specifies the umber of rigs a caller hears before the system aswers the call. Valid Etries 0 9 (0 rigs = aswered immediately) Feature Referece

212 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the umber of times a icomig call rigs at extesio 10 before the system aswers it: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # To chage the umber of rigs, press D util the appropriate value displays. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-97

213 Direct Extesio Dial Lies (#205) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This System Programmig procedure idetifies the lies o which icomig calls are to be aswered for Direct Extesio Dial. Related Features You must program a butto o the system display phoe at extesio 10 to tur Direct Extesio Dial o ad off. Use Direct Extesio Dial Butto (#113) to program the butto. Calls that rig o lies programmed with Direct Extesio Dial are picked up after two rigs, as a default. To chage the umber of rigs, use Direct Extesio Dial Delay (#112). You must use Direct Extesio Dial Record/Playback to record a message to prompt callers to dial a extesio umber or Hut Group umber after the system aswers a outside call. You ca set SMDR Talk Time (#611) to Active to iclude the Talk field o call reports. For a icomig outside call aswered by Direct Extesio Dial, this field shows the call duratio mius the time the greetig played ad the caller waited for someoe to aswer the call. Cosideratios The Automatic System/Direct Extesio Dial PC card is purchased separately ad must be istalled. If the PC Card has ot bee istalled, see the PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios. Use the Direct Extesio Dial Record/Playback feature to record a message before usig Direct Extesio Dial sice there is o default message. All lies programmed with Direct Extesio Dial should be assiged to extesio 10 or its trasfer retur extesio. If a caller eters a ivalid extesio umber or does ot eter oe at all, the call is trasferred to the receptioist at extesio 10 (or to the desigated trasfer retur extesio for extesio 10). To itercept a call while the message is playig the red light ext to the lie butto is o steady press the lie butto ad lift the hadset. The message stops playig whe the call is retrieved Feature Referece

214 Valid Etries 1 = Assiged 2 = Not Assiged Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To idetify the lies o which outside calls should be aswered for Direct Extesio Dial: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # Eter the desired system lie umber. For example, to specify lie 1, press To assig or uassig Direct Extesio Dial, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To specify aother lie, press or p util the lie umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Repeat Steps 3 ad 4 for all desired lies. 6. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-99

215 Direct Extesio Dial Record/Playback (I892) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This feature lets you record ad play back the message that callers hear whe a call is aswered by the Direct Extesio Dial feature. The maximum legth of the message is 40 secods. Related Features Direct Extesio Dial affects icomig calls oly o lies idetified usig Direct Extesio Dial Lies (#205). You must program a butto with lights o the system display phoe at extesio 10 to tur Direct Extesio Dial o ad off. Use Direct Extesio Dial Butto (#113) to program the butto. Calls that rig o lies programmed with Direct Extesio Dial are picked up after two rigs, as a default. To chage the umber of rigs, use Direct Extesio Dial Delay (#112). You ca set SMDR Talk Time (#611) to Active to iclude the Talk field o call reports. For a icomig outside call aswered by Direct Extesio Dial, this field shows the call duratio mius the time the greetig played ad the caller waited for someoe to aswer the call. Cosideratios The Automatic System/Direct Extesio Dial PC card is purchased separately ad must be istalled. If the PC Card has ot bee istalled, see the PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios. You should record a message before usig Direct Extesio Dial sice there is o default message. You ca record oly oe message for this feature. If you do ot record a message for Direct Extesio Dial, callers will ot kow to eter a extesio or Hut Group umber whe the call is aswered. You must record the Direct Extesio Dial message from the system display phoe at extesio 10 or 11. You caot record or play a message while Direct Extesio Dial or Automatic System Aswer is aswerig a call. Whe you wat to record or play a message, tur off Direct Extesio Dial ad Automatic System Aswer ad wait for ay calls i the process of beig aswered by the system to be completed Feature Referece

216 Usig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To record a Direct Extesio Dial message: 1. Tur off Direct Extesio Dial ad Automatic System Aswer at extesio 10 ad wait for ay calls i the process of beig aswered by these features to be completed. 2. Lift the hadset of the system display phoe at extesio 10 or Press the i butto. 4. Dial The curret time of day remais o the secod lie of the display for the duratio of this procedure. The top lie of the display reads: DXD: 1=Record If a message was previously recorded, a display similar to the followig appears: DXD: 1=Record 2=Play 5. Press 1. A display similar to the followig appears for three secods: Record at the toe After three secods, you hear a toe ad you ca begi recordig your message. While you are recordig, the followig display appears: Press # to stop 6. Press # whe you are doe recordig. If the allotted time (40 secods) for the message is completed before you press #, you hear a toe to let you kow that the system has stopped recordig. Whe you fiish recordig, a display similar to the followig appears: DXD: 1=Record 2=Play 7. At this poit: To re-record the message, follow the istructios from Step 5 i this procedure. To play back the message, follow the istructios from Step 5 i the playback procedure that follows. To exit the procedure, hag up the hadset. To play back a Direct Extesio Dial message: 1. Tur off Direct Extesio Dial ad Automatic System Aswer at extesio 10 ad wait for ay calls i the process of beig aswered by these features to be completed. Feature Referece 5-101

217 2. Lift the hadset of the system display phoe at extesio 10 or Press the i butto. 4. Dial A display similar to the followig appears: DXD: 1=Record 2=Play 5. Press 2. The followig display appears: Message Playback After the message is played back, you hear a cofirmatio toe ad a display similar to the followig appears: DXD: 1=Record 2=Play 6. At this poit: To re-record the message, follow the istructios from Step 5 i the procedure for recordig a message. To play back the message, follow the istructios from Step 5 i this procedure. To exit the procedure, hag up the hadset Feature Referece

218 Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie (I68LL) Descriptio This feature allows users to access a rigig or held call, or to joi a call i progress o a specific outside lie (where LL is a system lie umber).this feature is useful for pickig up a rigig or held call or for joiig a call o a lie that is ot assiged to the phoe. Related Features If a lie is idle, users caot access it with this feature (they hear busy toe). For iformatio about accessig a idle lie, see Direct Lie Pickup Idle Lie. If Lie Access Restrictio (#302) or pool Access Restrictio (#315) is set to No Access or Out Oly for a lie assiged to a extesio or lies withi a pool, a user at the restricted extesio hears busy toe if Direct Lie Pickup is used to aswer a call o that lie which is rigig at aother extesio (but the user ca joi a call or access a held or trasferred call o the lie). Direct Lie Pickup caot be used to access a active call at a extesio that has Privacy activated or that is part of a Coferece Call, or a held call at a extesio that used Exclusive Hold. Calls picked up with this feature get Caller ID iformatio, uless Lie Access Restrictio (#302) or Pool Access Restrictio (#315) is used to prevet users at specific extesios from viewig Caller ID for rigig calls. Cosideratios This feature is useful whe users are requested or paged to pick up a call o a specific lie that does ot appear o their phoe. Users caot access coferece calls usig this feature. You ca program a Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie butto o a system phoe to pick up a lie by pressig the butto the dialig the two-digit lie umber. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or 11. Feature Referece 5-103

219 2. Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press left i Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe 1. If you wat, lift the hadset. 2. Press a butto programmed with Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie, the dial the two-digit system lie umber of the lie you wat to pick up or joi; or press i 6 8 ad the two-digit lie umber. If you did ot lift the hadset, the speaker comes o automatically. Stadard Phoe 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial 6 8 ad the two-digit system lie umber of the lie you wat to pick up or joi Feature Referece

220 Direct Lie Pickup Idle Lie (I8LL) Descriptio This feature allows users to access a specific outside lie (where LL is a system lie umber) whe the lie is ot i use. This feature is useful for accessig a lie that is ot assiged to the phoe. Related Features If a lie is i use, users caot access it with this feature (they hear busy toe). For iformatio about accessig a rigig or held call, or joiig a call i progress, see Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie. If Lie Access Restrictio (#302) or pool Access Restrictio (#315) is set to No Access or I Oly for a lie assiged to a extesio or lies withi a pool, a user at the restricted extesio hears busy toe if Direct Lie Pickup is used to access that lie to place a call. Cosideratios This procedure applies to idividual lies. If you have a pooled extesio ad you wat to access lies i pools that are ot assiged to your extesio, dial the pool access code at itercom dial toe. You ca program a Direct Lie Pickup Idle Lie butto o a system phoe to pick up a lie by pressig the butto the dialig the two-digit lie umber. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Direct Lie Pickup Idle Lie butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press left i Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-105

221 Usig System Phoe 1. If you wat, lift the hadset. 2. Press the programmed butto ad dial the two-digit system lie umber of the idle lie you wat to access; or press i 8 ad the two-digit lie umber. If you did ot lift the hadset, the speaker comes o automatically. Stadard Phoe 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial 8 ad the two-digit system lie umber of the idle lie you wat to access Feature Referece

222 Disallowed List Assigmets (#405) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure lets you assig up to eight Disallowed Phoe Number Lists to specified extesios. Related Features You must use Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404) to create the lists of disallowed telephoe umbers before you use this procedure. Cosideratios Whe a Disallowed Phoe Number List is assiged to a extesio, the list applies to all lies to which the extesio has access. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged to extesio 2 = Not Assiged to extesio Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To assig Disallowed Phoe Number Lists to a extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 27, press 2 7. A display similar to the followig appears: Disallow To 27 List Number: 3. Eter the list umber (1 8). For example, to select list 1, press To assig or uassig the list, press D util the appropriate value displays. 5. At this poit: Feature Referece 5-107

223 To assig or uassig aother list for this extesio, press or p util the list umber shows o the display. The repeat Step 4. To program aother extesio, press N or P ad begi at Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

224 Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure specifies telephoe umbers that users caot dial. For example, you may wat to prevet calls to a specific telephoe umber or to categories of umbers, such as iteratioal umbers. Use this procedure to create up to eight lists of up to 10 telephoe umbers each. Related Features After completig this procedure, you must use Disallowed List Assigmets (#405) to assig the Disallowed Phoe Number Lists to specific extesios. Allowed Phoe Numbers, Emergecy Phoe Numbers, ad Marked System Speed Dial Numbers override the Disallowed List. The etries you must make to permit or restrict toll calls differ depedig o the settig for Toll Call Prefix (#402). This settig tells the system whether a 0 (for operator-assisted calls) or 1 (for direct-dial calls) is required whe you make toll calls. If Star Code Dial Delay (#410) is active, the system checks for allowed ad disallowed phoe umbers agai begiig with the first digit after the star code. Cosideratios Each list etry ca iclude up to 12 digits. You ca use the wildcard character (by pressig the h butto o a system phoe) to match ay sigle digit (it appears as! o the telephoe display). Whe a user dials a umber that is o a Disallowed List for the user s extesio, the user hears a reorder toe (fast busy sigal) after dialig the part of the umber that is stored i the list (for example, a area code). If you wat to go to aother programmig procedure whe eterig phoe umbers i a list, you must use N or P to do so sice eterig # ad a three-digit code will be cosidered data for the telephoe umber. Valid Etries Up to 12 digits icludig 0 9, #, *, ad h (ay sigle digit) Examples The examples below show how to eter telephoe umbers for a Disallowed Phoe Number List i Step 4 of Programmig. Feature Referece 5-109

225 Specific Telephoe Numbers. Eter the phoe umber exactly as you would dial it. For example, to prevet calls to the local umber , press All Telephoe Numbers i Oe Area Code. The followig list etries prevet calls to the 900 area code: Toll Call Prefix required 1900 ad 0900 Toll Call Prefix ot required 900 ad 0900 All Telephoe Numbers i Oe Exchage. The followig etries prevet calls to the 976 exchage: Toll Call Prefix required 976 Prevets local calls 1!!!976 Prevets direct-dial calls to all area codes 0!!!976 Prevets operator-assisted calls to all area codes 1976 Prevets direct-dial toll calls i the same area code (eeded oly whe 0 or 1 is required for toll calls i the same area code) 0976 Prevets operator-assisted toll calls i the same area code (eeded oly whe 0 or 1 is required for toll calls i the same area code) Toll Call Prefix ot required 976 Prevets local calls!0!976 Prevets calls to area codes with 0 as the secod digit, such as 203!1!976 Prevets calls to area codes with 1 as the secod digit, such as 212 Iteratioal Log Distace. To prevet iteratioal calls, eter the iteratioal prefix umber, 011. All Star Codes. To prevet the use of all star codes, eter * (for touch-toe phoes) ad 11 (equivalet to a * o rotary phoes) Feature Referece

226 Specific Star Codes. To prevet the use of a specific star code (for example, *67 to block Caller ID iformatio), eter the * plus the 2- or 3-digit code (for touch-toe phoes) ad 11 (equivalet to a * o rotary phoes) plus the 2- or 3-digit code. For touch-toe phoes *67 Prevets use of *67 to block Caller ID iformatio For rotary phoes 1167 Prevets use of 1167 to block Caller ID iformatio Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To create a list of Disallowed Phoe Numbers: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the List Number: prompt, eter a list umber (1 8). For example, to select the first list, press At the Etry: prompt, select a list etry (01 10). 4. At the Data prompt, eter the first telephoe umber. 5. To save the telephoe umber i memory, you must press e. 6. At this poit: To add other phoe umbers to this list, press to select a differet list etry ad repeat Steps 4 ad 5. To chage the phoe umber you just etered, press r ad repeat Steps 4 ad 5. To delete the phoe umber you just etered, press r. To create aother list, press N or P ad repeat from Step Select aother procedure usig N or P or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-111

227 Display Descriptio PARTNER-model display phoes have a 2-lie, 24-character (per lie) adjustable display area for callig ad programmig feedback. Specifically, the display shows: Curret date (excludig year), day, ad time whe the phoe is idle Accout code, as it is etered Number dialed whe makig a call Duratio of call (call timer) Number (ad ame if programmed) of the extesio callig whe receivig a itercom call or trasferred call Number (ad ame if programmed) of the extesio returig a trasferred call whe o oe aswers at the destiatio extesio Automated Attedat, Voice Messagig System, or Direct Extesio Dial whe a call is trasferred from a auto attedat, a voice messagig system, or the Direct Extesio Dial feature, respectively. Trasfer from Auto Att or Trasfer from VMS, or Trasfer from Direct Extesio Dial if a call is returig to your extesio after a usuccessful trasfer by a auto attedat, a voice messagig system or the Direct Dial Extesio feature, respectively. Caller ID umber (or ame) of callig party, if applicable Coverage Call for XX o the display of users receivig a coverage call (XX represets the umber of the extesio that activated call coverage) Forward xx xx o the display of users forwardig their calls (the first xx represets the umber of the user s extesio; the secod xx represets the umber of the destiatio extesio). Wake Up Call o the display of users receivig a wake up call. Volume or display cotrast level bars, as volume or display cotrast is adjusted Programmig messages ad prompts whe i programmig mode Whe you are i Telephoe Programmig mode, the curret lie assigmet, feature code, or Speed Dial umber (if ay) assiged to a butto displays whe the butto is pressed. Blak displays if othig is programmed. At idle extesios 10 ad 11 oly, specific messages appear o the top lie of the display istead of the usual day/date message i the followig circumstaces. Users at these two extesios should be istructed to otify the System Maager whe such a message appears Feature Referece

228 ChgBat W/PowerO or ReplaceSysBat W/Power O appears whe PARTNER ACS processor module batteries eed to be replaced. The message may flicker o ad off as the batteries ear the low-power threshold. These batteries are used to retai system programmig settigs durig a power failure. See Chapter 6, Troubleshootig, for istructios for replacig the batteries. Backup-Failure Alarm messages appear if a automatic backup is usuccessful. The message is displayed util you clear the alarm (or util the ext successful automatic backup or system restart). See Clearig a Backup-Failure Alarm o page 6-7. Related Features The System Date (#101), System Day (#102), ad System Time (#103) settigs are show as the default display. You ca use Display Laguage (#303) to idetify the laguage i which messages appear, if the extesio has a system display phoe. Users ca assig a ame to their extesio. The, whe that extesio is used to make a itercom call, group call, or trasferred call, the ame ad extesio umber appear o the system display phoe receivig the call. Similarly, users receivig a trasfer retur call see the ame ad extesio umber of the perso assiged to the extesio that did ot aswer the trasferred call. See Extesio Name Display for more iformatio. Cosideratios The call timer records the time a user is active o a call. It begis whe the hadset is lifted out of the cradle ad eds whe either the hadset is placed back i the cradle or the call is placed o hold. (This is ot the call duratio reported to SMDR. SMDR records the total time the call is i progress icludig the time a call is placed o hold. For more iformatio, refer to Call Reportig Devices (SMDR) o page 4-10.) Whe a call is trasferred, the timer restarts whe the call is aswered. The call timer is displayed alog with the default display. Most messages (other tha the default display ad Caller ID) display for approximately 15 secods. Marked System Speed Dial umbers do ot display whe they are dialed. The display cotrast ca be adjusted by pressig * the usig the up volume cotrol butto to icrease the brightess or the dow volume cotrol butto to decrease the brightess. Adjust the cotrast while the phoe is idle ad the hadset is i the cradle. The agle of the display is adjustable to three positios: low, medium, ad high. Feature Referece 5-113

229 Display Laguage (#303) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure idetifies the laguage i which display messages appear if the extesio has a system display phoe. The laguage is set for each extesio, so phoes i the same system ca display differet laguages. Cosideratios If SMDR is used, the call report header is prited i the laguage specified for extesio 10. Valid Etries 1 = Eglish 2 = Spaish 3 = Frech Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Display Laguage settig for a extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 11, press 1 1. The curret display laguage displays. 3. To chage the display laguage, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To chage the display laguage for aother extesio, press or util the extesio umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

230 Distictive Rig (#308) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure determies whether calls should rig at a stadard device usig the system s distictive rigig patters differet patters for outside, itercom, ad trasferred calls or whether all calls to the stadard device should rig like outside calls. Cosideratios Chage the settig to Not Active if a stadard device such as a modem or aswerig machie does ot pick up itercom or trasferred calls. If distictive rig is set to Not Active for a extesio where both a system phoe ad a stadard device are istalled, the system phoe cotiues to use the system s distictive rigig patters, but all calls rig at the stadard device usig a sigle rig burst. The system does ot pass distictive rigig patters geerated by a PBX or cetral office through to extesios (regardless of the settig for this feature). Valid Etries 1 =Active (outside, itercom, ad trasferred calls rig differetly, usig the system s distictive rigig patters) 2 =Not Active (outside, itercom, ad trasferred calls all rig usig a sigle rig burst) Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Distictive Rig settig: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the Extesio: prompt, eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 22, press To activate or deactivate Distictive Rig for the extesio, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To program aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. Repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-115

231 Do Not Disturb (F01) Descriptio This feature is available oly o system phoes. This feature lets a system phoe user press a programmed butto to prevet icomig calls for the extesio from audibly alertig (lights still flash). Whe Do Not Disturb is o, outside callers hear rigig while iside callers hear a busy sigal. This feature is recommeded oly if someoe aswers outside calls for your extesio whe you do ot aswer them. Related Features Caller ID iformatio for icomig calls displays oly whe a call is audibly alertig at a extesio. This meas that extesios with Do Not Disturb activated do ot receive Caller ID iformatio, uless the call is aswered. Users with Automatic VMS Cover (#310) Assiged or with VMS Cover tured o ca activate Do Not Disturb to Sed All Calls immediately to their voice mailbox. Users with Call Coverage tured o ca activate Do Not Disturb to Sed All Calls immediately to the coverig extesio. Cosideratios This feature requires a butto with lights. Whe the Do Not Disturb feature is o, the light is also o, idicatig that the phoe will ot rig. Use this feature whe you do ot wat the auto attedat or the voice messagig system to trasfer calls to you. Use this feature if you are assiged to a Hut Group ad you leave your desk, so calls to the Hut Group will skip your extesio ad rig immediately at the ext available extesio i the group. To avoid missig calls whe this feature is ot eeded, tur it off. If Do Not Disturb is active at a doorphoe alert extesio, the perso at the doorphoe hears sigalig, but the alert extesio is ot sigaled. Uaswered calls that are trasferred from a extesio with Do Not Disturb active will rig at that extesio if they trasfer retur. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Do Not Disturb butto: Feature Referece

232 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto with lights. 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig From a system phoe, press the programmed butto to tur Do Not Disturb o; press it agai to tur it off. Use the butto like a switch whe the light is o, Do Not Disturb is o. Feature Referece 5-117

233 Doorphoe Alert Extesios (#606) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure idetifies extesios that are sigaled whe a doorphoe butto is pressed. Whe a perso uses the doorphoe, it sigals all alert extesios at the same time. If the alert extesio is a system phoe, the call sigals with a uique dig-dog soud to distiguish it from other calls. Additioally, if you have two doorphoes, they sigal with differet toes so you ca distiguish betwee them. Related Features You must use Doorphoe Extesios (#604 ad #605) to idetify the extesios to which doorphoes are coected. If Do Not Disturb is active at a doorphoe alert extesio, the perso at the doorphoe hears sigalig, but the alert extesio is ot sigaled. If a Cotact Closure o the Cotact Closure Adjuct cotrols a door lock, cosider assigig the Doorphoe Alert Extesios to the Cotact Closure Group (#612) for that Cotact Closure. Oly extesios assiged to that Cotact Closure Group ca activate the door lock. Cosideratios You caot bridge two doorphoes together. Valid Etries 1 = Not a Alert Extesio 2 = Doorphoe 1 Alert Extesio 3 = Doorphoe 2 Alert Extesio 4 = Doorphoes 1 ad 2 Alert Extesio Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To idetify doorphoe alert extesios: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter the first alert system extesio umber. For example, to idetify extesio 10, press Feature Referece

234 3. To chage the alert status, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To idetify aother alert extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-119

235 Doorphoe Extesio (#604 ad #605) Descriptio Each of these System Programmig procedures idetifies a extesio to which a doorphoe is coected. A doorphoe is usually placed ear a etrace, to scree visitors. You ca coect up to two doorphoes to the system use Doorphoe 1 Extesio (#604) to idetify the extesio to which the first doorphoe is coected ad Doorphoe 2 Extesio (#605) to idetify the extesio to which the secod doorphoe is coected. Related Features You must use Doorphoe Alert Extesios (#606) to idetify the extesios that are sigaled whe the doorphoe butto is pressed. Each doorphoe ca sigal ay umber of alert extesios. To prevet outside calls from beig made or received o the doorphoe, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to remove all outside lies ad/or Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) to remove all pools from the doorphoe extesio. (Automatic Lie Selectio for the doorphoe extesio will be automatically set to select itercom lies first.) You ca use Message Light O with the doorphoe (for example, to tur o the doorphoe s light as a prearraged sigal to a delivery perso) provided the doorphoe is coected to a PARTNER ACS processor module or to a R or later module i a system that is equipped with a PARTNER ACS processor module. You ca wire a Cotact Closure o the Cotact Closure Adjuct to activate a electroic lock o the door with the doorphoe. The use Cotact Closure Group (#612) to assig extesios to cotrol the door lock. Use Cotact Closure Operatio Type (#613) to specify how log the Cotact Closure remais active whe it is activated. Users i the Cotact Closure Group ca use the Cotact Closure dial code to activate the Cotact Closure, or they ca program the dial code o a butto o their phoes. Cosideratios A extesio caot be used for a doorphoe ad a hotlie at the same time. However, hotlies ad doorphoes ca have the same alert extesios. You should ot assig doorphoes to extesio 10, 11, or to the first two extesios of ay 206 or 308EC modules. Remove voice messagig system mailboxes from doorphoe extesios. You caot bridge two doorphoes together Feature Referece

236 Valid Etries Ay extesios except 10, 11, or the first two extesios of ay 206 or 308EC modules. Noe Assiged Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a doorphoe extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # for doorphoe 1 (or # for doorphoe 2) at extesio 10 or Eter the doorphoe extesio umber. For example, to idetify extesio 20 as a doorphoe extesio, press 2 0 or press r to uassig a existig doorphoe extesio. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-121

237 eature Referece Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure creates a list of up to 10 telephoe umbers that all users ca dial regardless of dialig restrictios provided they have access to a outside lie. Typical list etries iclude fire, police, ad emergecy services umbers. Related Features If a extesio is programmed for Forced Accout Code Etry (#307), a user at the extesio is required to eter a accout code before dialig a umber i the Emergecy Phoe Number List. The etries you must make to permit or restrict toll calls differ depedig o the settig for Toll Call Prefix (#402). This settig tells the system whether a 0 (for operator-assisted calls) or 1 (for direct-dial calls) is required whe you make toll calls. Cosideratios Each telephoe umber ca iclude up to 12 digits. Whe programmig emergecy umbers ad/or makig test calls to emergecy umbers, you should: 1) remai o the lie ad briefly explai to the dispatcher the reaso for the call before hagig up, ad 2) perform such activities i the off-peak hours, such as early morig or late eveig. Valid Etries Up to 12 digits (0 9) Examples The examples below show how to eter telephoe umbers for the Emergecy Phoe Number List i Step 3 of Programmig To allow 911 calls from ay extesio that has a outside lie, create the followig etry for the Emergecy List: 911 Overridig Number o a Disallowed List. You ca use Emergecy List etries to override umbers that would otherwise be disallowed. For example, if you created Disallowed List etries to prevet calls to area code 201, but you wat to allow calls to a specific umber i that area code (such as the umber of a maager who is o call after hours), put the umber i the Emergecy List: Feature Referece

238 Toll Call Prefix required ad Toll Call Prefix ot required Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To create a Emergecy Phoe Number List: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Select a list etry (01 10). For example, to select the third etry, press 0 3. A display similar to the followig appears: Emergecy List 03 Data Eter the telephoe umber. 4. To save the telephoe umber i memory, you must press e. 5. At this poit: To eter other phoe umbers, press to select a differet list etry ad repeat Steps 3 ad 4. To chage the phoe umber you just etered, press r ad repeat Steps 3 ad 4. To delete the phoe umber you just etered, press r. 6. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-123

239 Exclusive Hold (F02) Descriptio This feature is available oly o system phoes. This feature prevets other extesios from pickig up outside calls placed o hold at a specific extesio with a system phoe. Related Features You ca use the Hold butto to put calls o regular hold (ay extesio ca pick up the held call). Cosideratios You ca program a Exclusive Hold butto o a system phoe to use the feature with oe touch. For system phoes, if a call is left o hold for loger tha oe miute, the extesio at which the call is held geerates a short Hold Remider Toe. This toe souds oce every miute util the held call is retrieved, or util the caller hags up. If you put a call o a lie or a pool o hold ad aother user picks up that call, it will o loger be available to you. To esure that o oe else ca retrieve your held call o a pooled lie, use Exclusive Hold. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Exclusive Hold butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the extesio umber to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

240 Usig While active o a outside call o a system phoe: 1. Press the programmed butto or press f 0 2 to put the call o Exclusive Hold. The gree light ext to the lie, pool, or i butto flutters. At all other extesios, the lie appears busy (steady red). 2. To retrieve the call, press the lie, pool, or i butto o which the call is held ad lift the hadset or press S. You ca pick up a call o Exclusive Hold oly at the extesio at which it was put o Exclusive Hold. Feature Referece 5-125

241 Extesio Name Display Descriptio Users ca assig a ame to their extesio: up to 20 characters log o PARTNER-model phoes, up to 12 characters log o MLS-model phoes. The, whe that extesio is used to make a itercom, group, or trasferred call, the ame appears o the system display phoe receivig the call. Similarly, users receivig a trasfer retur call see the ame of the perso assiged to the extesio that did ot aswer the trasferred call. Related Features Display Laguage (#303) has o effect o this feature. This meas that the extesio ame displays exactly as it is programmed. Cosideratios Ay extesio, regardless of the phoe type o that extesio, ca be programmed with a ame through Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. If users wat to program their ow extesio ame, they must have a system display phoe at their extesio. Oly extesio umbers ot ames are prited o SMDR reports. You should program Extesio Name Display whe you first eter Cetralized Telephoe Programmig, before programmig ay other features. If you wat to program both Extesio Name Display ad Automatic Lie Selectio (which also must be programmed whe you first eter Cetralized Telephoe Programmig), first program Automatic Lie Selectio, the exit ad re-eter Cetralized Telephoe Programmig to program Extesio Name Display. Valid Etries Up to 20 characters, icludig letters A Z, umbers 0 9, ad blak spaces. See Table 5-1 for the correspodig codes. Note that oly the first 12 characters appear o MLS-model phoes Feature Referece

242 Programmig Table 5-1. Character Codes Letters: (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To assig a ame to a extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 12, press Press left i. For extesio 12, the display reads: 12 Eter Extesio Name If a ame was assiged previously to this extesio, that ame displays istead. 4. Eter the two-digit code for each character you wat to eter. (See Table 5-1 for codes.) For example, to eter the ame Ady, press The display reads: 12 ANDY Numbers: A = 21 N = 62 blak = 11 B = 22 O = 63 0 = 00 C = 23 P = 71 1 = 10 D = 31 Q = 72 2 = 20 E = 32 R = 73 3 = 30 F = 33 S = 74 4 = 40 G = 41 T = 81 5 = 50 H = 42 U = 82 6 = 60 I = 43 V = 83 7 = 70 J = 51 W = 91 8 = 80 K = 52 X = 92 9 = 90 L = 53 Y = 93 M = 61 Z = If you make a mistake, you ca press! to clear the display. Repeat Step 4 to eter the correct ame. 6. Program a butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-127

243 Exteral Hotlie (#311) Descriptio This procedure applies oly to stadard phoes. This System Programmig procedure idetifies a exteral hotlie extesio. Whe a user lifts the hadset of a exteral hotlie, a predetermied outside umber is dialed automatically. The exteral umber might be, for example, a frequetly called service bureau. The exteral hotlie must be a stadard phoe, ot a system phoe. After you idetify a exteral hotlie extesio, you must store the exteral phoe umber for the hotlie extesio as Persoal Speed Dial code 80. Both procedures are icluded i Programmig o the ext page. Related Features Use Hotlie (#603) to idetify a iteral hotlie extesio. Use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig outside lies to the exteral hotlie extesio, Pooled Extesio Assigmet (#314) to assig pools to the exteral hotlie extesio, ad Automatic Lie Selectio to set the extesio to select outside lies or pools first. If your use of the exteral hotlie requires immediate dialig of the programmed umber, dedicate a lie for use by this extesio (do ot assig the lie to ay other extesio or use the lie for ay other purpose). You ca set Lie Rigig to No Rig for all lies or pools assiged to the exteral hotlie to prevet icomig calls from rigig at the extesio. Make sure there are o call, or lie, or pool restrictios assiged to a exteral hotlie because that will prevet the outside umber from beig dialed. See Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) o page ad Lie Access Restrictio (#302) o page 5-165, ad Pool Access Restrictio (#315) Release 2.0 or Later o page Do ot use Statio Lock at a exteral hotlie because it will prevet the outside umber from beig dialed. Remove exteral hotlies from Night Service Group Extesios (#504), Callig Group Extesios (#502), ad Hut Group Extesios (#505). Do ot assig Forced Accout Code Etry (#307) to the exteral hotlie Feature Referece

244 Cosideratios Uder certai coditios of heavy telephoe usage, the exteral hotlie may be uable to dial the programmed umber immediately (for example, if may of the stadard devices coected to your system dial out at the same time). See Usig for more iformatio. A stadard phoe without a dialpad is recommeded for use as the exteral hotlie. You ca idetify several extesios as exteral hotlies. Do ot assig a exteral hotlie to extesio 10, 11, or to the first two extesios of ay 206 or 308EC modules, which are reserved as power failure extesios. Valid Etries Ay extesios except for 10, 11, or the first two extesios of ay 206 or 308EC modules. 1 = Assiged 2 = Not Assiged4 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To idetify a exteral hotlie extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the Extesio: prompt, eter the exteral hotlie extesio umber see Valid Etries above. For example, to program extesio 30 as the exteral hotlie, press To assig or uassig the extesio, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To program aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. Repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. To program the exteral hotlie phoe umber as Persoal Speed Dial code 80: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c. 2. Dial the extesio umber of the exteral hotlie. 3. Press f Eter the exteral hotlie phoe umber exactly as you would dial it. Feature Referece 5-129

245 5-130 Feature Referece 5. Cotiue programmig or exit programmig mode.

246 Usig 1. Lift the hadset of the exteral hotlie. After approximately three secods, the programmed phoe umber is dialed automatically. 2. If you do ot hear dial toe or dialig oises, hag up for about 20 secods ad try agai. 3. Whe the call is aswered, speak ito the hadset. Feature Referece 5-131

247 Fax Machie Extesios (#601) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure idetifies extesios to which fax machies are coected. Related Features If you wat to moitor fax machie status ad make oe-touch trasfers to the fax machie, see Auto Dialig o page 5-19 to program a Fax Maagemet butto ad Usig the Fax Maagemet Feature o page 4-16 to use the butto. To prevet other extesios from iterruptig a fax call, program the fax extesio for Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304). Cosideratios Remove voice messagig system mailboxes from fax machie extesios. If a automatic fax call comes i o a lie covered by the PARTNER MAIL system, the Automated Attedat Service of that system ca be programmed to automatically trasfer the call to a fax extesio or to the extesio Hut Group for the fax machies (if you have multiple fax machies). See the PARTNER MAIL documetatio for istructios. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged 2 = Not Assiged 4 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To idetify a Fax Machie extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the Extesio: prompt, eter the extesio to which the fax machie is coected. For example, to idetify extesio 30, press To assig or uassig the extesio, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To program aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. Repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

248 Forced Accout Code Etry (#307) Descriptio This feature applies oly to system phoes. This System Programmig procedure idetifies specific extesios at which users must eter a accout code prior to makig outside calls. The accout code ca be used to charge telephoe calls to a departmet or cliet; the accout code prits o call reports if you are usig SMDR (Statio Message Detail Recordig) or a call accoutig package. Related Features Accout Code Etry provides istructios o eterig forced accout codes. You ca use Forced Accout Code List (#409) to create a list of valid accout codes. If a Forced Accout Code List exists, the system checks the list wheever a user eters a forced accout code. If a forced accout code is valid, the system provides access to a outside lie. If a forced accout code is ivalid, the system deies access to a outside lie to dial out, the user must repeat the procedure for eterig a forced accout code. Extesios programmed with this feature are restricted from dialig outside phoe umbers o all lies at the extesio icludig umbers o the Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406) util a accout code is etered. If a Forced Accout Code List exists, the accout code must match a etry o the list for the user to get a outside lie. Accout codes ca be etered maually or usig System Speed Dial Numbers, Persoal Speed Dial Numbers, ad Auto Dialig (but ot Marked System Speed Dial Numbers). Automatic Lie Selectio does ot apply for a extesio programmed with this feature; the user must maually select a lie or pool after eterig a accout code. Do ot assig Forced Accout Code Etry to a Exteral Hotlie (#311) extesio. If a System Password (#403) is required to override dialig restrictios for a extesio, users must eter it before eterig the accout code. Feature Referece 5-133

249 Cosideratios If SMDR is used, the accout code assiged to icomig or outgoig calls prits o call reports. (See Call Reportig Devices (SMDR) o page 4-10 for more iformatio about call reportig.) For forced accout code etry, if a Forced Accout Code List exists, oly valid accout codes are prited o the call report. Forced accout codes are ot required to aswer icomig calls at the extesios programmed with this feature. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged 2 = Not Assiged 4 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a extesio for Forced Accout Code Etry: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the Extesio: prompt, eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 15, press To assig or uassig Forced Accout Code Etry, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To program aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

250 Forced Accout Code List (#409) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure lets you idetify a list of up to 99 accout code verificatio etries for extesios that are forced to eter accout codes. Oce a list is created, ay user at a extesio programmed for Forced Accout Code Etry must eter a valid accout code oe that matches a list etry before beig allowed to make a outside call. This feature esures that oly authorized users with valid accout codes ca make outside calls. Related Features A extesio must be programmed for Forced Accout Code Etry (#307) for the Forced Accout Code List to have ay effect. Accout Code Etry provides istructios for eterig forced accout codes. Cosideratios If you do ot create a Forced Accout Code List, the system does ot verify the accout codes dialed at extesios that are required to eter them. To validate a accout code, the system compares the first six digits of a user-etered accout code to the etries o the Forced Accout Code List. For a match to be successful, the user must dial at least the accout code s associated list etry, eve though the user ca dial up to 16 digits for a accout code. If the system idetifies a match, the user ca dial a outside umber. If o match occurs, the user is deied access to a outside lie ad must re-eter a valid accout code to dial out. Each list etry ca iclude up to six digits. You ca use the wildcard character (by pressig the h butto o a system phoe) to match ay sigle digit (it appears as! o the telephoe display). Valid Etries Up to 6 digits icludig 0 9 ad h (ay sigle digit) Examples Expaded Accout Codes. Users ca eter more tha the required digits for a accout code for trackig purposes. For example, a Customer Service Departmet s accout code is 123. Represetatives i the departmet must dial at least 123 to get a outside lie, but ca eter additioal digits to track a specific customer or item umber. For example, Feature Referece 5-135

251 The followig etries are valid: The followig etries are ivalid: 1 12 Wildcard Characters. You ca use wildcard characters i list etries. For example, your compay s Sales Departmet has a three digit accout code the first digit represets the departmet ad the secod ad third digits represet the idividuals i the departmet. You eter 4!! as the list etry. The followig etries are valid: The followig etries are ivalid: 4 44 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To create a Forced Accout Code List: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Select a list etry (01 99). For example, to select the third etry, press 0 3. A display similar to the followig appears: Forced Act Code List 03 Data Eter up to six digits for the list etry. 4. If the accout code is five digits or less, you must press e to save the accout code i memory. 5. At this poit: To eter other accout codes, press to select a differet list etry ad repeat Steps 3 ad Feature Referece

252 To chage the accout code you just etered, press r ad repeat Steps 3 ad 4. To delete the accout code you just etered, press r. 6. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-137

253 Group Call Distributio (#206) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure assigs outside lies to Hut Groups. Doig so allows outside calls to rig directly ito a Hut Group istead of beig aswered ad trasferred by the receptioist. You ca assig lies to Hut Groups 1 7. (Hut Group 7 is used exclusively for the voice messagig system.) Related Features You must use Hut Group Extesios (#505) to assig extesios to Hut Groups. If you assig lies to Hut Group 7 for the voice messagig system s Automated Attedat Service, you may wat to adjust whe the lies should rig i the group. See VMS Hut Delay (#506) o page ad VMS Hut Schedule (#507) o page for more iformatio. If you are usig a voice messagig system, you have two Group Call Distributio optios: If you wat Automated Attedat Service for some or all lies, Assig (settig 1) those lies to Hut Group 7. If you wat calls to route directly to the voice mailbox of a specific user after four rigs, choose VMS Lie Cover (settig 3) for those lies ad assig a lie ower i the voice messagig system. For more iformatio about voice messagig system optios, refer to the documetatio shipped with the voice messagig system. As a alterative to the VMS Lie Cover settig, you ca use Lie Coverage Extesio (#208) with VMS Cover. This provides more flexibility because it lets you specify the umber of times calls rig (usig VMS Cover Rigs (#117)) at the user s extesio before goig to the user s mailbox. I additio, if the user s extesio has Do Not Disturb o, calls o the lie ca go immediately to coverage. Cosideratios Each outside lie ca be assiged to oly oe Hut Group. If a Hut Group that has outside lies assiged receives a outside call ad all members of that Hut Group are busy (or have Do Not Disturb o), the caller hears rigig, which cotiues util the call is aswered. Examples Here are some useful applicatios for Group Call Distributio: Feature Referece

254 Valid Etries Place the extesios of employees who work i a departmet i a Hut Group ad assig oe or more outside lies to the group. Doig so lets outside callers rig the group directly without havig to be trasferred by the receptioist. For example, a mail-order compay assigs the extesios of its sales represetatives to a Hut Group ad assigs a lie to the group. The compay the publishes the umber as its customer service umber, so that a caller ca reach a sales represetative directly to place a order. If you istall a voice messagig system, assig the system extesios associated with the voice messagig system hardware to Hut Group 7. The, use this procedure to assig outside lies to Hut Group 7 for Automated Attedat Service. Callers hear a greetig ad are prompted to eter digits to trasfer to a specific extesio or group without the assistace of the receptioist. 1 = Assiged (for hutig to groups 1 6, or to group 7 for the voice messagig system s Automated Attedat Service) 2 = Not Assiged 4 3 = VMS Lie Cover (available oly for Hut Group 7) Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To set up lies for Group Call Distributio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the Group: prompt, eter a group umber (1 6; 7 for the voice messagig system). For example, to select group 1, press At the Lie: prompt, eter the desired lie umber. For example, to select lie 1, press To assig or remove a lie for groups 1 6, or to assig or remove a lie or use VMS Lie Cover for group 7, press D util the appropriate value displays. 5. At this poit: To program aother lie, press or p util the lie umber shows o the display. The repeat Step 4. To program aother group, press N P, eter a ew group umber, ad repeat Steps 3 ad Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-139

255 Group Callig Rig/Page (I7G/I*7G) Descriptio This feature lets users rig, page, or trasfer calls simultaeously to all of the extesios i ay oe of four Callig Groups (G is a Callig Group umber from 1 4). Whe pagig, the caller hears a beep ad begis speakig; the caller s voice is heard o the speakers of all idle system phoes i the selected Callig Group. The first extesio to aswer the call (by pickig up the hadset or pressig S, or by pressig! to aswer a page) is coected to the caller. Related Features You must use Callig Group Extesios (#502) to assig extesios to a Callig Group. Extesios assiged to Callig Group 1 ca receive Simultaeous Pagig. Cosideratios Extesios ca be i more tha oe Callig Group. Exclude extesios that coect auxiliary equipmet (auto attedats, voice messagig systems, fax machies, iteral ad exteral hotlie phoes, ad doorphoes) from Callig Groups. If some extesios i a Callig Group have stadard, MLC-6, or TrasTalk 9000-series phoes, those extesios are ot sigaled for voice-paged calls to the group (because they do ot have built-i speakers). If a Callig Group is i use, a user attemptig to page that group hears a busy toe. If a user leaves the microphoe o for hads-free aswer o itercom (HFAI), the microphoe is tured off whe that phoe receives a group page; the user must lift the hadset or press! to aswer the page. Calls ca be trasferred to a Callig Group maually or usig a butto programmed to rig the Callig Group. You ca program a Group Callig butto o a system phoe to rig or page a specified Callig Group or to trasfer a call to a Callig Group with oe touch. Whe a call is trasferred to a Callig Group ad the call is ot aswered, it goes back to the specified Trasfer Retur Extesio (#306). The call must be rigig, ot a voice page. Examples Here are some useful applicatios for this feature: Feature Referece

256 Group page employees for geeral aoucemets; this feature is a iexpesive alterative to a pagig system. (Remember to istall system phoes with built-i speakers all models except the MLC-6 ad TrasTalk 9000-series where you wat employees to hear aoucemets.) Put the extesios of people with similar resposibilities i a Callig Group, so whe a caller eeds to talk with ayoe i the group, the receptioist ca trasfer the call to the group istead of makig separate itercom calls. For example, a car dealership puts all extesios for the sales staff ito Callig Group 1. To let a prospective customer talk to ay salesperso, the receptioist simply trasfers the call to the group by dialig & 7 1. All phoes i the group rig, ad the customer is coected to the first salesperso to aswer. (Alteratively, the receptioist ca page the group through the speakers of their system phoes by pressig i * 7 1.) Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Callig Group butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. If you wat calls to rig the group, press left i 7. If you wat calls to page the group, press left i * 7. (Note that buttos programmed for pagig a Callig Group caot be used to trasfer a call to that Callig Group.) 5. Dial a Callig Group umber (1 4). 6. Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe To use whe programmed o a butto: To rig or page the Callig Group, press the programmed butto first, the lift the hadset. If you rig the group, all available extesios i the Callig Group rig. Feature Referece 5-141

257 If you page the group, start talkig after the beep. Your voice is heard through the speakers of all system phoes that are idle or have Do Not Disturb tured off i the Callig Group. If someoe aswers the page, you are coected to that perso ad the rest of the Callig Group o loger hears the page. To trasfer a call to the Callig Group, while o a call, press the butto programmed for rigig a Callig Group. You ca hag up or stay o the lie to aouce the call. All available extesios i the Callig Group rig. To maually rig or page a Callig Group: 1. Lift the hadset ad press i. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. To make a rigig call, dial 7 ad a group umber (1 4). All available extesios i the Callig Group rig. To make a pagig call, press * 7 ad a group umber (1 4). After the beep, start talkig. Your voice is heard through the speakers of all system phoes that are ot busy i the Callig Group. If someoe aswers the page, you are coected to that perso ad the rest of the Callig Group o loger hears the page. To maually trasfer a call to a Callig Group: 1. While o a call, press &. 2. Dial 7 ad a group umber (1 4). You ca hag up or stay o the lie to aouce the call. All available extesios i the Callig Group rig. Stadard Phoe To rig or page a Callig Group: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. To make a rigig call, dial 7 ad a group umber (1 4). All available extesios i the Callig Group rig. To make a pagig call, press * 7 ad a group umber (1 4). After the beep, start talkig. Your voice is heard through the speakers of all system phoes that are ot busy i the Callig Group. If someoe aswers the page, you are coected to that perso ad the rest of the Callig Group o loger hears the page Feature Referece

258 To trasfer a call to a Callig Group: 1. While o a call, press the switchhook dow oce rapidly. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial 7 ad a group umber (1 4). You ca hag up or stay o the lie to aouce the call. All available extesios i the Callig Group rig. Feature Referece 5-143

259 Group Hutig Rig/Voice Sigal (I77G/I*77G) Descriptio This feature lets you distribute call volume amog extesios i a group, to offload call activity from a sigle user. Whe a itercom or trasferred call is placed to a Hut Group (where G is a Hut Group umber from 1 7), the system rigs or voice sigals the first available (o-busy) extesio i the group, passig over busy extesios (or those with Do Not Disturb o) i a circular hut. If a rigig call is ot aswered withi three rigs, it moves to the ext available extesio, ad so o, util the call is aswered or the caller hags up. For a voice-sigaled call, oly the first available extesio is sigaled; if that extesio does ot aswer, the call does ot keep hutig. After a extesio receives a Hut Group call, the ext call to the Hut Group will ot rig or voice sigal that extesio first uless all other extesios i the group are busy or do ot aswer. The system supports up to seve Hut Groups; however, Hut Group 7 is used exclusively for the voice messagig system. For more iformatio, refer to Voice Messagig Systems o page Related Features You must use Hut Group Extesios (#505) to assig extesios to a Hut Group. Set Trasfer Retur Rigs (#105) to four or greater, to esure that calls cotiue hutig to other group extesios if the call is ot aswered. Use Do Not Disturb if you are assiged to a Hut Group ad you leave your desk, so that a call to your extesio moves directly to the ext available extesio i the group. You ca use Group Call Distributio (#206) to assig outside lies to a Hut Group. Doig so allows outside calls o those lies to route directly ito that Hut Group istead of beig trasferred by the receptioist. Hut Group calls are ot eligible for Call Coverage or VMS Cover. Whe usig PARTNER MAIL Release 3 or later, a call to a busy Hut Group ca be set to a Hut Group mailbox. Cosideratios Extesios ca be i more tha oe Hut Group. Outside calls ca be aswered ad trasferred to a Hut Group. The voice messagig system ad the auto attedat also ca trasfer calls to a Hut Group. Calls caot be trasferred to a Hut Group if all extesios i that group are busy Feature Referece

260 If oly oe extesio i a Hut Group is available ad that extesio does ot aswer a icomig call, the call returs to the extesio that trasferred the call (or to that extesio s trasfer retur extesio) after the programmed amout of trasfer retur rigs. You ca program a Group Hutig butto o a system phoe to rig or voice sigal a Hut Group with oe touch. If you have a voice messagig system, you ca program Hut Group 7 (i 7 7 7) o a butto to retrieve messages with oe touch. Examples Here are some useful applicatios for a Hut Group: Place the extesios of employees who work i a departmet sharig calls, such as a customer service group, i a Hut Group so that whe a call comes i to the receptioist it ca be trasferred to the ext available extesio. This alleviates the problem of oe employee receivig most of the calls. Place the extesios of employees who work i a departmet i a Hut Group ad assig oe or more outside lies to the group. Doig so lets outside callers rig the group directly without havig to be trasferred by the receptioist. For example, a mail-order compay assigs the extesios of its sales represetatives to a Hut Group ad assigs a lie to the group. The compay the publishes the umber as its customer service umber, so that a caller ca reach a sales represetative directly to place a order. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Hut Group butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. To program the butto to rig the ext available extesio i the Hut Group, press left i 7 7. To program the butto to voice sigal the ext available extesio i a Hut Group, press left i * Dial a Hut Group umber (1 7 for rigig calls; 1 6 for voice-sigaled calls). 6. Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-145

261 Usig System Phoe To use whe programmed o a butto: To rig or voice sigal a extesio i the Hut Group, simply lift the hadset or press S ad press the programmed butto. If you are voice sigalig, start talkig after the beep. To trasfer a call to a extesio i the Hut Group, while o a call press the programmed butto. To maually rig or voice sigal a Hut Group: 1. Lift the hadset ad press i. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. To make a rigig call, dial 7 7 ad a group umber (1 7). The ext available extesio i the Hut Group rigs. If o oe aswers withi three rigs, the call huts to the ext available extesio. To make a voice-sigaled call, press * 7 7 ad a group umber (1 6). After the beep, start talkig. Your voice is heard through the speaker of the first available system phoe that is ot busy. If o oe aswers, the call does ot keep hutig. To maually trasfer a call to a Hut Group: 1. While o a call, press &. 2. Dial 7 7 ad a group umber (1 7). The ext available extesio i the Hut Group rigs. If o oe aswers withi three rigs, the call huts to the ext available extesio. However, if Trasfer Retur Rigs is programmed for less tha four rigs, the call returs to the extesio that trasferred the call, or to that extesio s trasfer retur extesio. Stadard Phoe To rig or voice sigal a Hut Group: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. To make a rigig call, dial7 7 ad a group umber (1 7). The ext available extesio i the Hut Group rigs. If o oe aswers withi three rigs, the call huts to the ext available extesio. To make a voice-sigaled call, press * 7 7 ad a group umber (1 6). After the beep, start talkig. Your voice is heard through the speaker of the first available system phoe that is ot busy. If o oe aswers, the call does ot keep hutig Feature Referece

262 To trasfer a call to a Hut Group: 1. While o a call, press the switchhook dow oce rapidly. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial 7 7 ad a group umber (1 7). The ext available extesio i the Hut Group rigs. If o oe aswers withi three rigs, the call huts to the ext available extesio. However, if Trasfer Retur Rigs is programmed for less tha four rigs, the call returs to the extesio that trasferred the call, or to that extesio s trasfer retur extesio. Feature Referece 5-147

263 Group Pickup (I66G) Descriptio This feature allows users at ay extesio i the system to aswer ay outside, itercom, or trasferred call rigig at a extesio i a Pickup Group (where G is a Pickup Group umber from 1 4). I other words, whe a call rigs at a extesio that is i a Pickup Group, a user at ay extesio i the system ca aswer the call, without kowig which extesio or lie is rigig ad without beig i the same Pickup Group. The system ca have up to four Pickup Groups. Related Features You must use Pickup Group Extesios (#501) to assig extesios to Pickup Groups. Cosideratios Extesios ca be i more tha oe Pickup Group. You ca program a Group Pickup butto o a system phoe to pick up calls i a Pickup Group with oe touch. Examples Here are some useful applicatios for a Pickup Group: Put all system extesios i a Pickup Group (except the boss private extesio), so ayoe o the system ca aswer a rigig call (except calls to the boss). Put the extesios of people who work ear each other ad who ca hear each other s phoes rig, but who do t have each other s lies o their phoes, i a Pickup Group. For example, a group of typists work i a large room separated by cubicles, ad all of their extesios are i Pickup Group 1. Whe a typist leaves the room ad the typist s phoe rigs, ayoe else i the system who ca hear the call rig ca pick it up simply by dialig the Pickup Group code for that group (i 6 6 1). Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Pickup Group butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Feature Referece

264 2. Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press left i Dial a Pickup Group umber (1 4). 6. Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe To use Group Pickup whe programmed o a butto, press the programmed butto. To use maually: 1. Lift the hadset ad press i. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial 6 6 ad a group umber (1 4) to pick up a call rigig at ay extesio i the group. Stadard Phoe To use Group Pickup: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial 6 6 ad a group umber (1 4) to pick up a call rigig at ay extesio i the group. Feature Referece 5-149

265 Hold Descriptio This sectio explais how to place ad retrieve calls o hold, usig either the h butto o a system phoe or the switchhook o a stadard phoe. (The user ca make ad receive other calls o aother lie or pool while a call is o hold.) Related Features System phoe users ca use Exclusive Hold to put calls o hold that ca be retrieved oly from their ow extesio. (Placig a call o Exclusive Hold also prevets other users from accessig Caller ID iformatio for the held call.) If you put a call o a lie i a pool o hold ad aother user picks up that call, it will o loger be available to you. To esure that o o else ca retrieve your held call o a pooled lie, use Exclusive Hold. Use Call Park to put a call o a special type of hold so it ca be picked up from ay phoe i the system. This type of hold typically is used for pooled extesios i Hybrid mode, because it allows the user to retrieve a call without havig to kow which lie the call is o. Callers o hold hear Music O Hold (#602) oly if it is active ad a audio source is coected to the processor module. Stadard phoe users ca put a call o hold to retrieve a secod call provided Call Waitig (#316) is programmed for their extesios. Cosideratios For system phoes, if a call is left o hold for loger tha oe miute, the extesio at which the call is held geerates a short Hold Remider Toe. This toe souds oce every miute util the held call is retrieved or util the caller hags up. Oly oe party o a itercom call ca put the call o hold. If both parties try to put the call o hold, the call is discoected. If you are usig the system behid a PBX or Cetrex system, the PBX or Cetrex system may iclude a call hold feature that lets you place a call o hold ad place aother call o the same lie. For more iformatio, see the documetatio for your PBX or Cetrex system. (Whe your Cetrex or PBX documetatio tells you to use a switchhook flash, use the Recall feature istead.) Hold acts differetly o feature phoes (stadard phoes with feature buttos). Whe you press a Hold butto o a feature phoe, the call is held at the phoe itself. This meas other phoes i the system caot see that the call is o hold (it appears as a busy lie). Also, callers o hold at a feature phoe will ot hear the system s music-o-hold Feature Referece

266 Usig System Phoe To put a call o hold, press h. The gree light ext to the i, lie, or pool wiks. To retrieve a call that you put o hold: 1. Press the i, lie, or pool butto ext to the wikig gree light. 2. If the hadset is i the cradle, lift it up or press S. You are recoected to the held call. The gree light ext to the lie or itercom butto chages to o steady. To retrieve a call that a perso at aother extesio put o hold, press the butto ext to the wikig red light (or press i 6 8 ad the two-digit lie umber). Stadard Phoe To put a call o hold, press the switchhook dow oce rapidly. You hear itercom dial toe. The call is o hold. (Do ot hag up the hadset while the call is o hold. If you hag up the hadset, the phoe rigs. Liftig the hadset recoects you to the held call.) To retrieve a call that you put o hold: 1. Hag up. The call rigs back. 2. Lift the hadset. You are recoected to the held call. To retrieve a call that a perso at aother extesio put o hold: 1. Lift the hadset. 2. At the itercom dial toe, dial 6 8 ad the two-digit lie umber. To aswer a call whe you are already o a call (you hear a call-waitig toe two beeps): 1. Press the switchhook. The first call is put o hold ad you are coected to the ew call. 2. To retur to the first call, press the switchhook agai. 3. You ca cotiue to press the switchhook to move betwee the two calls. Feature Referece 5-151

267 Hold Discoect Time (#203) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure lets you chage the hold discoect time for a outside lie. Whe a caller o hold hags up, the local telephoe compay may sed a special sigal to the system to free the lie. Differet telephoe compaies use differet legth sigals. The legth of the sigal is called the hold discoect time. If you put a call o hold ad the caller hags up, but the call does ot discoect withi a miute after the caller hags up, the hold discoect time is probably set too high, or set at No Detectio. Cosideratios If the telephoe compay does ot sed a sigal, keep the hold discoect time set to 450 msec, the default settig. The user must discoect a held call maually by retrievig the call the hagig it up. Shorte the hold discoect time oly if abadoed calls o hold do ot discoect. Legthe the hold discoect time oly if calls are beig discoected prematurely. Valid Etries 00 = No Detectio 01 = 50 msec 02 = 100 msec 03 = 150 msec 04 = 200 msec 05 = 250 msec 06 = 300 msec 07 = 350 msec 08 = 400 msec 09 = 450 msec 4 10 = 500 msec 11 = 550 msec 12 = 600 msec Feature Referece

268 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the hold discoect time: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the Lie: prompt, eter the two-digit umber of the lie for which you are adjustig the hold discoect time.for example, to adjust lie 1, press 0 1. The curret hold discoect time for the lie umber you specified is displayed. For example, if lie 1 is set to the default settig, msec shows i the display. 3. To chage the hold discoect time, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To program the ext lie, press, the repeat Step Repeat Step 4 for each lie i the system. 6. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-153

269 Hotlie (#603) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure idetifies a iteral hotlie extesio ad its alert extesio. Whe a user lifts the hadset of the hotlie phoe, the alert extesio rigs. You ca set up several hotlie ad alert extesio pairs. The alert extesio ca be the same or differet for multiple hotlie extesios. We recommed usig a stadard phoe as the hotlie phoe sice this feature makes use oly of the phoe s itercom. The alert extesio ca be ay type of phoe; or it ca be the loudspeaker pagig system so the hotlie phoe ca be used to make aoucemets over the loudspeaker. Related Features To prevet outside calls from beig made or received o the hotlie phoe, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to remove all outside lies or Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) to remove all pools from the hotlie extesio. Set Automatic Lie Selectio for the hotlie extesio to itercom oly. Remove hotlie extesios from Night Service Group Extesios (#504), Callig Group Extesios (#502), ad Hut Group Extesios (#505). Use Exteral Hotlie (#311) to idetify a extesio that automatically dials a programmed outside umber whe a user lifts the hadset. Cosideratios The same extesio caot be assiged as both a hotlie ad a doorphoe. Assigig a doorphoe extesio as a hotlie extesio cacels the doorphoe settig. You should ot assig hotlie phoes to extesio 10, 11 or to the first two extesios of ay 206 or 308EC modules, which are reserved as power failure extesios. The hotlie phoe ca receive trasferred calls (but the user at that extesio should ot pick up the hadset util the phoe rigs). Valid Etries A hotlie extesio (ay extesio except extesio 10, 11, or the first two extesios of ay 206 or 308EC modules) A alert system extesio (ay extesio or 70 for the loudspeaker pagig system) Feature Referece

270 No hotlie or alert extesio assiged 4 Example A supermarket istalls a hotlie phoe at its meat couter. Whe a customer uses the hotlie phoe, the butcher s phoe rigs. Alteratively, if the loudspeaker pagig system is programmed as the alert extesio, a sales clerk could request a price check over the loudspeaker simply by liftig the hadset of the hotlie phoe. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To idetify a hotlie extesio ad its alert extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10or At the Extesio: prompt, eter the hotlie extesio umber see Valid Etries o the previous page. For example, to program extesio 33 as the hotlie, press At the Data prompt, eter the alert extesio umber see Valid Etries o the previous page. For example, to program extesio 32 as the alert extesio, press 3 2. A display similar to the followig appears: Iteral Hotlie Ext 33 Data At this poit: To chage the hotlie ad alert extesio umbers you just etered, repeat Steps 2 ad 3. To delete the existig hotlie ad alert extesio umbers, press r. To idetify aother hotlie ad alert extesio pair, press or p util the ew hotlie extesio umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Usig To use the hotlie phoe: 1. Lift the hadset of the hotlie phoe. The desigated alert extesio rigs. 2. Whe the call is aswered, speak ito the hadset. Feature Referece 5-155

271 Hut Group Extesios (#505) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure lets you assig ay umber of extesios to a Hut Group. The system supports up to seve Hut Groups; however, Hut Group 7 is used exclusively for the voice messagig system. Related Features for Hut Groups 1 6 For istructios o rigig or pagig extesios i a Hut Group or trasferrig calls to a Hut Group, see Group Hutig. If a rigig call to the Hut Group is ot aswered withi three rigs, the call moves to the ext available extesio i the Hut Group. If users i the Hut Group leave their desks, they should tur o Do Not Disturb at their extesios so calls hut immediately to the ext available extesio. For istructios o makig outside calls rig directly i a Hut Group, see Group Call Distributio (#206). Hut Group calls are ot eligible for Call Coverage or VMS Cover. Whe usig PARTNER MAIL Release 3 or later, a call to a busy Hut Group ca be set to a Hut Group mailbox. Related Features for Hut Group 7 This Hut Group applies oly to the voice messagig system. For more iformatio, see VMS Cover Rigs (#117), Group Call Distributio (#206), Lie Coverage Extesio (#208), Automatic VMS Cover (#310), VMS Hut Delay (#506), VMS Hut Schedule (#507), Voice Mailbox Trasfer, ad VMS Cover. After you assig the extesios associated with the voice messagig system hardware to Hut Group 7, you should set the Trasfer Retur Extesio (#306) for those extesios to extesio 10 (or aother extesio with a perso who ca assist the caller). Cosideratios for Hut Groups 1 6 Ay umber of extesios ca be assiged to each Hut Group. I additio, extesios ca be i more tha oe Hut Group. You ca iclude multiple fax machies or aswerig machies i a Hut Group. If you have a PARTNER MAIL system ad multiple fax machies, you ca assig the fax machies to a Hut Group. The you ca program the PARTNER MAIL system so that whe a automatic fax call comes i o a Feature Referece

272 lie covered by the PARTNER MAIL s Automated Attedat Service, the PARTNER MAIL system recogizes that it is a fax call ad automatically trasfers it to the first available fax machie i the group. Cosideratios for Hut Group 7 This Hut Group is used exclusively for the extesios associated with the voice messagig system hardware. Do ot assig ay other extesios to this group. A voice messagig system requires special hardware ad set up procedures refer to Voice Messagig Systems o page 4-27 ad to the documetatio shipped with the voice messagig system for more iformatio. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged to group 2 = Not Assiged to group 4 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To assig extesios to a Hut Group: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the Group: prompt, eter a group umber (1 7). For example, to select group 1, press 1. A display similar to the followig appears: Hut Group 1 Extesio: 3. Eter the desired extesio umber. For example, to select extesio 31, press To assig or uassig the extesio, press D util the appropriate value displays. 5. At this poit: To assig or uassig aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. Repeat Step 4. To program aother group, press N P, eter a ew group umber, ad repeat Steps 3 ad Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-157

273 Itercom Dial Toe (#309) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure determies the type of dial toe that the system provides at a extesio. It may be ecessary to chage this settig to Machie (outside lie) dial toe for a autodialig device, such as a fax or modem, that has trouble makig calls. For example, if you have a modem that checks for outside lie dial toe before dialig, use this procedure to chage from Regular to Machie dial toe. Cosideratios Use this procedure oly if a autodialig device has trouble makig calls. Valid Etries 1 = Regular dial toe 4 2 = Machie (outside lie) dial toe Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Itercom Dial Toe settig for a extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the Extesio: prompt, eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to select extesio 22, press To chage the Itercom Dial Toe settig, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To program aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

274 Joiig Calls Descriptio Joiig is addig yourself to a call i progress, the same way you do o a home telephoe by pickig up a extesio. (This is differet from coferecig, i which the origiator pulls you ito the call.) Up to three system extesios ca joi a call o a outside lie (for a total of oe outside ad four iside parties). Related Features You ca use Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) to prevet other extesios from joiig calls o a specific extesio. This is especially useful for aswerig machies, fax machies, modems, ad credit card scaers, because tryig to joi oe of these devices could iterfere with its operatio. Users ca program Privacy oto a system phoe butto to allow or prevet others from joiig their calls as eeded. Caller ID iformatio displays if you joi a call; however, you caot joi a call at ay extesio that has Privacy activated. If a lie is ot assiged to a user s extesio ad access to that lie is ot restricted for that extesio, the user ca use Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie to joi a call o that lie. You ca joi a call aswered by Automatic System Aswer or Direct Extesio Dial by pressig the lie butto ad liftig the hadset. The message stops playig whe you joi the call. Pooled extesio users ca add other parties to a call by pressig pool buttos. Cosideratios You caot joi a call by pressig a pool butto. You caot joi a itercom call or a coferece call at aother extesio. You caot joi a call o a extesio that has a voice iterrupt o busy call i progress. You ca joi a call that is beig aswered by the voice messagig system, but oly if Automatic Extesio Privacy is Not Assiged for the extesios associated with the voice messagig system hardware. If this is the case, whe you joi the call, the voice messagig system discoects automatically so you ca speak to the caller. You caot put a joied call o hold. You ca tell whe someoe has joied a call of yours whe the lights ext to the lie or pool butto chage to alterately flashig red ad gree. Feature Referece 5-159

275 If a system phoe jois a call o a stadard phoe, there is a mometary break i the call o the stadard phoe. How to Joi a Call System Phoe A steady red light ext to a lie butto idicates a call is i progress at aother extesio. To joi a call: Press the lie butto ext to the steady red light ad lift the hadset, or Stadard Phoe Lift the hadset ad press i 6 8 ad the two-digit lie umber. The red ad gree lights alterately flash. You are ow joied with the call. 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial 6 8 ad the umber of the lie o which the call is beig coducted Feature Referece

276 Last Number Redial (F05) Descriptio This feature redials the last outside umber dialed (maximum 28 digits). It is useful for immediately redialig a busy umber. Related Features You ca use Save Number Redial to temporarily save the last umber dialed. The differece betwee Last Number Redial ad Save Number Redial is that Save Number Redial allows you to make other outside calls before redialig the saved umber. System Speed Dial Numbers caot be redialed with this feature. A Last Number Redial umber ca begi with a star code; the system automatically iserts a delay based o the Star Code Dial Delay (#410) settig. A umber dialed automatically usig the Caller ID Call Loggig ad Dialig feature ca be redialed with this feature. Cosideratios This feature redials all digits dialed o the last outside call except accout codes. You ca program a Last Number Redial butto o a system phoe to redial a umber with oe touch. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Last Number Redial butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-161

277 Usig System Phoe To use Last Number Redial: 1. If you wat, lift the hadset. 2. Press the programmed butto or press f 0 5. Digits are displayed o system display phoes as they are dialed. Stadard Phoe To use Last Number Redial: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Press # Feature Referece

278 Lie Access Mode (#313) Release 2.0 or later Descriptio This procedure applies oly to systems cofigured for Hybrid mode. This System Programmig procedure idetifies idividual extesios that are to operate as key extesios eve though the system is cofigured for Hybrid mode. If a extesio s Lie Access Mode is chaged to Key, idividual lies ca be assiged to specific buttos o that extesio s phoe regardless of whether they are part of a pool. Related Features Whe a extesio is chaged from Pooled to Key, ay previously assiged pool buttos are removed from the extesio ad Pool Access Restrictio (#315) is set to No Access. Additioally, the extesio is programmed with factory settigs for Lie Assigmet (#301), Lie Access Restrictio (#302), Automatic Lie Selectio, ad Lie Rigig. Whe a extesio is chaged from Key to Pooled, ay previously assiged lie buttos are removed from the extesio ad Pool Access Restrictio (#315) is set to No Restrictio. Additioally, the extesio is programmed with factory settigs for Pool Lie Assigmet (#314), Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314), Automatic Lie Selectio, ad Lie Rigig. Cosideratios Extesio 10 operates as a key extesio regardless of how the system is cofigured. The Lie Access Mode for extesio 10 caot be chaged. Extesios that are programmed as key extesios caot access pools either by pressig pool buttos or by dialig pool access codes. Valid Etries 1 = Pooled 4 all extesios except 10 2 = Key 4 extesio 10 oly Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such ass ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Lie Access Mode settig for a specific extesio: Feature Referece 5-163

279 1. Press f 0 0 s s # Eter the desired extesio umber. For example, to program extesio 18, press To chage the Lie Access Mode, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To program aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Repeat Steps 3 ad 4 for all extesios that you wat to chage. 6. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

280 Lie Access Restrictio (#302) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure restricts a extesio from receivig ad/or makig outside calls o a specific lie. For example, you may wat a secretary to aswer calls o a maager s lie, but ot to make ay outgoig calls o the lie; i this case you ca assig the maager s lie to the secretary s extesio ad restrict it to I Oly. Related Features This procedure is the most extreme way to restrict dialig. For example, a extesio with a lie set to I Oly or No Access caot select the lie to dial out eve for umbers o the Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406). See Dialig Restrictios ad Permissios o page 2-12 for a summary of all dialig restrictios. For pooled extesios, use Pool Access Restrictio (#315) to assig restrictios to all the lies assiged to a specific pool. (Pool Access Restrictio overrides Lie Access Restrictio.) For idividual lies o pooled extesios, use Lie Access Restrictio. To prevet a extesio from usig a lie, restrict the lie eve if it is ot assiged to the extesio, so it caot be accessed usig Direct Lie Pickup. If a extesio s access to a lie is set to No Access or I Oly, the extesio caot place calls o that lie, either by pressig the lie butto or by usig Direct Lie Pickup Idle Lie. Likewise, if the extesio s access to a lie is set to No Access or Out Oly, the extesio caot receive calls o that lie that are rigig at other extesios, either by pressig the lie butto or by usig Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie. Whe a user has access to a outside lie for outgoig calls, dialig restrictios ca be customized for the user s extesio by usig Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) ad Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404). Caller ID iformatio does ot display for rigig calls o lies programmed for Out Oly or No Access. Cosideratios If a lie is assiged to a phoe, but is restricted to No Access, the lie butto lights show callig activity; but the lie caot be used to place or receive calls. Feature Referece 5-165

281 Valid Etries 1 = No Restrictio (calls permitted o that lie) 4 2 = Out Oly (ca oly make outside calls, ot receive them, o that lie) 3 = I Oly (ca oly receive calls, ot make them, o that lie) 4 = No Access (caot receive or make calls, but ca joi calls, receive trasferred calls, or pick up calls o hold o that lie) Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To restrict a extesio from makig calls o a specific lie: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10or At the Extesio: prompt, eter the extesio umber to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 23, press At the Lie: prompt, eter the lie umber to be restricted at this extesio. For example, to restrict lie 2, press 0 2. The curret restrictio displays. 4. To chage the lie restrictio for this extesio, press D util the appropriate value displays see Valid Etries o the previous page. 5. At this poit: To restrict aother lie at this extesio, press or p util the lie umber shows o the display. Repeat Step 4. To restrict aother extesio, press N P ad begi at Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

282 Lie Assigmet (#301) Descriptio This procedure applies to key extesios or to idividual lies o pooled extesios. This System Programmig procedure assigs the outside lies that are available at a extesio. The default order of lie assigmet to the buttos o a system phoe is from left to right, startig i the bottom left corer (see Figure 5-6 o the ext page). To put the lies i a differet order, first use this procedure to remove all assiged lies; the assig lies i the desired order. Related Features Number of Lies (#104) ca be used oly durig iitial system setup to assig a subset of lies to all extesios. You ca use Lie Assigmet to assig additioal lies to specific extesios. For example, if five lies were assiged to all extesios usig Number of Lies (#104) ad there are eight lies i the system, use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig lies 6, 7, ad 8 to specific extesios. After you fiish Lie Assigmet, you ca use Lie Rigig to idetify whe each outside lie assiged to a extesio should start rigig. If you add a lie to the system, its factory settig is Immediate Rig. You ca use Automatic Lie Selectio to determie the order i which the system selects a lie for a extesio whe the user at that extesio lifts the hadset or turs o the speaker to make a call. If you add a lie to the system, it becomes the last lie i the selectio sequece. Remove all outside lies from Hotlie (#603) ad Doorphoe (#604/#605) extesios to prevet calls from beig made or received o them. If you wat to prevet a user at a extesio from accessig a lie, make sure you restrict the lie for that extesio usig Lie Access Restrictio (#302) eve if the lie is ot assiged to that extesio, so it caot be accessed usig Direct Lie Pickup. Similarly, if you wat to prevet a user at a extesio from accessig all the lies i a pool, make sure you restrict the pool for that extesio usig Pool Access Restrictio (#315) eve if the pool is ot assiged to that extesio, so it caot be accessed usig the pool access code. The user must have access to a outside lie i order to dial umbers o the Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406). Feature Referece 5-167

283 Itercom Itercom Ext. Message PARTNER-18D/PARTNER -18 Itercom Itercom Ext. Message PARTNER-6 Itercom Ext. Itercom Message Figure 5-6. Default Lie Assigmets Feature Referece

284 Cosideratios You caot assig a lie that belogs to a pool as a idividual lie o that pooled extesio. A lie must be assiged to a butto with lights. If a lie is assiged to a butto without lights, you caot access that lie, or ca you program aythig else o the butto. You ca assig multiple lies (up to 19) to a stadard phoe, but a sigle-lie phoe ca hadle oly oe call at a time. To make a call, a user lifts the hadset ad dials 9 at the itercom dial toe; the system selects the first available lie based o the Automatic Lie Selectio programmed for the extesio. (Alteratively, the user ca use Direct Lie Pickup to access a specific lie.) Valid Etries 1 = Assiged 4 2 = Not Assiged 3 = Select Butto (the press a lie butto to assig the lie to that butto) Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.)) To assig lies to a specific extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter the extesio umber to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 15, press 1 5. The red light ext to each butto that has a lie assiged is o steady; the red light ext to each butto that has a pool assiged flashes. To remove all existig lie assigmets, press r before selectig a lie. 3. Eter the lie umber to be assiged. For example, to select lie 1, press At this poit: If you wat to assig the lie to the first available butto with lights, press D util the display reads: Lie Assigmet 15 L01 1 Assiged If you wat to remove a lie assigmet, press D util a display similar to the followig appears: Lie Assigmet 15 L01 2 Not Assiged Feature Referece 5-169

285 If you wat to assig the lie to a specific butto, press 3. A display similar to the followig appears: Lie Assigmet 15 L01 3 Select a Butto The press a butto with lights to assig the lie to that butto. If you use optio 3 after a lie has bee assiged, the lie moves from the old butto to the ew butto you select. 5. At this poit: To program aother lie for this extesio, press or p util the lie umber shows o the display. The repeat Step 4. To program aother extesio, press N P ad begi at Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

286 Lie Coverage Extesio (#208) Descriptio Ower, lie This feature applies oly if you have a voice messagig system. This System Programmig procedure idetifies a extesio as the ower of a specific outside lie, so the extesio ca activate Call Coverage or VMS Cover for that lie. Related Features A extesio s owed lie is eligible for coverage oly if Lie Rigig is set to Immediate Rig or Delayed Rig ad Lie Access Restrictio (#302) is set to No Restrictio or I Oly. Use Call Coverage to redirect a extesio s calls o owed lies to the coverig extesio. Use Call Coverage Rigs (#116) to specify the umber of times a call rigs at the ower s extesio before it is set to the coverig extesio. Use VMS Cover or Automatic VMS Cover (#310) to redirect the extesio s calls o owed lies to the voice messagig system. Use VMS Cover Rigs (#117) to specify the umber of times a call rigs at the ower s extesio before it is set to the voice messagig system. Users with Call Coverage or VMS Cover tured o ca Sed All Calls immediately to their coverig extesio or their voice mailbox by activatig Do Not Disturb. Cosideratios Oly oe ower ca be assiged to a specific lie. However, multiple lies ca be owed by the same extesio. This feature provides a alterative method of routig outside calls to the voice messagig system for Call Aswer Service. This feature has o effect o the CO Lie Owership procedure i PARTNER MAIL or PARTNER MAIL VS. Valid Etries System lie umber System extesio umber No lies owed by a extesio 4 Feature Referece 5-171

287 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Lie Coverage settig for a extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter the desired lie umber. For example, to program lie 12, press Eter the umber of the extesio to be assiged owership of the lie. 4. At this poit: To delete the curret settig, press r. To program aother lie, press or p util the lie umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

288 Lie Rigig Descriptio This Telephoe Programmig procedure determies how each outside lie or pool assiged to a extesio rigs. A lie or pool ca rig immediately, rig with a 20-secod delay, or ot rig at all. Delayed Rig is useful for backup coverage o shared lies or pools, such as for secretaries who cover each other s lies. No Rig is useful for all extesios except 10 whe a receptioist aswers all calls, or for phoes with o regular users, such as those i coferece rooms. Related Features To copy the Lie Rigig settigs (as well as other system settigs) to other extesios, you ca use Copy Settigs (#399). Users automatically receive Caller ID iformatio for calls that audibly alert at the extesio: For lies or pools set to Immediate Rig, Caller ID iformatio is displayed after the first rig. For lies or pools set to Delayed Rig, Caller ID iformatio is displayed as soo as the call begis audibly alertig. For lies or pools set to No Rig, o Caller ID iformatio is displayed. If the phoe is idle, users ca press the lie butto to see the Caller ID iformatio. If the phoe is i use, users ca press a butto programmed with Caller ID Ispect to see the iformatio. Cosideratios Program this feature from extesio 10 or 11 oly, usig Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. Idividual users caot program this feature. System phoe users see the light patters for the lies assiged to their extesios eve if Lie Rigig is set to Delayed Rig or No Rig. Light patters do ot appear for icomig calls o pool buttos that are set to No Rig. If a lie at a extesio is set to No Rig, a user at that extesio has to maually select the lie to aswer a call. Valid Etries Immediate Rig 4 Lies Delayed Rig No Rig 4 Pools Feature Referece 5-173

289 Examples Receptioist Call Routig. If you wat calls to be aswered by the receptioist first, set the lies at the receptioist s extesio to Immediate Rig ad the lies at the users extesios to No Rig. Receptioist Backup. If you wat all calls o a lie or i a pool to rig directly at users extesios with the receptioist providig backup set the lie or pool at the users extesios to Immediate Rig. The set the lie o the receptioist s extesio to Delayed Rig. A icomig call that is ot aswered by a user withi 20 secods also rigs at the receptioist s extesio. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the way outside lies or pools rig at a extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed for Lie Rigig. The gree lights ext to the lie or pool buttos show the curret Lie Rigig settigs for all lies or pools assiged to the extesio. (If a lie or pool is ot assiged to a butto, the gree light ext to that butto is off.) The followig rigig optios ca be show by the gree light ext to the lie or pool butto: Immediate Rig o steady Delayed Rig flashes slowly No Rig flutters quickly 3. To chage Lie Rigig o ay lie or pool, press the lie or pool butto util the butto light shows the correct settig (the settig for the curretly selected lie or pool also appears o the display). 4. Cotiue programmig or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

290 Loudspeaker Pagig (I70) Descriptio This feature accesses the loudspeaker pagig system, if you have oe coected to the system through the PAGE jack o the processor module. Related Features Users ca make Simultaeous Pagig aoucemets over the loudspeaker pagig system ad the idle system phoes assiged to Callig Group 1. See Callig Group Extesios (#502) to program Callig Group 1. You ca specify the loudspeaker pagig system as a hotlie alert extesio so that the hotlie phoe ca be used to make aoucemets over the loudspeaker. For more iformatio, see Hotlie (#603). Cosideratios You ca program a Loudspeaker Pagig butto o a system phoe to access the loudspeaker with oe touch. If the loudspeaker pagig system is i use, a user attemptig to make a aoucemet hears a busy toe. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Loudspeaker Pagig butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press left i Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe To make a aoucemet over the loudspeaker pagig system: 1. Press the programmed butto or i 7 0, the lift the hadset. Feature Referece 5-175

291 2. Speak ito the hadset. (To avoid feedback, do ot use the speakerphoe.) Your voice is heard through the loudspeaker pagig system. If your pagig system supports aoucemets to zoed areas, refer to the istructios packaged with the device to make zoed aoucemets. Stadard Phoe To make a aoucemet over the loudspeaker pagig system: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial Speak ito the hadset. Your voice is heard through the loudspeaker pagig system. For touch-toe phoes oly, if your loudspeaker pagig system supports aoucemets to zoed areas, refer to the istructios packaged with the device to make zoed aoucemets Feature Referece

292 Makig Calls Descriptio A user ca make a call by dialig a outside phoe umber or a extesio umber. There are also several ways to speed dial a umber see Related Features below. Hybrid Mode Oly Makig calls i Hybrid mode is the same as i Key mode except users ca select a pool butto rather tha a lie butto to access a outside lie. Whe a user presses a pool butto, the system automatically selects a idle lie belogig to the pool. To access a lie i a pool that is ot assiged to that extesio or to access a lie i a pool that the user is already usig, system phoe users ca press i ad dial the pool access code. If all lies i a pool are busy, the user hears busy toe. Automatic Lie Selectio ca be programmed to chage the way the system selects pools whe a user lifts the hadset to make a call. To restrict a extesio s access to all lies assiged to a pool, use Pool Access Restrictio (#315). If users are ot allowed outgoig access to a pool, they hear a reorder toe after dialig the pool access code at the itercom dial toe. Related Features You ca store a outside umber, a itercom umber, or a feature code o a butto, so a user ca dial the umber with a sigle touch. For iformatio about programmig ad usig Auto Dial buttos, see Auto Dialig. You ca program outside umbers for oe extesio or for the etire system, so a user ca dial a umber by pressig f (or # o a stadard phoe) plus a two- or three-digit code (80 99 for Persoal Speed Dial umbers, for System Speed Dial umbers). For more iformatio, see Persoal Speed Dial Numbers ad System Speed Dial Numbers. If a user lifts the hadset before pressig a lie or pool butto, the system automatically selects the first available outside lie or pool, or the itercom. The order i which the system makes the selectio is determied by the Automatic Lie Selectio for the extesio. O either a system phoe or a stadard phoe, users also ca use Direct Lie Pickup Idle Lie to access a lie for makig a outside call. Users ca rig or page ay of four Callig Groups. For more iformatio, see Group Callig Rig/Page. Feature Referece 5-177

293 Users ca rig ay of the seve Hut Groups or voice sigal Hut Groups 1 6. For more iformatio, see Group Hutig Rig/Voice Sigal. If Statio Lock is used at a extesio, users caot dial outside umbers except Marked System Speed Dial Numbers ad umbers o the Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406). If dialig restrictios are programmed for a extesio, the system may prevet a user at that extesio from placig certai calls. For example, a user may ot be allowed to dial 900 umbers from the extesio. (Or a extesio may be programmed to take icomig calls oly, so the user caot dial out at all.) The followig features provide dialig restrictios: Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404), Lie Access Restrictio (#302) Pool Access Restrictio (#315), ad Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401). The followig features ca be used to override dialig restrictios: Allowed Phoe Number Lists (#407), Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406), Marked System Speed Dial Numbers, ad System Password (#403). Users with system phoes ca eter accout codes to track icomig ad outgoig calls. For more iformatio, see Accout Code Etry. You also ca use Forced Accout Code Etry (#307) to idetify extesios that must eter accout codes prior to dialig outside phoe umbers (icludig those o the Emergecy Phoe Number List). Users ca sigal, the speak to, system phoe users who are already active o a call to alert them of importat busiess matters, provided Voice Iterrupt O Busy (#312) is Assiged for the recipiet. Cosideratios The followig istructios assume that system phoes are set (usig Automatic Lie Selectio) to automatically select outside lies first, ad stadard phoes are set to select itercom first. This meas that whe a user with a system phoe lifts the hadset, the user hears outside dial toe (if a outside lie is available); but whe a user with a stadard phoe lifts the hadset, the user hears itercom dial toe. How to Make a Outside Call System Phoe 1. Lift the hadset or press S. The gree light ext to a lie or pool butto is o steady ad you hear the outside dial toe. 2. Dial the phoe umber. O a system display phoe, the dialed umber appears o the display. If you are usig a PBX or Cetrex lie, you also may eed to use a dial-out code (usually 9) before you dial a umber outside the system Feature Referece

294 To make a outside call o a specific lie: 1. Press the idle lie butto (red ad gree lights are both off) or dial i8 plus the two-digit lie umber. 2. If desired, lift the hadset. 3. Dial the phoe umber. To make a outside call usig a specific pool: 1. Press the idle pool butto (red ad gree lights are both off) or dial i plus the three-digit pool access code (880, 881, 882, or 883). 2. If desired, lift the hadset. 3. Dial the phoe umber. To reserve a busy lie or pool so your phoe beeps whe the lie or pool becomes free this is useful whe you share a lie, such as a WATS lie, with other people: 1. Press the busy lie or pool butto (red light is o steady) without liftig the hadset or pressig S. 2. Whe the lie is free ad your phoe beeps, lift the hadset ad dial the umber. (If more tha oe perso reserves a lie, all their phoes beep whe the lie is free. The first perso to pick up the phoe after the beep gets the lie, ad the other reservatios are caceled.) Stadard Phoe 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial 9 to get a outside lie. You hear outside lie dial toe. 3. Dial the phoe umber. (If you are usig a PBX or Cetrex lie, you also may eed to use a dial-out code (usually 9) before you dial a umber outside the PBX or Cetrex system.) To make a outside call o a specific lie: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial 8 plus the two-digit lie umber. 3. Dial the phoe umber. To make a outside call usig a specific pool: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial the three-digit pool access code (880, 881, 882, or 883). Feature Referece 5-179

295 3. Dial the phoe umber. How to Make a Itercom Call A itercom call, or iside call, is a call betwee two extesios without usig a outside lie. There are two ways you ca sigal the extesio you are callig: by rigig or by voice. System Phoe You ca lift the hadset or press S before dialig, the: 1. Press a idle i butto (red ad gree lights are both off). You hear itercom dial toe, ad the gree light ext to the i butto is o steady. 2. To rig the extesio, dial the two-digit extesio umber. To voice-sigal a system phoe at the extesio, press * plus the two-digit extesio umber ad liste for oe of the followig resposes: Stadard Phoe If you hear oe beep, you have reached a idle system phoe. You ca speak after the beep. Your voice is heard through the other extesio s speaker. If the recipiet is preset, he or she ca reply. If you hear two beeps, you have reached a busy system phoe with Voice Iterrupt O Busy Assiged. You ca speak after the beeps. Be aware that the third party to whom the recipiet is speakig probably also will hear the two beeps ad the fait soud of your voice.be brief ad discreet i your iterruptio. If the recipiet has a Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto, wait for a respose. If you hear rigig, you have reached a idle stadard, MLC-6, or TrasTalk 9000-series phoe, or a busy system phoe with Voice Iterrupt O Busy Not Assiged. Your call is ot completed util someoe aswers. 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. To rig the extesio, dial the two-digit extesio umber. To voice-sigal a system phoe at the extesio, press * plus the two-digit extesio umber ad liste for oe of the followig resposes: If you hear oe beep, you have reached a idle system phoe. You ca speak after the beep. Your voice is heard through the other extesio s speaker. If the recipiet is preset, he or she ca reply Feature Referece

296 If you hear two beeps, you have reached a busy system phoe with Voice Iterrupt O Busy Assiged. You ca speak after the beeps. Be aware that the third party to whom the recipiet is speakig probably also will hear the two beeps ad the fait soud of your voice.be brief ad discreet i your iterruptio. If the recipiet has a Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto, wait for a respose. If you hear rigig, you have reached a idle stadard, MLC-6, or TrasTalk 9000-series phoe, or a busy system phoe with Voice Iterrupt O Busy Not Assiged. Your call is ot completed util someoe aswers. Feature Referece 5-181

297 Maual Sigalig (F13XX or F13*XX) Descriptio This feature applies oly to PARTNER- ad MLS-model phoes. This feature lets you program a butto o your PARTNER- or MLS-model phoe that you ca use to sigal a predetermied co-worker s extesio. It typically is used by a receptioist to alert a user whe the user is busy o aother call. You ca use a Maual Sigalig butto to beep, rig, or voice sigal the user at the target extesio. Related Features Voice Iterrupt o Busy (#312) is a alterative feature that lets a user sigal, the speak to, a user who is active o a call. You ca use the Maual Sigalig butto istead of dialig the two-digit extesio umber required for these features: Call Coverage, Call Forwardig/Call Follow-Me, Message Light O, Message Light Off, Statio Lock, ad Voice Mailbox Trasfer. To trasfer a call to a extesio for which you have a Maual Sigalig butto, press & before pressig the Maual Sigalig butto. See Trasferrig Calls. Cosideratios A PARTNER- or MLS-model phoe is required at both extesios to use this feature. You must program the Maual Sigalig feature code ad the target extesio umber o a butto. Use a butto with lights if you wat to view the status of the target extesio, similar to a Auto Dial butto. You ca have oly oe butto per extesio either o the system phoe or o the Itercom Autodialer for a target extesio. The butto ca be programmed as a Maual Sigalig butto or as a Auto Dial butto. The lights ext to the butto show callig activity see Lights o page 3-4 for more iformatio. If you sigal a extesio that has a Auto Dial or Maual Sigalig butto programmed for your extesio, the gree light ext to that butto flutters to idetify your extesio as the sigalig extesio. You ca sigal the target extesio while you are o a outside call. (This does ot iitiate a oe-touch trasfer.) A Maual Sigalig butto does ot iitiate a itercom call uless you lift the hadset or press S, press i, ad the press the Maual Sigalig butto Feature Referece

298 To respod to a sigal, the target extesio must place a itercom call to the perso sigalig. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Maual Sigalig butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press f Dial the two-digit extesio umber of the target extesio. For example, to idetify extesio 22 as the target extesio, press 2 2. (Eter * before the extesio umber if you wat to use the butto for voice sigalig.) 6. Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig To beep the target extesio: 1. While the hadset is i the cradle, press the programmed butto. The extesio beeps for as log as the butto is pressed. To rig or voice sigal the target extesio: 1. Lift the hadset or press S. 2. Press i. 3. Press the programmed butto. To trasfer a call to the target extesio: 1. While active o the call, press &. 2. Press the programmed butto. Feature Referece 5-183

299 Message Light Off (F10XX) Descriptio This feature turs off the message light at a specified extesio (where XX is a system extesio umber). Related Features For istructios for turig o the message light, see Message Light O (F09XX). Cosideratios This feature turs off the message light o system phoes ad stadard phoes that have message lights. (See Stadard Telephoes o page 1-15 for a list of stadard phoes with message lights.) For message-waitig capability, stadard phoes with LED-compatible message-waitig lights must be coected to a PARTNER ACS processor or 308EC module, or to a R3.1 or later 206 module i a system equipped with a PARTNER ACS processor module. Do ot use this feature for a extesio that is covered by the voice messagig system. The voice messagig system automatically turs off the message light at a subscriber s extesio whe messages i the mailbox have bee deleted. If a message light is iadvertetly tured off at a extesio that has a message i the mailbox, the message light is refreshed durig the voice messagig system s daily maiteace (3 a.m.). If you use the Message Light O feature to sigal someoe at a doorphoe extesio, you must use this feature to tur the light off. You ca program a Message Light Off butto o a system phoe to tur the message light off at a specific extesio with oe touch. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Message Light Off butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press f Feature Referece

300 5. Optioally, dial the two-digit extesio umber of your most commo destiatio, or skip to Step 6 if you wat oly the feature code o the butto. 6. Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe To tur off the message light: 1. Press the programmed butto or press f 1 0. If you programmed the destiatio extesio umber o the butto, the message light for the destiatio extesio goes off. Skip Step If o extesio umber was programmed o the butto, dial the extesio umber of the phoe whose message light you wat to tur off, or use a Auto Dial butto or Maual Sigalig butto. Stadard Phoe To tur off the message light: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Press# Dial the extesio umber of the phoe whose message light you wat to tur off. Feature Referece 5-185

301 Message Light O (F09XX) Descriptio This feature turs o the message light at a specified extesio (where XX is a system extesio umber). Related Features For istructios o turig off the message light, see Message Light Off (F10XX). You may be able to use this feature to sigal someoe at a doorphoe extesio. See Doorphoe Extesio (#604 ad #605) o page Cosideratios This feature turs o the message light o system phoes ad stadard phoes that have message lights. (See Stadard Telephoes o page 1-15 for a list of stadard phoes that have message lights.) For message-waitig capability, stadard phoes with LED-compatible message-waitig lights must be coected to a PARTNER ACS processor or 308EC module, or to a R3.1 or later 206 module i a system equipped with a PARTNER ACS processor module. O a stadard phoe, the message light flashes (oly whe the phoe is idle) to idicate that the extesio has received a message. Do ot use this feature for a extesio that is covered by the voice messagig system. The voice messagig system automatically turs o the message light at a subscriber s extesio whe a message is left i the mailbox. If you use this feature to sigal someoe at a doorphoe extesio, you must use Message Light Off to tur the light off. You ca program a Message Light O butto o a system phoe to tur the message light o at a specific extesio with oe touch. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Message Light O butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto Feature Referece

302 4. Press f Optioally, dial the two-digit extesio umber of your most commo destiatio, or skip to Step 6 if you wat oly the feature code o the butto. 6. Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe To tur o the message light: 1. Press the programmed butto or press f 0 9. If you programmed the destiatio extesio umber o the butto, the message light for the destiatio extesio goes o. Skip Step If o extesio umber was programmed o the butto, dial the extesio umber of the phoe whose message light you wat to tur o, or use a Auto Dial butto or Maual Sigalig butto. Stadard Phoe To tur o the message light: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear the itercom dial toe. 2. Press # Dial the extesio umber of the phoe whose message light you wat to tur o. Feature Referece 5-187

303 Music O Hold (#602) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure activates or deactivates the MUSIC ON HOLD jack o the processor module. The jack must be active ad a audio source must be coected to the jack i order to provide recorded music or messages to callers o hold. Related Features You ca adjust the volume of Music O Hold usig Music O Hold Volume (#614). If Rig o Trasfer (#119) is Not Active ad Music O Hold is Active, trasferred callers hear music-o-hold util the call is aswered. If Music O Hold is Active, users with system phoes with speakers ca play Backgroud Music through their phoes speakers. If Automatic System Aswer is o, callers hear music-o-hold while waitig for someoe to aswer the call. If Direct Extesio Dial is o, callers hear rigig whe the call is trasferred regardless of the settigs for Music O Hold (#602) ad Rig o Trasfer (#119). If the receptioist at extesio 10 uses the Wake Up Service Butto (#115) to schedule wake up calls, the recipiets hear music-o-hold whe they aswer their wake up calls. Cosideratios If Music O Hold is Not Active or if o audio source is coected, callers o hold hear silece. The audio source must be coected to the cotrol uit usig a RCA phoo plug. The MUSIC ON HOLD iput jack accepts a maximum iput of 2 Volts at 50 Kohms. For more iformatio, see the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Istallatio guide. If the audio source develops trouble (such as a bad tape), you ca quickly tur it off by chagig the Music O Hold settig to Not Active util you are able to solve the problem. The performace of music over telephoe lies is a public performace uder Uited States Copyright law. Accordigly, i order for the performace of that music to be lawful, it must be licesed aually to the user by the copyright owers or their represetatives. The Magic o Hold system, available from Lucet Techologies, icludes the required licese for the first year. This licese must be reewed aually Feature Referece

304 Valid Etries 1 = Active 4 2 = Not Active Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the settig of the MUSIC ON HOLD jack: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or To activate or deactivate the MUSIC ON HOLD jack, press D util the appropriate value displays. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-189

305 Music O Hold Volume (#614) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure allows you to select oe of seve volume settigs for the exteral music source provided through the MUSIC ON HOLD jack o the PARTNER ACS processor module. This settig is system-wide. Related Features Music O Hold (#602) activates or deactivates the MUSIC ON HOLD jack o the processor module. Cosideratios Chages to the Music O Hold Volume settig will have immediate effect o all calls curretly receivig Music O Hold treatmet. Valid Etries (lowest volume) (highest volume) Figure 5-7. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Music O Hold Volume settig: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or 11. The display shows the curret settig. 2. To chage the settig, press the umber of the settig o the dialpad, or press D or d util the correct settig is displayed. 3. If you wat to retur the volume to the default settig, press r Feature Referece

306 Night Service Butto (#503) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure idetifies a butto o the system phoe at extesio 10 to be used to tur Night Service o ad off. Whe Night Service is o, all lies ad pools assiged to the phoes of the users i the Night Service Group rig immediately, regardless of their ormal Lie Rigig settigs. Night Service is useful if you wat phoes to rig after regular busiess hours. For example, although Shippig Departmet workers do ot aswer calls directly durig the day, you wat them to aswer icomig calls after hours. Related Features Night Service affects oly the extesios idetified usig Night Service Group Extesios (#504). If you program a System Password (#403), the password must be etered whe turig Night Service o or off. I additio, whe Night Service is o, users i the Night Service Group ca dial oly umbers o the Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406) ad Marked System Speed Dial Numbers without eterig the System Password. Night Service with a System Password is useful for cotrollig uauthorized use of phoes after hours. If you have a voice messagig system, VMS Hut Schedule (#507) determies whe outside calls should rig the VMS Hut Group (always, day oly, or ight oly). The status of the Night Service butto at extesio 10 tells the voice messagig system to operate i day or ight mode. The Night Service butto returs to the status (o/off) it was i immediately prior to a power failure or to System Reset (#728) beig used. Cosideratios A Night Service butto must be programmed o the system phoe at extesio 10. Night Service must be programmed o a butto with lights. This feature does ot work if it is programmed o a butto without lights. A user i the Night Service Group ca receive a after-hours outside call oly if it comes i o a lie or pool that is assiged to that user s phoe. Lie or pool assigmets for extesios i the Night Service group ca vary from oe extesio to aother. Dialig restrictios for extesios ot i the Night Service Group remai the same as durig ormal daytime operatio. If you reassig the Night Service butto, it is removed from the butto where it was previously assiged. Feature Referece 5-191

307 Valid Etries 1 = Assiged to ext available butto at extesio 10 2 = Not Assiged 4 3 = Select Butto (the press a programmable butto to assig Night Service to that butto) Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Night Service Butto at extesio 10: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At this poit: If you wat to assig Night Service to the first available butto, press D util a display similar to the followig appears: Night Service Butto 1 Assiged - Ext10 If you wat to remove the Night Service butto assigmet, press D util a display similar to the followig appears: Night Service Butto 2 Not Assiged If you wat to assig Night Service to a specific butto, press 3. A display similar to the followig appears: Night Service Butto 3 Select a Butto The press a programmable butto with lights to assig Night Service to that butto. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. 4. Label the Night Service butto at extesio 10. Usig To tur Night Service o: 1. Press the Night Service butto at extesio 10. If a System Password is programmed, the gree light ext to the butto flashes; you must cotiue with Step 2. If o System Password is programmed, the gree light is o steady ad Night Service is o Feature Referece

308 2. Eter the password. The gree light is o steady. Night Service is o. To tur Night Service off: 1. Press the Night Service butto at extesio 10. If a System Password is programmed, the gree light ext to the butto flashes; you must cotiue with Step 2. If o System Password is programmed, the gree light goes out ad Night Service is off. 2. Eter the password. The gree light goes out. Night Service is off. Feature Referece 5-193

309 Night Service Group Extesios (#504) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure assigs extesios to the Night Service Group. Whe Night Service is o ad a call comes i, all extesios i the Night Service Group rig immediately, regardless of ormal Lie Rigig settigs. Ay extesios that would ormally rig durig the day, will also rig. Related Features You must use Night Service Butto (#503) to program the butto that is used to tur Night Service o ad off. If you program a System Password (#403), whe Night Service is o, users i the Night Service Group ca dial oly umbers o the Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406) ad Marked System Speed Dial Numbers without eterig the System Password. If you have a voice messagig system, lies that are assiged to the user s phoes i the Night Service Group are covered by the voice messagig system depedig o the status of VMS Hut Delay (#506) ad VMS Hut Schedule (#507). Cosideratios Do ot iclude extesios coected to certai auxiliary equipmet (auto attedats, voice messagig systems, iteral or exteral hotlie phoes, or doorphoes) i the Night Service Group. A user i the Night Service Group ca receive a after-hours outside call oly if it comes i o a lie or pool that is assiged to that user s phoe. Lie or pool assigmets for extesios i the Night Service group ca vary from oe extesio to aother. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged to group 2 = Not Assiged to group 4 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 13, press Feature Referece

310 3. To assig or uassig the extesio, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To assig or uassig aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. Repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-195

311 Number of Lies (#104) Descriptio This feature should be used oly for iitial system setup. This System Programmig procedure determies i Key mode the umber of outside lies that are automatically assiged to all system extesios; i Hybrid mode, it determies the umber of lies assiged to the mai pool. (This umber does ot have to match the actual umber of lies coected at the cotrol uit.) This feature should be used oly for iitial system setup. Related Features I Hybrid mode, do ot use this procedure if you add lies to the system after iitial setup, because it chages Pool Lie Assigmet (#207), Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314), Pool Access Restrictio (#315), Automatic Lie Selectio, ad Lie Rigig for existig pools back to factory settigs. Additioally, it chages Lie Assigmet (#301), Lie Access Restrictio (#302), Automatic Lie Selectio, ad Lie Rigig for idividual lies back to factory settigs. To chage pool assigmets without affectig other settigs, use Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) ad Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314). I Key mode, do ot use this procedure if you add lies to the system after iitial setup, because it chages Lie Assigmet (#301), Lie Access Restrictio (#302), Automatic Lie Selectio, ad Lie Rigig for existig lies back to factory settigs. To chage lie assigmets without affectig other settigs, use Lie Assigmet (#301). Cosideratios You ca use this feature to tell the system how may lies are actually coected at the cotrol uit. For example, if some lie jacks do ot have lies coected, use this procedure to idicate the umber of jacks that actually have lies coected; otherwise the lie umbers associated with empty jacks would be assiged to phoes as though there were actually lies coected. You ca use this procedure to limit the umber of lies that are automatically assiged to all extesios. For example, if there are te lies coected to the cotrol uit, you ca use this procedure to set the umber of lies to eight, so that oly the first eight lies are assiged to all system extesios. You ca the use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig lies 9 ad 10 to specific extesios Feature Referece

312 Valid Etries 3 lies for the PARTNER ACS processor module ad 308EC module, plus 2 lies per 206 or 200 module, plus 4 lies per 400 module 4 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To assig lies to the system at iitial system setup: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter two digits for the umber of outside lies i the system that you wat to assig to all extesios or the mai pool. For example, dialig 0 6 meas that all extesios are assiged lies 1 through 6 or lies 1 through 6 are assiged to the mai pool. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-197

313 Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure idetifies the types of outgoig calls that ca be made o all lies at a extesio. See Dialig Restrictios ad Permissios o page 2-12 for a summary of callig restrictios. Related Features This restrictio also applies to lies that a user has access to with Direct Lie Pickup Idle Lie. To override this feature, users ca dial Marked System Speed Dial Numbers ad umbers from a Allowed Phoe Number List (#407) ad the Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406). Also, if a System Password (#403) is defied, MLS-model system phoe users ca eter it to override restrictios. You ca program a butto o the system phoe at extesio 10 to be used to quickly chage a extesio s Outgoig Call Restrictio settig. See Outgoig Call Restrictio Butto (#114) o page for iformatio. You ca use Lie Access Restrictio (#302) to restrict extesios from makig or receivig calls o specific lies, Pool Access Restrictio (#315) to restrict extesios from makig or receivig calls o all lies belogig to a specific pool, ad Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404) to specify telephoe umbers that users caot dial. If you program a extesio for Forced Accout Code Etry (#307), the user at that extesio must eter a Accout Code before accessig a outside lie. (This feature is ot available o stadard phoes.) If Star Code Dial Delay (#410) is active, the system checks for allowed ad disallowed phoe umbers agai begiig with the first digit after the star code. Cosideratios While procedures that restrict dialig are very effective, absolute protectio agaist misuse caot be guarateed. System phoes give you more protectio agaist such misuse tha stadard phoes. Therefore, we strogly recommed that you istall system phoes where restrictig phoe use is importat. If the system is coected to a PBX or Cetrex system ad a dial-out code (usually 9) is eeded to place calls outside the PBX or Cetrex system, the cotrol uit may ot be able to prevet calls for extesios restricted to Local Oly. If dialig restrictios are eeded o Cetrex lies, use Cetrex restrictios istead Feature Referece

314 If you wat to restrict the use of star code s, iclude them i the Disallowed Phoe Number Lists. Valid Etries 1 = No Restrictio (ca make toll, local, ad itercom calls) 4 2 = Iside (itercom) Oly 3 = Local (itercom ad local) Oly Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To idetify the types of outgoig calls that ca be made o all lies at a extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the Extesio: prompt, eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to select extesio 30, press To chage the type of call restrictio, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. To program aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. Repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-199

315 Outgoig Call Restrictio Butto (#114) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure idetifies a butto o the system phoe at extesio 10 to be used to chage the curret Outgoig Call Restrictio settig for a extesio. This butto is useful for quickly chagig a extesio s restrictio. For example, after a guest s departure, a hotel maager ca chage the Outgoig Call Restrictio settig of the room phoe from No Restrictio to Iside Oly so outside calls caot be made from the phoe after the guest checks out. Coversely, a receptioist ca chage the Outgoig Call Restrictio settig of a coferece room phoe from Local Oly (which prevets users from makig log distace calls) to No Restrictio so a cliet ca dial log distace. Related Features Rather tha usig a Outgoig Call Restrictio butto, you ca use Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) to chage a extesio s Outgoig Call Restrictio settig through System Programmig if you prefer. You must use a Auto Dial butto with lights to desigate the extesio you wat to chage after you press the Outgoig Call Restrictio butto. It is recommeded that you use a Auto Dial butto o the PARTNER-CA48 Itercom Autodialer. However, you ca use a itercom Auto Dial butto o the system phoe at extesio 10 provided the butto has lights. For iformatio about programmig Auto Dial buttos, see Auto Dialig o page Cosideratios A Outgoig Call Restrictio butto must be programmed o the system phoe at extesio 10. Outgoig Call Restrictio must be programmed o a butto with lights. This feature does ot work if it is programmed o a butto lights. The system cosiders extesio 10 busy while you are usig the Outgoig Call Restrictio butto, ad the phoe acts as if it is i System Programmig mode. You caot use other features or hadle calls at extesio 10 util you are through usig the feature. You caot use the Outgoig Call Restrictio butto to chage a extesio s settig while extesio 11 is i System Programmig mode Feature Referece

316 Valid Etries 1 = Assiged to ext available butto at extesio 10 2 = Not Assiged 4 3 = Select butto (the press a programmable butto with lights to assig Outgoig Call Restrictio to that butto) Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Outgoig Call Restrictio butto at extesio 10: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At this poit: If you wat to assig Outgoig Call Restrictio to the first available butto, press D util a display similar to the followig appears: Outgoig CallRstr Butto 1 Assiged - Ext10 If you wat to remove the Outgoig Call Restrictio butto assigmet, press D util a display similar to the followig appears: Outgoig CallRstr Butto 2 Not Assiged If you wat to assig Outgoig Call Restrictio to a specific butto, press 3. A display similar to the followig appears: Outgoig CallRstr Butto 3 Select a Butto The press a programmable butto with lights to assig Outgoig Call Restrictio to that butto. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. 4. Label the Outgoig Call Restrictio butto at extesio 10. Feature Referece 5-201

317 Usig To chage a extesio s Outgoig Call Restrictio settig: 1. Press the Outgoig Call Restrictio butto at extesio 10. The gree light ext to the Outgoig Call Restrictio butto turs o ad extesio 10 appears busy to the system. 2. Press the Auto Dial butto for the desired extesio repeatedly util its lights show the correct settig as follows: No Restrictio. The gree light ext to the Auto Dial butto is o steady. Iside Oly. The red light ext to the Auto Dial butto is o steady. Local Oly. The gree light ext to the Auto Dial butto flashes. 3. Press the Outgoig Call Restrictio butto at extesio 10 or lift the hadset ad replace it back i the cradle. The gree light ext to the Outgoig Call Restrictio butto goes off ad extesio 10 resumes ormal operatio Feature Referece

318 Outside Coferece Deial (#109) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure determies whether users ca iclude more tha oe outside party i a coferece call. Related Features For istructios o makig coferece calls, see Coferece Calls o page Use Coferece Drop to drop the last outside party added to the coferece. Cosideratios This feature settig applies to all system users. A coferece call coects up to five parties (icludig the coferece origiator). If outside coferece is allowed, you ca have up to two outside parties ad up to three iside parties. If outside coferece is disallowed, you ca have oe outside party ad up to four iside parties. Valid Etries 1 = Allow coferece calls with up to two outside parties 4 2 = Disallow coferece calls with two outside parties Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.)) To allow or disallow cofereces with two outside parties: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or To allow or disallow two outside parties o a coferece call, press D util the appropriate value displays. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-203

319 Persoal Speed Dial Numbers Descriptio This Telephoe Programmig procedure lets you store up to 20 frequetly-dialed umbers for each extesio. Persoal Speed Dial umbers ca be dialed quickly by pressig f (or # at itercom dial toe o a stadard phoe) ad the two-digit code from 80 through 99. The Persoal Speed Dial umbers programmed for a particular extesio are for use oly at that extesio. Related Features Persoal speed dialig, which lets users dial a umber by pressig three buttos, is differet from Auto Dialig, which lets users dial a umber by pressig a sigle butto. For istructios o eterig special characters (such as Pause) i a umber, see Special Dialig Fuctios o page You ca use System Speed Dial Numbers to create a list of up to 100 frequetly dialed umbers available to all system users. You ca store accout codes as Persoal Speed Dial umbers for use with the Accout Code Etry feature. Exteral Hotlie (#311) uses Persoal Speed Dial code 80 for the exteral hotlie telephoe umber. A Persoal Speed Dial umber ca begi with a star code; the system automatically iserts a delay based o the Star Code Dial Delay (#410) settig. Cosideratios If the system is coected to a PBX or Cetrex system ad a dial-out code (usually 9) is eeded to place calls outside the PBX or Cetrex system, iclude the dial-out code i Speed Dial umbers that must dial out of the PBX or Cetrex system. Persoal Speed Dial codes caot be programmed oto Auto Dial buttos. You ca dial Persoal Speed Dial umbers o a stadard phoe, but the umbers must be programmed from extesio 10 or 11. A combied total of 576 outside Auto Dial ad Persoal Speed Dial umbers ca be programmed. Valid Etries Ay phoe umber up to 28 characters cosistig of the digits 0 9, *, #, ad special dialig fuctios that you ca access by pressig h (Pause),! (Stop), S Feature Referece

320 (Recall), ad & (Touch-Toe Eable) assiged to codes 80 through 99 No umber assiged to ay code 4 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program Persoal Speed Dial umbers: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Dial the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Select a two-digit code by pressig f ad dialig two digits betwee 80 ad 99. For example, to select code 81, press f 8 1. If a umber is assiged already to the code, the umber appears o the display. If o umber is assiged to the code, the display reads: Blak 4. Eter the phoe umber exactly as you would dial it. 5. At this poit: To program aother Persoal Speed Dial umber, start from Step 3. To program over a existig umber, eter the ew umber after selectig the two-digit code. To remove a Persoal Speed Dial umber, eter the umber s two-digit code ad press! oce. 6. Cotiue programmig or exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe You ca lift the hadset or press S before dialig: 1. If you wat to call o a specific lie, press the lie butto (or press i 8 ad the two-digit lie umber) or if you wat to call usig a specific pool, press the pool butto (or press i ad the three-digit pool access code). 2. Press f. 3. Dial the two-digit Persoal Speed Dial code (80 99). If you did ot specify a outside lie or pool, the system automatically selects oe, turs o the speaker if the hadset is i the cradle, ad dials the umber. The umber beig dialed shows o a display phoe. Feature Referece 5-205

321 Stadard Phoe You ca dial Persoal Speed Dial umbers o a stadard phoe, but the umbers must be programmed from extesio 10 or 11. To dial a programmed Persoal Speed Dial umber: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Press #. 3. Dial the two-digit Persoal Speed Dial code (80 99). The system automatically selects a outside lie ad dials the umber Feature Referece

322 Pickup Group Extesios (#501) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure lets you assig extesios to a Pickup Group. Whe a call rigs at a extesio i a Pickup Group, a user at ay other extesio i the system ca aswer the rigig call by dialig the Pickup Group code. The Pickup Group feature is useful whe a user eeds to aswer calls o lies or pools ot assiged to his or her phoe. The system supports up to four Pickup Groups. Related Features For istructios o aswerig calls i a Pickup Group, see Group Pickup (I66G) o page Cosideratios A extesio ca be assiged to as may as four differet Pickup Groups. Extesios where extra alerts (such as a loud bell) are istalled ca be assiged to a Pickup Group, to eable ayoe who hears the alert to aswer the call. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged to group 2 = Not Assiged to group 4 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To assig extesios to a Pickup Group: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At the Group: prompt, eter a group umber (1 4). For example, to select group 1, press 1. A display similar to the followig appears: Pickup Group 1 Extesio: 3. Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to select extesio 29, press To assig or uassig the extesio, press D util the appropriate value displays. Feature Referece 5-207

323 5. At this poit: To assig or uassig aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. The repeat Step 4. To program aother group, press N P ad eter a ew group umber. The repeat Steps 3 ad Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

324 Pool Access Restrictio (#315) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This procedure applies oly to pooled extesios i Hybrid mode. This System Programmig procedure restricts a pooled extesio from receivig ad/or makig outside calls o all lies belogig to a specific pool. For example, you may wat customer service represetatives to make calls usig the WATS lies that belog to auxiliary pool 881, but ot receive icomig calls o the lies i that pool; i this case, you assig pool 881 to the customer service represetative s phoes ad restrict the pool to Out Oly. Related Features This procedure is the most extreme way to restrict dialig. For example, a extesio set to I Oly or No Access for a particular pool caot select that pool to dial out eve for umbers o the Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406). See Dialig Restrictios ad Permissios o page 2-12 for a summary of all dialig restrictios. Whe a user has access to a pool for outgoig calls, you ca customize dialig restrictios for the user s extesio by usig Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) ad Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404). To restrict a pooled extesio from receivig ad/or makig calls o idividual lies, you must use Lie Access Restrictio (#302). You ca use Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) to assig pools to specific extesios. You ca use Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) to assig lies to or remove lies from pools. Caller ID iformatio does ot display for rigig calls o lies belogig to a pool programmed for Out Oly or for No Access. Cosideratios For extesio 10 ad ay extesios for which Lie Access Mode (#313) is set to Key, this procedure is automatically set to No Access. Valid Etries 1 = No Restrictio (calls permitted o all lies i that pool) 4 2 = Out Oly (ca oly make outside calls, ot receive them, o lies i that pool) 3 = I Oly (ca oly receive calls, ot make them, o lies i that pool) 4 = No Access (caot receive or make calls, but ca receive trasferred calls o lies i that pool) Feature Referece 5-209

325 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To restrict a extesio from makig or receivig calls o all the lies i a specific pool: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 23, press 2 3. A display similar to the followig appears: Pool Access Rstr 23 Pool: 3. Eter the pool umber (880, 881, 882, or 883) to be restricted at this extesio. For example, to restrict pool 881, press The curret restrictio displays. 4. To chage the pool restrictio for this extesio, press D util the appropriate value displays see Valid Etries o the previous page. 5. At this poit: To restrict aother pool at this extesio, press or p util the pool umber shows o the display. The repeat Step 4. To restrict aother extesio, press N or P ad begi at Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

326 Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This feature applies oly to pooled extesios i Hybrid mode. This System Programmig procedure idetifies the pools that are assiged to buttos at a pooled extesio. The system uses two buttos to represet the mai pool (880) ad oe for each auxiliary pool (881, 882, 883). Up to five pool buttos ca be assiged per extesio. Related Features You should use Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) prior to this procedure to assig lies to or remove lies from pools. You ca use Lie Assigmet (#301) to assig idividual outside lies to buttos o a pooled extesio. Users must have access to a outside lie or pool i order to dial umbers o the Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406). You ca use Automatic Lie Selectio to chage the order i which the system selects lies or pools whe the user at that extesio lifts the hadset or presses S to make a call. Note that auxiliary pools (881, 882, ad 883) are ot automatically added to a extesio s Automatic Lie Selectio. You ca use Lie Rigig to idetify whe each pool ad idividual lie assiged to a extesio should start rigig (the factory settig for pools is No Rig ad for lies is Immediate Rig). If you wat to prevet a user at a extesio from accessig all the lies i a pool, you must restrict the extesio usig Pool Access Restrictio (#315). If you wat to prevet a user at a extesio from accessig a idividual lie, you must use Lie Access Restrictio (#302). Remove pools from Hotlie (#603) ad Doorphoe (#604/#605) extesios, to prevet calls from beig made or received o them. You ca use Lie Access Mode (#313) to chage a extesio from a pooled extesio to a key extesio. Cosideratios You caot assig pool buttos to extesio 10 or to ay key extesio. The mai pool buttos are always assiged to the two leftmost buttos o the bottom row of a system phoe. You caot use Select Butto (Settig 3) for the mai pool (880) durig Pool Extesio Assigmet programmig. Feature Referece 5-211

327 If you select Not Assiged (Settig 2) for the mai pool (880) durig Pool Extesio Assigmet programmig, the mai pool is removed from the two leftmost buttos o the bottom row of the system phoe at that extesio. The buttos are the available for programmig lies, auxiliary pools, or system features. If the mai pool is ever reassiged to that extesio, previous programmig will be erased. Auxiliary pool buttos will be located ext to the mai pool buttos uless you select Settig 3 to choose a butto locatio whe programmig. You ca assig up to four pools to a stadard phoe, but a sigle-lie phoe ca make oly oe call at a time. To make a call, the user lifts the hadset ad dials 9; the system selects the first available pool based o the Automatic Lie Selectio programmed for that extesio. Alteratively, the user ca dial a pool access code to make a call usig a specific pool. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged 4 Mai pool 2 = Not Assiged 4 Auxiliary pool 3 = Select Butto (auxiliary pools oly), the press a butto to assig the auxiliary pool to that butto Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To assig pools to a pooled extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # Eter the system extesio umber to be programmed. For example, to program extesio 15, press 1 5. There is a steady red light ext to each butto that has a lie assiged ad a flashig red light ext to each butto that has a pool assiged. To remove all existig pool assigmets, press r before selectig a pool. 3. Eter the desired pool access code (880, 881, 882, or 883). For example, to select pool 881, press At this poit: If you wat to assig the pool to the first available butto with lights, press D util a display similar to the followig appears: Pool Ext Assig 15 P881 1 Assiged If you wat to remove a pool assigmet, press D util a display similar to the followig appears: Pool Ext Assig 15 P Feature Referece

328 2 Not Assiged For auxiliary pools oly, if you wat to assig the pool to a specific butto, press 3. A display similar to the followig appears: Pool Ext Assig 15 P881 3 Select a Butto The press a butto with lights to assig the auxiliary pool to that butto. If you use optio 3 after a auxiliary pool has bee assiged, the auxiliary pool moves from the old butto to the ew butto you select. 5. At this poit: To assig aother pool for this extesio, press or p util the pool access code shows o the display. The repeat Step 4. To program aother extesio, press N P ad begi at Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-213

329 Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio This procedure applies oly to systems cofigured for Hybrid mode. This System Programmig procedure assigs lies to or removes lies from the mai ad auxiliary pools supported for Hybrid mode. You ca chage lie assigmets i the mai pool (880) or i ay of three auxiliary pools (881, 882, or 883). Related Features You ca use Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) to assig pools created with this procedure to specific extesios. If you wat to prevet a user at a extesio from accessig all lies i a specific pool, you must restrict the extesio usig Pool Access Restrictio (#315). You ca use Lie Access Mode (#313) to chage a pooled extesio to a key extesio. Cosideratios You ca assig some or all outside lies to a specific pool, but you caot assig a specific outside lie to more tha oe pool. Because users caot cotrol which lie they get whe they access a pool, you should group lies with similar purposes (WATS lies, FX lies, lies desigated for a particular set of users) together i a uique pool. If you have idividual lies assiged to a pooled extesio ad you use this procedure to chage pool lie assigmet, be careful ot to press D or d to specify a pool assigmet. If you do, the system will remove that lie from all extesios that have the lie assiged. Valid Etries 1 = No Pool 2 = Mai Pool all lies assiged 3 = Pool = Pool = Pool Feature Referece

330 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the assigmet of lies to pools: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # Eter the first lie to be programmed. For example, to program lie 8, press 0 8.A display similar to the followig appears: Lies to Pools L08 2 Pool Eter the desired value (1 5) see Valid Etries o the previous page. 4. To program aother lie, press or p util the lie umber shows o the display. The repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-215

331 Privacy (F07) Descriptio This feature is available oly o system phoes. This feature lets system phoe users press a programmed butto to tur Privacy o ad off, prevetig or allowig other users to joi calls at the user s extesio as eeded. Related Procedures If Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) is Assiged for a extesio, that extesio ormally is private. However, if a user sometimes eeds to have co-workers joi coversatios, the user ca program a Privacy butto to tur Privacy o ad off as eeded. Oce a Privacy butto is programmed, the user must use the butto to tur Privacy o ad off eve though Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) is Assiged. Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304) is appropriate for use with stadard phoes. Privacy applies to active calls ay user ca retrieve a held call uless the call is placed o hold with Exclusive Hold. If you have Caller ID, you ca use Privacy at your extesio to prevet other users from joiig your call ad from accessig the Caller ID iformatio displayed for active calls at your extesio. Cosideratios Privacy must be programmed o a butto with lights. (Users caot dial the Privacy code maually, or use a programmed butto without lights, to activate this feature.) Whe Privacy is o, the butto light at the extesio is also o, idicatig that others caot joi calls. Privacy ca be tured o ad off at ay time, eve durig a call. Users caot joi calls usig pool buttos regardless of the Automatic Extesio Privacy settig or the state of the Privacy Butto. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Privacy butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Dial the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto with lights Feature Referece

332 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig From a system phoe, press the programmed butto to tur Privacy o; press it agai to tur it off. Use the butto like a switch whe the light is o, Privacy is o. Feature Referece 5-217

333 Recall (F03) Descriptio This feature causes the system to sed a timed switchhook flash over the telephoe lie to recall a ew dial toe or to access a PBX, cetral office, or Cetrex feature, such as Call Waitig. Related Features If users have trouble with Recall, use Recall Timer Duratio (#107) to adjust the legth of the Recall sigal. Your local phoe compay ca tell you the correct settig for most Cetrex systems, the correct settig is 800 msec. (or 32). You ca press S to isert a Recall sigal i a Auto Dial or Speed Dial umber, provided it is the first character i the stored umber. (For examples, see Special Dialig Fuctios o page ) Cosideratios Usig Recall o a itercom call discoects the call. Wheever your PBX or Cetrex documetatio tells you to press the switchhook whe you are o a outside call, use the Recall feature istead. If you are already o a call, most PBX or Cetrex systems require that you press the switchhook to get a ew dial toe, the dial a feature access code to access a specific PBX or Cetrex service. O a system phoe, press a programmed butto or press f 0 3 to use Recall. O a stadard phoe, first press ad release the switchhook to get itercom dial toe, the sed a Recall sigal by pressig # 0 3. O a (stadard) feature phoe that has a Recall or Flash butto, first press the Recall or Flash butto to get itercom dial toe, the sed a system Recall sigal by pressig # 0 3. You ca program a Recall butto o a system phoe to sed a Recall sigal with oe touch. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Recall butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature Feature Referece

334 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig To access a PBX, cetral office, or Cetrex feature (such as Call Waitig) while active o a outside lie: System Phoe 1. Press the programmed butto or press f Eter the access code for the feature (if required). 3. To retur to your origial call, press the programmed butto or press f 0 3 agai. Stadard Phoe 1. Press the switchhook (or press the Recall or Flash butto o a feature phoe that has oe). You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Press # Eter the access code for the feature (if required). 4. To retur to your origial call, press the switchhook (or press the Recall or Flash butto o a feature phoe) agai. Feature Referece 5-219

335 Recall Timer Duratio (#107) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure lets you chage the legth of the timed sigal, or switchhook flash, geerated by the system Recall feature (as well as by the Recall optio used i Auto Dial ad Speed Dial umbers). Recall seds this timed sigal over the phoe lie to the local telephoe compay or PBX to which the system is coected. Typically you use the Recall feature to access a PBX, cetral office, or Cetrex feature, such as Call Waitig. Your local phoe compay ca tell you the correct settig for most Cetrex systems, the correct settig is 800 msec. (or 32). Cosideratios You should chage the factory settig oly uder two coditios: If usig the system Recall feature has o effect, legthe the time. If the system is coected to a PBX or Cetrex system ad Recall drops calls, shorte the time. Valid Etries 01 through 80 (25 to 2000 msec. i 25 msec. icremets) 18 (450 msec.) 4 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the duratio of the Recall Timer sigal: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or 11. A display similar to the followig appears: Recall Timer Duratio msec 2. Eter a differet Recall Timer settig by pressig D or d. For example, to icrease the Recall Timer settig to 750 msec., press d util a display similar to the followig appears: Recall Timer Duratio msec Alteratively, you ca eter the settig umber directly. For example, to set the Recall timer to 750 msec., press Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

336 4. If you are usig Recall to access PBX or Cetrex features, test the ew Recall Timer settig: If a call is discoected, shorte the time. If the Recall sigal has o effect, legthe the time. Feature Referece 5-221

337 Restore Programmig (#125) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure eables you to reistate your system ad telephoe programmig (except the System Day, System Date, ad System Time) to the settigs saved o a PC Card at the last system backup (maual or automatic). This procedure is useful if your system settigs become corrupted, if you make chages ad decide you would rather use the former settigs, or if you replace your processor module ad wat to retai the system settigs you had o the previous processor module. A successful restore takes about five secods. NOTE: Whe a restore completes successfully, the Restore Complete message displays for two secods at idle extesios 10 ad 11, ad the a System Reset Programmig Saved (#728) occurs, discoectig ay calls i progress. It is recommeded that you war users before begiig a restore, or do the restore durig obusiess hours. Related Features Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) automatically saves your programmed settigs at regular itervals. Backup Programmig Maual (#124) is a maual procedure that you ca perform at ay time to back up your system ad telephoe programmig settigs. System Reset Programmig Saved (#728) automatically occurs followig a successful restore. The reset discoects ay calls i progress. Cosideratios If the restore is ot successful, the display shows Restore Failed or Restore Failed-Try Agai for two secods. All calls that were i progress are discoected ad all of the system ad telephoe programmig settigs revert to the default settigs. The PC Card i the PC Card slot must be a PARTNER ACS Backup/Restore PC Card, which ca be purchased from Lucet Techologies. PC Card Slot 2 is recommeded for the Backup/Restore PC Card; however, either slot ca be used. If the system detects Backup/Restore PC Cards i both slots whe a restore begis, the first slot is used ad the secod is igored Feature Referece

338 Valid Etries 1 = MAN. mmddyy 4 (where mmddyy = the moth, day, ad year) 2 = AUTO. mmddyy $&ma[v] Usig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To iitiate a restore: 1. If you have a Backup/Restore PC Card istalled, skip to Step 2. If you do ot have a PC Card istalled, refer to the PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios. 2. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or 11. The top lie of the display shows Sys Set Restore or System Settigs Restore. If o PC Card is preset i the PARTNER ACS processor module, the error message Isert Valid Card is displayed. Istall a ew PC Card usig the PARTNER ACS PC Card Istallatio Istructios. The repeat this procedure from Step 2. You must power dow the system before removig or isertig a Backup/Restore PC Card. You are prompted to choose the backup file you wat to use for the restore. The bottom lie of the display shows 1 MAN.mmddyy, where mmddyy represets the date of the maual backup o this card. 3. To chage to the file created by a automatic backup, press 2. The bottom lie of the display shows 2 AUTO.mmddyy,where mmddyy represets the date of the automatic backup o this card. NOTE: If the date of the file (AUTO. mmddyy or MAN. mmddyy) idicates that this is ot the file you iteded to use, refer to the istructio package with the PC Upgrade card for complete istructios o how to istall the Backup/Restore PC Card. NOTE: If the Backup/Restore PC Card is fresh from the factory, ad o backups have bee recorded o it yet, the fileames will be MAN.****** ad AUTO.******, respectively. You caot use these files for a restore; they will geerate the error message Empty File after you press e i Step Press e to start the restore. If the system detects a error before begiig the restore, the bottom lie of the display shows oe of the followig messages: Feature Referece 5-223

339 Isert Card or Isert Valid Card Bad File or Bad File - Try Agai Icompat Versio or Icompatible Versios Empty File (See Chapter 6, Troubleshootig, for more iformatio about these messages.) If the system does ot detect a error, the restore begis. Whe the restore has completed successfully, the bottom lie of the display shows Restore Complete for two secods. The the system resets itself, which meas that all calls i progress are discoected. You are o loger i System Programmig mode. If the restore is ot successful, the display shows Restore Failed or Restore Failed-Try Agai for two secods. All calls that were i progress are discoected ad all of the system ad telephoe programmig settigs revert to the default settigs. You are o loger i System Programmig mode. Try the restore agai Feature Referece

340 Rig o Trasfer (#119) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure lets you specify what callers hear while they are beig trasferred. If Rig o Trasfer is set to Active, callers hear rigig as they are beig trasferred; if it is set to Not Active, callers hear silece uless Music O Hold is activated ad a audio source is coected to the system. If this is the case, callers hear music while the call is beig trasferred to the destiatio extesio. Oce there, callers hear rigig util the call is aswered or it is set to the voice messagig system. Related Features If you have a audio source coected to the system, set Music O Hold (#602) to Active ad Rig o Trasfer to Not Active, so callers hear music as they are beig trasferred to the destiatio extesio. This procedure has o effect o Direct Extesio Dial or Call Park. Valid Etries 1 = Active 4 2 = Not Active Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage Rig o Trasfer: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Press D util the appropriate value displays. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-225

341 Rotary Dialig Timeout (#108) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure chages the legth of the Rotary Dialig Timeout. You may eed to chage the legth of the timeout if you have ay rotary lies ad you are havig trouble callig out o stadard touch-toe phoes. For example, if users dial slowly ad calls are ot completed or are coected to wrog umbers, legthe the timeout. Related Features Use this procedure oly if the Dial Mode (#201) for at least oe outside lie i the system is set to rotary. Cosideratios Do ot chage this settig uless the system is experiecig problems. Valid Etries 1 = 4 secods 2 = 8 secods 4 3 = 12 secods Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the legth of the Rotary Dialig Timeout: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Press D util the appropriate value displays. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

342 Save Number Redial (F04) Descriptio This feature is available oly o system phoes. This feature saves ito temporary memory the last outside umber (up to 28 digits) dialed from a extesio with a system phoe. Users ca use this feature to save a umber before they hag up o a busy or uaswered call. Oce saved, the umber ca be redialed at ay time. The umber stays i memory util a differet oe is saved. Related Features Ulike Last Number Redial, this feature lets the user make other calls before redialig the saved umber. System Speed Dial Numbers caot be saved usig this feature. A Save Number Redial umber ca begi with a star code; the system automatically iserts a delay based o the Star Code Dial Delay (#410) settig. Whe you automatically dial the umber displayed i the Caller ID Call Loggig ad Dialig feature, you ca save the umber usig the Save Number Redial feature. Cosideratios This feature redials all digits dialed o the outside call for which the feature was used, except accout codes. You ca program a Save Number Redial butto o a system phoe to access the feature with oe touch. If you do, you ca press the butto to save the umber ad press the butto later to redial the umber. You ca program this feature o more tha oe butto to save more tha oe umber. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-227

343 Usig To save a umber, from a system phoe, press the programmed butto or press f 0 4 after dialig the umber, but before hagig up. To redial a stored umber, press the programmed butto agai or press f 0 4 agai Feature Referece

344 Sed All Calls Descriptio You ca use the Call Coverage or VMS Cover with D o Not Disturb buttos to sed itercom ad trasferred calls ad outside calls o owed lies immediately to your voice mailbox. Related Features If Call Coverage is o ad a call that is eligible for coverage begis to rig, you ca tur o Do Not Disturb to sed that call ad ay subsequet calls immediately to the coverig extesio. This allows callers to receive coverage without waitig for the umber of rigs specified with Call Coverage Rigs (#116). If VMS Cover is o ad a call that is eligible for coverage begis to rig, you ca tur o Do Not Disturb to immediately sed that call ad subsequet calls to your voice mailbox. This allows callers to leave a message without waitig for the umber of rigs specified with VMS Cover Rigs (#117). If Call Coverage ad VMS Cover are both o, you ca tur o Do Not Disturb to sed that coverage call ad all subsequet calls immediately to the coverig extesio. If there is o aswer at the coverig extesio, the calls go to your voice mailbox after the umber of rigs specified with VMS Cover Rigs (#117). Use Lie Coverage Extesio (#208) to idetify a extesio as the ower of a specific outside lie. Usig To sed a covered call immediately to the coverig extesio: If Call Coverage is ot tured o, while the call is rigig, press the Call Coverage butto. The rigig call is set immediately to the coverig extesio; subsequet calls go to the coverig extesio after the specified umber of Call Coverage Rigs. If Call Coverage is tured o, press the Do Not Disturb butto. All Covered calls are set immediately to the coverig extesio util you tur off Do Not Disturb. To sed a call immediately to the voice messagig system: If VMS Cover is ot tured o, while the call is rigig, press the VMS Cover butto. The rigig call is set immediately to your voice mailbox; subsequet calls go to your voice mailbox after the specified umber of VMS Cover Rigs. Feature Referece 5-229

345 If VMS Cover is already tured o, press the Do Not Disturb butto. All covered calls are set immediately to the voice messagig system util you tur off Do Not Disturb. To sed covered calls immediately to coverage whe Call Coverage ad VMS Cover are both o, press Do Not Disturb. All calls go to the coverig extesio. If there is o aswer, the calls go to your voice mailbox Feature Referece

346 Simultaeous Pagig (I*70) Descriptio This feature accesses the loudspeaker pagig system, if you have oe coected to the system through the PAGE jack o the primary processor module, ad all of the idle systems phoes with speakers assiged to Callig Group 1. Related Features You must use Callig Group Extesios (#502) to idetify the extesios i Callig Group 1. Use Loudspeaker Pagig to make aoucemets oly over the loudspeaker pagig system. Cosideratios You ca program a Simultaeous Pagig butto o a system phoe to access with oe touch the loudspeaker pagig system ad idle system phoes with speakers i Callig Group 1. If the loudspeaker pagig system or Callig Group 1 is i use, a user attemptig to make a aoucemet hears a busy toe. If someoe aswers a loudspeaker page from a system phoe i Callig Group 1, the page becomes a itercom call. If some extesios i Callig Group 1 have stadard, MLC-6, or TrasTalk 9000-series phoes, those extesios are ot icluded i the simultaeous page (because they do ot have built-i speakers). Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Simultaeous Pagig butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press left i * Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-231

347 Usig System Phoe To make a aoucemet over the loudspeaker pagig system ad the idle system phoes with speakers i Callig Group 1: 1. Press the programmed butto or i * 7 0, the lift the hadset. 2. Speak ito the hadset. (To avoid feedback, do ot use the speakerphoe.) Your voice is heard through the loudspeaker pagig system ad the speakers of all idle system phoes i Callig Group 1. If your loudspeaker pagig system supports aoucemets to zoed areas, refer to the istructios packaged with the device to make zoed aoucemets. Stadard Phoe To make a aoucemet over the loudspeaker pagig system ad the idle system phoes with speakers i Callig Group 1: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial * Speak ito the hadset. Your voice is heard through the loudspeaker pagig system ad the speakers of all idle system phoes i Callig Group 1. For touch-toe phoes oly, if your loudspeaker pagig system supports aoucemets to zoed areas, refer to the istructios packaged with the device to make zoed aoucemets Feature Referece

348 SMDR Output Format (#610) Descriptio Call Reportig (ofte referred to as Statio Message Detail Recordig or SMDR) provides detailed trackig of telephoe usage i a prited report. This System Programmig procedure allows you to specify whether a maximum of 15 digits or 24 digits is prited for dialed umbers i the Number field o the call report. The loger field is useful for busiesses, such as law offices ad hotels, that eed to record may digits for outgoig calls for billig purposes. Before chagig to 24 digits, check the documetatio for your call accoutig device to verify that 24 digit output is supported. Related Features You ca use SMDR Record Type (#608) to specify the type of calls to be icluded o call reports. Whe you chage the output format, the legth of the Number field is adjusted for the ext call record that prits. To prit a ew header, use SMDR Top of Page (#609). If you use Automatic System Aswer or Direct Extesio Dial, you may wat to set SMDR Talk Time (#611) to Active to prit o call reports the time a user speds o a icomig outside call from the time the user aswers the call to the time the call is discoected from the system. Cosideratios This feature requires special hardware ad/or software. For more iformatio, see Call Reportig Devices (SMDR) o page If the output format is set to 15 digits ad a? prits as the last digit of a dialed umber o a call report (idicatig that the digits dialed exceed the 15 digits the Number field ca hold), you may wat to chage the output format to 24 digits. If the output format is set to 24 digits ad SMDR Talk Time (#611) is set to Active, the combied legth of the fields for a call record will be greater tha the 80 characters supported by most priters. If call records wrap aroud to the ext lie, reduce the fot size or icrease the characters-per-ich settig for the priter. If ecessary, chage the output format back to 15 digits. Valid Etries 1 = 15 Digits 4 2 = 24 Digits Feature Referece 5-233

349 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the maximum umber of digits for dialed umbers that ca prit o call reports: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Press D util the appropriate value displays. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

350 SMDR Record Type (#608) Descriptio Call Reportig (ofte referred to as Statio Message Detail Recordig or SMDR) provides detailed trackig of telephoe usage i a prited report. This System Programmig procedure allows you to specify whether all calls or outgoig calls oly are to be icluded o call reports. Related Features The date ad time that appear o call reports are determied by System Date (#101) ad System Time (#103). The call report page header prits i the Display Laguage (#303) specified for extesio 10. If Accout Code Etry (optioal or forced) is used to eter a accout code for a call (for example, to charge calls to specific departmets or projects), the accout code prits o the call report. If there are etries i the Forced Accout Code List (#409), oly valid accout codes ad ay other etered digits up to 16 prit o the call report. Marked System Speed Dial Numbers appear o the call report as F, where is the Speed Dial code. If you use Automatic System Aswer or Direct Extesio Dial, you may wat to set SMDR Talk Time (#611) to Active to prit o call reports the time a user speds o a icomig outside call from the time the user aswers the call to the time the call is discoected from the system. You ca use SMDR Output Format (#610) to idetify whether a maximum of 15 or 24 digits is prited for dialed umbers o the call report. For istructios o otifyig the system that the priter has bee aliged to the top of a ew page, see SMDR Top of Page (#609) o page If you use Caller ID, SMDR reports iclude the telephoe umbers of icomig calls. Cosideratios This feature requires special hardware ad/or software. For more iformatio, see Call Reportig Devices (SMDR) o page Valid Etries 1 = All Calls (outgoig ad icomig) 4 2 = Outgoig Oly Feature Referece 5-235

351 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To idetify the type of calls to iclude for call reportig: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Press D util the appropriate value displays. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

352 SMDR Talk Time (#611) Release 2.0 or Later Descriptio Call reportig (ofte referred to as M Statio Message Detail Recordig or SMDR) provides detailed trackig of telephoe usage i a prited report. This System Programmig procedure allows you to idicate whether or ot you wat to iclude a Talk field o call reports. The Talk field records talk time for all icomig outside calls. For Automatic System Aswer ad Direct Extesio Dial calls, talk time does ot iclude the time durig which the greetig plays or the time that the caller speds waitig for someoe to aswer the call. For all other calls, talk time is the same as call duratio. Related Features Talk time is most helpful for Automatic System Aswer or Direct Extesio Dial calls. You ca use SMDR Record Type (#608) to specify the type of calls to be icluded o call reports. You ca use SMDR Output Format (#610) to idetify whether a maximum of 15 digits or 24 digits is prited for dialed umbers o the call report. Whe you chage this feature to Active, the ext call record that prits icludes talk time as the last field o the call report. To prit a ew header, use SMDR Top of Page (#609). Cosideratios This feature requires special hardware ad/or software. For more iformatio, see Call Reportig Devices (SMDR) o page If talk time is set to Active ad SMDR Output Format (#610) is set to 24 digits, the combied legth of the fields for call record will be greater tha the 80 characters supported by most priters. If call records wrap aroud to the ext lie, reduce the fot size or icrease the characters-per-ich settig for the priter. If ecessary, chage the output format back to 15 digits. Valid Etries 1 = Active 2 = Not Active4 Feature Referece 5-237

353 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To iclude the Talk field o call reports: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # Press D util the appropriate value displays. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

354 SMDR Top of Page (#609) Descriptio Call Reportig (ofte referred to as Statio Message Detail Recordig or SMDR) provides detailed trackig of telephoe usage i a prited report. This System Programmig procedure otifies the system that the priter has bee aliged to the top of a ew page. Use this feature after isertig paper, clearig a jam, or to prit a ew header after chagig SMDR Output Format or SMDR Talk Time. Whe this feature is used, the system prits a ew call report header. Related Features You ca use SMDR Record Type (#608) to specify the type of calls to be icluded o call reports. You ca use SMDR Output Format (#610) to idetify whether a maximum of 15 or 24 digits is prited for dialed umbers o the call report. You ca set SMDR Talk Time (#611) to active to prit o call reports the time a user speds o a icomig outside call from the time the user aswers the call to the time the call is discoected from the system. You ca use Display Laguage (#303) to specify the laguage i which the call report page header should prit. Cosideratios This feature requires special hardware ad/or software. For more iformatio, see Call Reportig Devices (SMDR) o page This procedure is skipped i the sequece of programmig procedures whe cyclig. To use this procedure, eter the code directly. Usig 1. Make sure the paper i the priter is aliged at the top of a ew page. 2. Press f 0 0 s s # The system respods by pritig the call report page header. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-239

355 Special Dialig Fuctios Descriptio This feature lets you add special characters for System Speed Dial umbers, Persoal Speed Dial umbers, ad Auto Dial umbers, as follows: Fuctio Butto Display Descriptio Pause h P Iserts a 1.5-secod pause i the dialig sequece to wait for a respose, such as a dial toe or computer voice message. Recall S R Seds a timed switchhook flash eeded to alert the system o the other ed (such as a PBX or Cetrex system), ad to use some local telephoe compay custom callig features (such as Call Waitig). Use Recall oly as the first etry i a Auto Dial or Speed Dial umber. Stop! S Stops the dialig sequece util the Auto Dial butto or Speed Dial umber is used agai (for example, so the user ca eter additioal digits, such as a credit card umber or password). To cotiue, press the Auto Dial butto or f ad the two- or three-digit Speed Dial code. (Stop caot be programmed from a MLC-6 or a TrasTalk 9000-series phoe, sice it has o! butto.) Touch-Toe Eable & T Seds touch toes over a rotary lie, to electroic equipmet such as aswerig machies ad bak computers. Cosideratios Special characters caot be used whe dialig a umber maually. Examples Pause: To call a aswerig machie at , wait 4.5 secods, the dial 321 to retrieve messages, eter h h h Recall/Cetrex Feature Butto: The followig etry shows how to program a Auto Dial butto with a Cetrex feature that you use while o a call, for which the feature access code is *32. This example icludes a Recall sigal to sed a switchhook flash to the Cetrex system whe you Feature Referece

356 are already o a call. (You ca store a Recall sigal by pressig S, but oly if it is the first character stored.) It also icludes a 1.5-secod pause (which you isert by pressig h) to allow time to get a ew Cetrex dial toe: S h * 3 2. Stop: Your local bak-by-phoe service requires that you eter a password before the accout umber. To program a Persoal Speed Dial umber or a Auto Dial butto to call the bak at , iclude a stop for maually eterig the password, ad cotiue with the accout umber (679 88), eter ! Touch-Toe Eable: Your system is coected to rotary lies but you wat to call a aswerig machie at to retrieve messages. Sice the machie requires touch toes, eter &. All digits pressed durig the rest of the call are set as touch toes. O/Off Cetrex Feature Butto: To iclude both the activatio ad deactivatio codes for a Cetrex feature o the same butto, press! to iclude a stop betwee the two codes. For istace, if the code to activate a Cetrex feature is *30 ad the code to deactivate the feature is *31, store * 3 0! * 3 1 o the Auto Dial butto. The first time you press the Auto Dial butto, oly the umber before the stop is dialed (to activate the feature). Whe you press the butto agai, the rest of the stored umber is dialed (to deactivate the feature). Number Outside a PBX or Cetrex System: To store a umber that dials out of a PBX or Cetrex system, iclude a dial-out code i the Speed Dial umber. This etry, to dial the umber , icludes a dial-out code, a 1.5-secod pause, ad a toll call prefix of 1 for direct dialig (which may ot be required for your dialig area): 9 h Feature Referece 5-241

357 Star Code Dial Delay (#410) Descriptio Cetral Offices of some phoe compaies support the use of star codes before the dialed phoe umber to obtai special services; for example, i some areas, you ca dial *67 to prevet Caller ID iformatio from beig set to the called party. (Rotary phoes use 11 i place of the *.) Star Code Dial Delay (#410) is desiged to help prevet misdialig whe star codes are used. For iformatio about the star codes that your Cetral Office supports, cotact your local phoe compay. Restrictio Resettig If Star Code Dial Delay is Not Active, the system uses the ormal processig of restricted umbers: it checks, digit by digit, to see whether the umber is restricted. If the first digit dialed is a * ad is ot restricted, the call goes through without further checkig, sice it ca o loger match ay umber o the list. If Star Code Dial Delay is Active, the system permits star codes that meet the Bellcore stadard: 2-digit codes, where the first digit is 0, 1, or 4 9 ad the secod digit is 0 9 (for example *67, *70) 3-digit codes, where the first digit is 2 or 3, the secod digit is 0 9, ad the third digit is 0 9 (for example *210) Therefore, whe Star Code Dial Delay is Active, the system resets dialig restrictios after leadig star codes. The system checks the first two digits dialed. If the first digit is a * or the first two digits are 11, the system the checks whether the followig two or three digits are a star code. The digits that follow the star code are the compared agai to the restrictios. More tha oe star code ca be dialed at the begiig of a dialig sequece; the system s umber restrictios will still work properly, with restrictio-checkig resettig as ofte as ecessary. For example, *67* could be dialed to block Caller ID iformatio ad to tur off Call Waitig; the system would still check to see whether the umber is restricted. Secod Dial Toe After a star code is dialed, some Cetral Offices respod by providig a secod dial toe as a prompt for the caller to eter more digits. Usually the secod dial toe is provided immediately, but if the toe is delayed, the caller should wait for the dial toe before cotiuig to dial. The system may ot recogize the umbers dialed before the secod dial toe, which may cause the call to be misrouted. You ca use the Star Code Dial Delay settig to force a delay i Auto Dialed calls after the star code, so that the system waits to dial the rest of the digits util the Feature Referece

358 secod dial toe begis. You ca program a automatic pause of 0 to 5 secods after each star code that is autodialed, whether from a touch-toe or a rotary phoe. Related Features You ca iclude star codes i Allowed Phoe Number Lists ad Disallowed Phoe Number Lists. Star Code Dial Delay settigs apply to Auto Dialig, Last Number Redial, Persoal Speed Dial Numbers, Save Number Redial, ad System Speed Dial Numbers. If Dial Mode (#201) is set to Rotary, star codes are etered by dialig 11 istead of *. If you have users at extesios with Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) set to Local Oly who are callig out o lies with the Dial Mode (#201) set to Rotary, you should add 11 to a Allowed Phoe Numbers List (#407) ad assig the list to these extesios. Otherwise, whe the users at the restricted extesios dial 1 to begi a star code, the system iterprets this as a attempt to place a log-distace call, the call is blocked, ad the user hears the reorder toe. System Speed Dial Numbers ca begi with a star code; the system automatically iserts a delay based o the Star Code Dial Delay (#410) settig. To program, eter a Pause followed by the star code ad the phoe umber. For example, press h* A Marked System Speed Dial umber ca also begi with a star code. To eter it, press * followed by the star code ad the phoe umber. For example, press ** Cosideratios The Star Code Dial Delay is ot iserted i maually dialed umbers. If your Cetral Office provides the secod dial toe immediately, you do ot eed the delay provided by Star Code Dial Delay. I this case, choose the 0 settig to eable restrictio checkig but avoid the delay. Valid Etries 0 = 0 Secods Delay 4 1 = 1 Secod Delay 2 = 2 Secods Delay 3=3 Secods Delay 4 = 4 Secods Delay 5 = 5 Secods Delay 6 = 6 Not Active Feature Referece 5-243

359 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Star Code Dial Delay settig: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or 11. The curret settig is displayed. 2. Press the umber o the dialpad for the settig you wat (see Valid Etries, above), or press D or d util the correct settig is displayed. 3. To retur to the default settig, press r. 4. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

360 Statio Lock (F21) Descriptio This feature is available oly o system ad stadard touch-toe phoes. This feature lets users eter a four-digit code o their telephoe dialpad to lock their extesio. Later, the user eters the idetical code to ulock the extesio. Statio Lock helps to prevet uauthorized people from makig outside calls from these extesios. You should recommed that users lock their extesios wheever they leave their desks for exteded periods of time. Related Features All outside umbers except Marked System Speed Dial Numbers ad umbers o the Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406) are restricted from locked extesios. If a user forgets the code, use Statio Ulock to ulock the extesio. Do ot lock Exteral Hotlie extesios. Statio Lock returs to the status (o/off) it was i before a power failure occurred or System Reset (#728) was used. You caot use the Caller ID Call Loggig ad Dialig feature whe your extesio is locked. Cosideratios You ca program a Statio Lock butto o a system phoe. A butto with lights is recommeded, so the user ca quickly determie whether or ot the extesio is locked. Users ca eter a differet code each time they lock their extesio. A user at a locked extesio ca make itercom calls ad ca receive itercom ad outside calls. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Statio Lock butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press f 2 1. Feature Referece 5-245

361 5. Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe You ca lock a extesio whe the phoe is idle or while active o a itercom or outside call usig the hadset or speakerphoe. 1. Press the Statio Lock butto or press f 2 1. O a programmed butto with lights, the gree light flashes. 2. Eter a four-digit code usig digits Re-eter the four-digit code. If the code etered i Step 3 matches the code etered i Step 2, the extesio is locked. O a butto with lights, the gree light chages to o steady. O a display phoe, the display shows P14J20 **** J0. If the code etered i Step 3 does ot match the code etered i Step 2, the extesio remais ulocked. O a butto with lights, the gree light turs off. Repeat the lockig procedure o the previous page. To ulock a locked extesio: 1. Press the Statio Lock butto or press f 2 1. O a programmed butto with lights, the gree light flashes. 2. Eter the four-digit code that you used to lock the extesio. If the code etered i Step 2 matches the code used to lock the extesio, the extesio is ulocked. O a butto with lights, the gree light turs off. If the code etered i Step 2 does ot match the code used to lock the extesio, the extesio remais locked. O a butto with lights, the gree light remais o steady. Repeat the ulockig procedure above. Stadard Phoe To lock a stadard touch-toe phoe: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Press # 2 1. You hear itercom dial toe agai. 3. Eter a four-digit code usig digits 0 9. You hear itercom dial toe agai. 4. Re-eter the four-digit code. If the code etered i Step 4 matches the code etered i Step 3, you hear silece. The extesio is locked Feature Referece

362 If the code etered i Step 4 does ot match the code etered i Step 3, you hear fast busy toe ad the extesio remais ulocked. Repeat the lockig procedure above. To ulock a stadard touch-toe phoe: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Press # 2 1. You hear itercom dial toe agai. 3. Eter the four-digit code that you used to lock the extesio. You hear itercom dial toe agai. If the code etered i Step 3 matches the code used to lock the extesio, you hear silece ad the extesio is ulocked. If the code etered i Step 3 does ot match the code used to lock the extesio, you hear fast busy toe ad the extesio remais locked. Repeat the ulockig procedure above. Feature Referece 5-247

363 Statio Ulock (F22) Descriptio This feature is available oly at extesio 10 or 11. This feature lets you ulock a specific user s locked extesio. Use this feature whe a user forgets the code he or she used to lock the extesio. Related Features Use Statio Lock to lock ad ulock from a extesio. Cosideratios It is recommeded that you do ot program this feature o a butto. Usig System Phoe From extesio 10 or 11 oly: 1. Press f Dial the extesio umber or use a Auto Dial or Maual Sigalig butto for the extesio that you wat to ulock. The extesio is ulocked. If that extesio used a Statio Lock butto with lights to activate the feature, the gree light goes off. Stadard Phoe From extesio 10 or 11 oly: 1. Lift the hadset. You hear the itercom dial toe. 2. Press # Dial the umber of the extesio that you wat to ulock. The extesio is ulocked Feature Referece

364 System Date (#101) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure sets the moth, day, ad year. The system displays oly the moth ad day o display phoes whe the phoe is idle; the moth, day, ad year prit o SMDR call reports. Related Features The System Date is used to date-stamp the backup files whe you use Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) ad Backup Programmig Maual (#124). Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) uses the System Date to schedule the automatic backups. Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) ad Backup Programmig Maual (#124) do ot backup the System Date. Restore Programmig (#125) does ot restore the System Date. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the System Date: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter today s date i the form mmddyy (moth, day, ad year), icludig leadig zeros for sigle-digit moths or days. For example, to eter April 26, 1997, press A display similar to the followig appears: System Date Data Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-249

365 System Day (#102) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure sets the day of the week that appears o system display phoes. Related Features Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) ad Backup Programmig Maual (#124) do ot backup up the System Day. Restore Programmig (#125) does ot restore the System Day. Cosideratios Be sure that the System Day is set correctly before usig backup or restore procedures. Valid Etries 1 = Suday 4 2 = Moday 3 = Tuesday 4 = Wedesday 5 = Thursday 6 = Friday 7 = Saturday Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the System Day: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Chage the day by eterig a ew settig umber as listed i Valid Etries above. For example, to set the day to Tuesday, press D util the display reads: System Day 3 Tuesday 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

366 System Password (#403) Descriptio Related Features Programmig This feature is available oly o PARTNER- ad MLS-model phoes. This System Programmig procedure defies a four-digit password that users ca eter from PARTNER- ad MLS-model phoes to override dialig restrictios (if the extesio has access to a outside lie). The password overrides all dialig restrictios except Lie Access Restrictio (#302) ad Pool Access Restrictio (#315). Oce a password is programmed, you must eter it to tur Night Service o ad off. Additioally, if Night Service is o, users i the Night Service Group must eter the password to make ay outgoig calls (except calls to umbers o the Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406) ad Marked System Speed Dial Numbers). Dialig restrictios for extesios ot i the Night Service Group remai the same as durig ormal daytime operatio. (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) Usig To program a System Password: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or 11. A display similar to the followig appears: Set System Password Data Eter a four-digit password or press r to delete the existig password. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. 1. Before liftig the hadset or turig o the speaker at a PARTNER- or MLS-model phoe, press h. 2. Eter the password. The System Password does ot appear o display phoes. 3. Press a outside lie butto (or press i 8 ad a two-digit lie umber) or a pool butto (or press i ad a three-digit access code) ad lift the hadset. 4. Dial the umber. The password is i effect util you hag up the phoe. Feature Referece 5-251

367 System Release Status (F59) Descriptio Whe callig for customer support, you eed to kow the release level of your system. This feature eables you to determie that iformatio at ay system display phoe. A display similar to the followig appears: P ACS R1.0 C01 This message idicates that this is Release 1.0 of the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System. The C01 represets the coutry code. Usig To use this feature, press f 5 9 at ay system display phoe. The system release message replaces the default iformatio o the top lie of the telephoe display for 15 secods Feature Referece

368 System Reset Programmig Saved (#728) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure resets the system while retaiig the curretly programmed settigs. Reset the system oly whe advised to do so by techical support persoel. Related Features After a power failure or system reset: Automatic System Aswer Butto (#111), Direct Extesio Dial Butto (#113), Night Service Butto (#503) ad Statio Lock retur to the status (o or off) that they were i immediately prior to the power failure or system reset. The VMS Cover butto ad Privacy butto retur to the status (o or off) determied by the programmed settig of Automatic VMS Cover (#310) ad Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304), respectively. For example, If Automatic Extesio Privacy is Assiged ad the Privacy butto is o whe a system reset occurs, the Privacy butto will be o agai after the system reset. However, if Automatic Extesio Privacy is Not Assiged ad the Privacy butto is o whe a system reset occurs, the Privacy butto will be off after the system reset. All other active features at a extesio are reset to the default settigs. For example, if a extesio has calls forwarded to aother extesio, resettig the system turs off Call Forwardig (if the feature is programmed o a butto with lights, the reset also turs off the light for the Call Forwardig butto). A successful use of Restore Programmig (#125) causes a System Reset Programmig Saved (#728) to occur. The iformatio stored i the Save Number Redial (F04) ad the Last Number Redial (F05) buffers is lost whe a System Reset Programmig Saved (#728) occurs. Cosideratios Resettig the system discoects all active calls. This procedure is skipped i the sequece of programmig procedures whe cyclig. To use this procedure, eter the code directly. The system reset begis immediately ad takes oly a few secods. You caot iterrupt the reset process or use ay telephoes i the system durig the reset process. Feature Referece 5-253

369 All of the system ad telephoe programmig settigs that were i effect before the power failure or dow period are retaied (except those metioed i the Related Features sectio above); they do ot revert to the default settigs. Usig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To reset the system, press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or 11. A display similar to the followig appears: Reset - Save All Whe the reset is completed, the system is o loger i Programmig Mode ad the date ad time appear o the display Feature Referece

370 System Speed Dial Numbers Descriptio This feature lets you program a list of up to 100 frequetly-dialed umbers for the system. Ayoe o the system ca dial a System Speed Dial umber by pressig f (or # at itercom dial toe o a stadard phoe) ad the three-digit code from 600 through 699. You ca mark System Speed Dial umbers to override dialig restrictios. Related Features System Speed Dialig, which lets users dial a umber by pressig four buttos, is differet from Auto Dialig, which lets users dial a umber by pressig a sigle butto. For istructios o eterig special characters (such as Pause) i a umber, see Special Dialig Fuctios o page Idividuals ca have up to 20 additioal Persoal Speed Dial Numbers for use o their ow phoes. You ca store accout codes as System Speed Dial umbers for use with the Accout Code Etry feature. A System Speed Dial umber ca begi with a star code; the system automatically iserts a delay based o the Star Code Dial Delay (#410) settig. To program, eter a Pause followed by the star code ad the phoe umber. (For example, press h* ) Cosideratios To program System Speed Dial umbers that override dialig restrictios, mark them by eterig a star * before the phoe umber. Note that Marked System Speed Dial Numbers appear o the SMDR call report as F, where is the Speed Dial code. For more iformatio about SMDR, see Call Reports o page A Marked System Speed Dial umber ca begi with a star code. To eter it, press * followed by the star code ad the phoe umber. (For example, press ** ) System Speed Dial codes caot be programmed o Auto Dial buttos. System Speed Dial umbers ca be programmed oly from extesio 10 or 11, but ca be used from ay extesio. Refer to a completed System Speed Dial form for the list of umbers to be programmed. After programmig the umbers, distribute a copy of the completed form to users. See Appedix D for a blak form. Feature Referece 5-255

371 If the system is coected to a PBX or Cetrex system ad a dial-out code (usually 9) is eeded to place calls outside the PBX or Cetrex system, iclude the dial-out code ad oe or more pauses (if available) i Speed Dial umbers that must dial out of the PBX or Cetrex system. If you program 911 or other emergecy umbers as Speed Dial umbers ad wat to place test calls, you should: 1) perform such activities i the off-peak hours, such as early morig or late eveig ad 2) remai o the lie ad briefly explai to the dispatcher the reaso for the call before hagig up. You ca use multiple Auto Dial buttos ad Speed Dial umbers durig the course of a sigle call. For example, you ca use a Auto Dial butto or Speed Dial umber to dial the Accout Code Etry feature code, ad aother Speed Dial umber to dial the accout code. Valid Etries Ay phoe umber up to 28 characters cosistig of the digits 0 9, *, #, ad special dialig fuctios that you ca access by pressig h (Pause),! (Stop), S (Recall), ad & (Touch-Toe Eable) assiged to codes 600 through 699 No umber assiged to ay code 4 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program System Speed Dial umbers: 1. Press f 0 0 at extesio 10 or 11. A display similar to the followig appears: PROGRAM EXTENSION Select a three-digit code by pressig f ad dialig three digits betwee 600 ad 699. For example, to select code 600, press f If a umber is assiged already to the code, the umber appears o the display. If o umber is assiged to the code, the display reads: Blak 3. Eter the umber. For example, to program , press The followig display appears: To mark the System Speed Dial umber to override dialig restrictios, precede the umber by a *. For example, to mark the umber , press * The followig display appears: * At this poit: Feature Referece

372 To program aother System Speed Dial umber, start from Step 2. To program over a existig umber, eter the ew umber after selectig the three-digit code. To remove a System Speed Dial umber, eter the umber s three-digit code ad press! oce. 5. Press f 0 0 to exit programmig mode. Usig System Phoe You ca lift the hadset or press S before dialig: 1. If you wat to call o a specific lie, press the lie butto (or press i 8 ad the two-digit lie umber).if you wat to call o a lie i a specific pool at a pooled extesio, press the pool butto (or press i ad dial the three digit pool access code 880, 881,882, or 883). 2. Press f. 3. Dial the three-digit System Speed Dial code ( ). If you did ot specify a outside lie or pool, the system automatically selects oe, turs o the speaker if the hadset is i the cradle, ad dials the umber. The umber beig dialed shows o a display phoe uless it is a Marked System Speed Dial umber. Stadard Phoe 1. Lift the hadset. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Press #. 3. Dial the three-digit System Speed Dial code ( ). The system automatically selects a outside lie ad dials the umber. Feature Referece 5-257

373 System Time (#103) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure sets the time that appears o system display phoes. Related Features Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) uses the System Time to schedule the automatic backups. Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) ad Backup Programmig Maual (#124) do ot backup the System Time. Restore Programmig (#125) does ot restore the System Time. Cosideratios Be sure that the System Time is set correctly before usig backup or restore procedures. Eter the time i 24-hour otatio. I this scheme, the hours of the day are 0000 (12 midight) to 2359 (11:59 p.m.). Sice each time must have four digits, use leadig zeros whe ecessary. For example, to set the time to 9:00 a.m., eter For 4:45 p.m., eter The time appears o system display phoes as a.m. or p.m. (ot i 24-hour otatio). Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the System Time: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # 1 03 at extesio 10 or Eter a ew time i 24-hour otatio. For example, to set the time to 2:15 p.m., press A display similar to the followig appears: System Time Data 1415 This time appears o system display phoes as 2:15 p. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

374 Toll Call Prefix (#402) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure idicates whether users must dial a 0 or 1 before the area code to make a log-distace call, or just the area code ad umber. This feature should be set to reflect the dialig patters of your local telephoe compay. Related Features This procedure affects the operatio of dialig restrictios ad permissios. For more iformatio, see Allowed Phoe Number Lists (#407) o page 5-13, Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404) o page 5-109, ad Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406) o page Valid Etries 1 = 0 or 1 required before Area Code ad Number 4 2 = Area Code ad Number Oly Program (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Toll Call Prefix settig: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Press D util the appropriate value displays. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-259

375 Touch-Toe Eable (F08) Descriptio This feature is available oly o system phoes. This feature lets a system phoe user sed touch-toe sigals o a outside call over a rotary lie. For example, a user may eed to dial touch-toe digits while o a call to a bak-by-phoe service. Related Procedures You must use Dial Mode (#201) to idetify rotary lies to the system. To activate this feature from withi a umber stored o a Auto Dial butto or as part of a Speed Dial umber, press & whe storig the umber see Special Dialig Fuctios o page Cosideratios This feature is eeded oly whe dialig o a rotary lie. Use Touch-Toe Eable oly after a call is coected. For example, use this feature after dialig a bak-by-phoe service that requires you to dial touch-toe digits. You ca program a Touch-Toe Eable butto o a system phoe to tur o Touch-Toe Eable with oe touch. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Touch-Toe Eable butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig From a system phoe, press the programmed butto or press f 0 8 whe you eed to eter touch-toe digits. Touch-Toe Eable stays i effect util you hag up Feature Referece

376 Trasfer Retur Extesio (#306) Descriptio By default, trasferred calls retur to the origiatig extesio if they are ot aswered. This System Programmig procedure ca be used to idetify a differet retur extesio for the extesio that trasfers a call. Related Features You ca use Trasfer Retur Rigs (#105) to defie the umber of times all system extesios should rig with trasferred calls before they retur to their trasfer retur extesios. The trasfer retur extesio for ay extesios associated with auto attedat or voice messagig system hardware should be extesio 10 (or aother extesio with a perso who ca assist the caller). AA Extesios (#607) is used to idetify the extesios associated with auto attedat hardware ad Hut Group Extesios (#505) is used to idetify the extesios associated with voice messagig system hardware. If a extesio has VMS Cover active, uaswered calls to that extesio are routed to the voice messagig system rather tha to the trasfer retur extesio. For trasferred calls that are set to a coverig extesio with Call Coverage: if the coverig extesio does ot aswer withi the specified umber of Call Coverage Rigs (#116), the call rigs the specified umber of Trasfer Retur Rigs (#105) before it trasfer returs. If the coverig extesio has Do Not Disturb active, the call rigs oe more time after the specified umber of Call Coverage Rigs (#116) before it trasfer returs. Cosideratios A uaswered trasferred call returs to the trasfer retur extesio idetified for the extesio trasferrig the call, ot the extesio receivig the call. Do ot desigate a extesio associated with auto attedat or voice messagig system hardware as the trasfer retur extesio for ay user extesio. Trasfer retur calls do ot receive call coverage or voice mail coverage. Valid Etries Extesio trasferrig call 4 Ay extesio other tha the oe trasferrig the call Feature Referece 5-261

377 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Trasfer Retur Extesio for a specific extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Dial the umber of the origiatig extesio. 3. Dial the umber of the extesio to which the call should retur if it is ot aswered. 4. To program aother extesio, press or p util the extesio umber shows o the display. Repeat Step Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

378 Trasfer Retur Rigs (#105) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure, which applies to all system extesios, defies the umber of times a trasferred call rigs before it goes to the trasfer retur extesio. Related Features By default, trasferred calls retur to the origiatig extesio if they are ot aswered. You ca use Trasfer Retur Extesio (#306) to specify a differet retur extesio for the extesio that trasfers a call. If you program Hut Group Extesios (#505), make sure this settig is four or more rigs. This settig allows the call to cotiue hutig to other group extesios if it is ot aswered by the first group extesio where it rigs. If a extesio has VMS Cover active, uaswered calls to that extesio are routed to the voice messagig system rather tha to the trasfer retur extesio. For trasferred calls that are set to a coverig extesio with Call Coverage: if the coverig extesio does ot aswer withi the specified umber of Call Coverage Rigs (#116), the call rigs the specified umber of Trasfer Retur Rigs (#105) before it trasfer returs. If the coverig extesio has Do Not Disturb active, the call rigs oe more time after the specified umber of Call Coverage Rigs (#116) before it trasfer returs. Cosideratios If you have a fax machie or a aswerig machie coected to the system, set Trasfer Retur Rigs to a umber greater tha the umber of rigs at which these devices aswer. Doig so prevets a call trasferred to a fax or aswerig machie from returig before it is aswered. The system does ot start coutig the umber of rigs for a trasferred call (to determie whe it goes to the trasfer retur extesio if it is ot aswered) util the trasfer origiator hags up. Valid Etries 0 9 (0 rigs = o retur) 4 4 Feature Referece 5-263

379 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the umber of times a trasferred call rigs before returig to the trasfer retur extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter a settig (0 9). For example, to set a Trasfer Retur of 5 rigs, press D util a display similar to the followig appears: Trasfer Retur 5 Rigs 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

380 Trasferrig Calls Descriptio This sectio explais how to trasfer calls usig the & butto o a system phoe or the switchhook o a stadard phoe. Trasferrig a call lets users pass a call from oe extesio to aother. Users ca trasfer both outside calls ad itercom calls to other extesios. Related Features To trasfer calls to a extesio with a sigle touch, you ca program the extesio umber o a Auto Dial butto see Auto Dialig o page To trasfer calls to a extesio for which you have a Maual Sigalig butto, press & before pressig the Maual Sigalig butto. While a call is beig trasferred, the caller hears rigig if Rig o Trasfer (#119) is Active. If it is Not Active ad Music O Hold (#602) is Active ad a audio source is coected to the system, the caller hears music-o-hold while the call is beig trasferred to the destiatio extesio. If Music O Hold is Not Active ad Rig o Trasfer (#119) is Not Active, the caller hears silece. The system is factory-set to retur a trasferred call, after it rigs four times at the destiatio extesio, to the extesio that trasferred it. You ca use Trasfer Retur Rigs (#105) to chage the umber of rigs for all system extesios. You ca use Trasfer Retur Extesio (#306) to program a differet extesio to which uaswered calls from a particular extesio should retur. If users trasfer a call, Caller ID iformatio (if it is available) is passed to the destiatio extesio. If you have a voice messagig system, you ca use Voice Mailbox Trasfer to trasfer a caller directly to a subscriber s voice mailbox. A extesio programmed with Call Waitig (#316) caot trasfer either of two active calls. Cosideratios Whe you press &, the call is put o hold ad its associated gree light wiks. A trasferred call appears o the destiatio extesio s itercom butto uless the destiatio extesio has a lie butto for the lie o which the call was received. Feature Referece 5-265

381 Whe a call you trasferred is aswered, if you bega the call o a idividual lie, the red light goes o ext to the lie butto goes o; if you bega the call o a lie i a pool, the call o loger appears o your phoe. If you trasfer a call to a extesio for which you have a Auto Dial butto ad the call is uaswered, the gree light ext to the Auto Dial butto flutters whe the call returs to your extesio. Calls ca be trasferred to Callig Groups ad Hut Groups. Hut Group calls do ot Trasfer Retur if the call is ot aswered ad if Trasfer Retur Rigs (#105) is set to 4 or more rigs. Whe you trasfer a call from a display phoe, the umber to which you are trasferrig the call briefly appears o the display. If a trasferred call is uaswered, the umber of the extesio that is returig the trasferred call also appears o display phoes. If you are usig the system behid a PBX or Cetrex system, the PBX or Cetrex system may iclude a call trasfer feature that lets you trasfer a call to aother Cetrex extesio, so that the lie o which the call came i is free to place ad receive other calls. However, to use Cetrex trasfer, you must be able to dial the extesio directly usig the Cetrex extesio umber; if a Cetrex lie is shared by several extesios, you caot use Cetrex trasfer to direct the call to a specific extesio. For more iformatio about such features, see the documetatio for your PBX or Cetrex system. (Whe your Cetrex or PBX documetatio tells you to use a switchhook flash, use the system Recall feature istead.) O a system phoe, a trasferred call rigs with a itercom rig (rig BEEP) util the origiator hags up, the it chages to a trasfer rig (rig BEEP BEEP). O a stadard phoe, a trasferred call rigs with a itercom rig (rig rig) util the origiator hags up, the it chages to a trasfer rig (rig rig rig). How to Trasfer a Call System Phoe To pass a call to aother extesio: 1. While active o the call, press &. The call is put o hold ad you hear itercom dial toe. The gree light ext to the lie or pool butto wiks. 2. Dial the extesio umber (or 7 7 ad a Hut Group umber or 7 ad a Callig Group umber) to which you wat the call trasferred. 3. Whe someoe aswers, aouce the call, the hag up. If o oe aswers or the call is refused, press the lie or pool butto ext to the wikig gree light to recoect to the caller Feature Referece

382 If you do ot wish to aouce the call, hag up as soo as you hear rigig (after Step 2 above). If o oe aswers, the call rigs back at your extesio (uless a differet trasfer retur extesio is programmed for your extesio) lift the hadset ad you are recoected to the caller. To make a voice-sigaled trasfer to a system phoe, i Step 2 of the procedure o the previous page, press * plus the two-digit extesio umber. The liste for oe of the followig resposes: If you hear oe beep, you have reached a idle system phoe. You ca speak after the beep. Your voice is heard through the other extesio s speaker. If o oe aswers or the call is refused, press the lie or pool butto ext to the wikig gree light to recoect to the caller. If the call is accepted, hag up. If you hear two beeps, you have reached a busy system phoe with Voice Iterrupt O Busy Assiged. You ca speak after the beeps. Your voice is heard through the recipiet s hadset or speaker. Be aware that the third party to whom the recipiet is speakig probably also will hear the two beeps ad the fait soud of your voice. Be brief ad discreet i your iterruptio. If the recipiet has a Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto, wait for a respose. If the call is accepted, hag up to complete the trasfer. The call rigs at the recipiet s extesio. If the call is refused, press the lie or pool butto ext to the wikig gree light to recoect to the caller. If you hear rigig, you have reached a stadard phoe, a idle MLC-6 or TrasTalk 9000-series phoe, or a busy system phoe with Voice Iterrupt O Busy Not Assiged. Whe someoe aswers, aouce the call, the hag up. If o oe aswers or the call is refused, press the lie or pool butto ext to the wikig gree light to recoect to the caller. To trasfer a call with oe butto touch: While o a call, press the Auto Dial butto programmed for the extesio, or the Hut Group or Callig Group butto for the group, to which you wat to trasfer the call. (There is o eed to press & or ; this takes the place of Steps 1 ad 2 i the procedure o the previous page.) For a extesio that has a system phoe, you ca program * plus the extesio umber o the Auto Dial butto, so you ca aouce the calls whe you trasfer them. Stadard Phoe To pass a call to aother extesio: 1. While o a call, press the switchhook dow oce rapidly. You hear itercom dial toe. 2. Dial the extesio umber (or 7 7 ad a Hut Group umber or 7 ad a Callig Group umber) to which you wat the call trasferred. Feature Referece 5-267

383 3. Whe someoe aswers, aouce the call, the hag up. If o oe aswers or the call is refused, press the switchhook agai to recoect to the caller. If you do ot wish to aouce the call, hag up as soo as you hear rigig (after Step 2 above). If o oe aswers, the call rigs back at your extesio (uless a differet trasfer retur extesio is programmed for your extesio) lift the hadset ad you are recoected to the caller. To make a voice-sigaled trasfer to a system phoe, i Step 2 above press * plus the two-digit extesio umber. The liste for oe of the followig resposes: If you hear oe beep, you have reached a idle system phoe. You ca speak after the beep. Your voice is heard through the other extesio s speaker. If o oe aswers or the call is refused, press the switchhook agai to recoect to the caller. If the call is accepted, hag up. If you hear two beeps, you have reached a busy system phoe with Voice iterrupt O Busy Assiged. You ca speak after the beeps. Your voice is heard through the recipiet s hadset or speaker. Be aware that the third party to whom the recipiet is speakig probably also will hear the two beeps ad the fait soud of your voice. Be brief ad discreet i your iterruptio. If the recipiet has a Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto, wait for a respose. If the call is accepted, hag up to complete the trasfer. The call rigs at the recipiet s extesio. If the call is refused, press the switchhook agai to recoect to the caller. If you hear rigig, you have reached a stadard phoe, a idle MLC-6 or TrasTalk 9000-series phoe, or a busy system phoe with Voice Iterrupt O Busy Not Assiged. Whe someoe aswers, aouce the call, the hag up. If o oe aswers or the call is refused, press the switchhook agai to recoect to the caller Feature Referece

384 VMS Cover (F15) Descriptio This feature applies oly if you have a voice messagig system. It is available oly o system phoes. This feature lets system phoe users press a programmed butto to tur VMS Cover o ad off, routig uaswered itercom ad trasferred calls for their extesio to the Call Aswer Service of the voice messagig system after the specified umber of rigs (factory settig is three rigs). Related Features If Automatic VMS Cover (#310) is Assiged to a extesio, that extesio ormally is covered by the voice messagig system. For greater flexibility, the user ca use this feature to program a VMS Cover butto to tur coverage o ad off as eeded. Oce a VMS Cover butto is programmed, the user must use the butto to tur VMS Cover o ad off eve though Automatic VMS Cover (#310) is Assiged. VMS Cover also applies to outside calls o lies assiged owership with Lie Coverage Extesio (#208). Use VMS Cover Rigs (#117) to chage the umber of times itercom ad trasferred calls or outside calls o lies assiged owership rig at extesios before they are set to the voice messagig system. A user ca tur o VMS Cover while a call is rigig to sed that call immediately to his or her voice mailbox. See Sed All Calls o page Users with VMS Cover already tured o ca activate Do Not Disturb to Sed All Calls immediately to their voice mailbox. If a extesio has VMS Cover ad Call Coverage active, calls rig at the coverig extesio for the specified umber of Call Coverage Rigs (#116). If the coverig extesio does ot aswer, the call is routed to the voice mailbox of the extesio that activated Call Coverage after the specified umber of VMS cover rigs. If a extesio has VMS Cover ad Call Forwardig active, calls rig at the call forwardig destiatio extesio; they are ot covered by the voice messagig system. Cosideratios This feature must be programmed o a butto with lights. This feature does ot apply to coverage calls, forwarded calls, group calls, parked calls, trasfer-retur calls, Voice Iterrupt o Busy calls, or voice-sigaled calls. Feature Referece 5-269

385 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a VMS Cover butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto with lights. 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig From a system phoe, press the programmed butto to tur VMS Cover o; press it agai to tur it off. Use the butto like a switch whe the light is o, VMS Cover is o ad your uaswered itercom ad trasferred calls or outside calls o lies assiged owership go to your voice mailbox after the specified umber of VMS Cover Rigs. If you tur o VMS Cover while a call is rigig, the call is set immediately to your voice mailbox. If VMS Cover is already o ad a call begis to rig, you ca tur o Do Not Disturb to sed that call ad ay subsequet calls immediately to your voice mailbox Feature Referece

386 VMS Cover Rigs (#117) Descriptio This feature applies oly if you have a voice messagig system. This System Programmig procedure, which applies to all system extesios programmed for VMS Cover, defies the umber of times a call rigs before it is set to a user s voice mailbox. Related Features VMS Cover also applies to lies that have bee desigated a ower with Lie Coverage Extesio (#208). If a extesio has VMS Cover or Automatic VMS Cover (#310) active, uaswered calls to that extesio are routed to the voice messagig system after the specified umber of VMS Cover Rigs. Valid Etries Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the umber of times calls rig before beig set to the voice messagig system: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter a settig (1 9). For example, to set VMS Cover Rigs to 4, press D or d util a display similar to the followig appears: VMS Cover Rigs 4 Rigs 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-271

387 VMS Hut Delay (#506) Descriptio This feature applies oly if you have a voice messagig system. This System Programmig procedure determies whe outside calls should be aswered by the Automated Attedat Service of the voice messagig system. You ca set the system for either immediate call hadlig (after the secod rig) or delayed call hadlig (after the fourth rig). Delayed call hadlig gives the receptioist a opportuity to aswer calls before they go to the Automated Attedat Service. Related Features You must use Group Call Distributio (#206) to assig lies to Hut Group 7. You must use Hut Group Extesios (#505) to assig the extesios associated with the voice messagig system hardware to Hut Group 7. Valid Etries 1 = Immediate 4 2 = Delayed Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the VMS Hut Delay settig for the voice messagig system s Automated Attedat service: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Press D util the appropriate value displays. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

388 VMS Hut Schedule (#507) Descriptio Voice mail This feature applies oly if you have a voice messagig system. This System Programmig procedure determies whether the outside lies assiged to Hut Group 7 hut through the VMS Hut Group all the time, oly durig Day operatio (Night Service is off), or oly durig Night operatio (Night Service is o). This feature affects oly the Automated Attedat Service of the voice messagig system. Related Features You must use Group Call Distributio (#206) to assig lies to Hut Group 7. You must use Hut Group Extesios (#505) to assig the extesios associated with the voice messagig system hardware to Hut Group 7. If you set the VMS Hut Schedule for Day Oly or Night Oly, you must use Night Service Butto (#503) to program a Night Service butto for extesio 10. Valid Etries 1 = Always 4 2 = Day Oly 3 = Night Oly Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the VMS Hut Schedule settig for the voice messagig system s Automated Attedat Service: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Press D util the appropriate value displays. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Feature Referece 5-273

389 Voice Iterrupt O Busy (#312) Descriptio This feature is available oly o system phoes. This System Programmig procedure idetifies extesios that ca receive voice iterrupt o busy calls. A voice iterrupt o busy call is a special itercom call that lets a user (the origiator) iterrupt ad speak to aother user (the recipiet) who is busy o a itercom or outside call with oe other party.whe voice iterrupt o busy is iitiated, the recipiet hears two beeps before hearig the origiator s voice. The origiator ad the recipiet should be aware that the third party to whom the recipiet is speakig probably will hear both the beeps ad the fait soud of the origiator s voice. This feature typically is used by the receptioist to alert the boss to a importat icomig call or evet whe the boss is already o a call. Related Features Makig Calls ad Trasferrig Calls provide more istructios for makig ad trasferrig voice iterrupt o busy calls. The recipiet ca use a Voice Iterrupt o Busy Talk-Back butto to respod to the origiator of the voice iterrupt o busy call. The recipiet s respose will ot be heard by the third party. Users caot receive voice iterrupt o busy calls if: Do Not Disturb is active at their extesio. They are part of a joied call (Joiig Calls). They are part of a Coferece Call. Cosideratios The voice iterrupt o busy toe (two beeps) is uique to distiguish it from a voice-sigaled itercom call toe (oe beep). If a voice iterrupt o busy call is made to a idle extesio, the origiator ad the recipiet hear a voice-sigaled itercom call toe (oe beep) istead. If you receive a voice iterrupt o busy call ad press h, the third party is put o hold ad the origiator hears two beeps that idicate you have eded the voice iterrupt o busy call. At this poit: To talk to the origiator, if the gree light ext to the i butto is flashig, press i. (You caot use the Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto oce a voice iterrupt o busy call has eded.) To resume your coversatio with the third party, press the lie or pool butto ext to the wikig gree light Feature Referece

390 Ay party ivolved i a voice iterrupt o busy call caot be ivolved i a secod voice iterrupt o busy call util the first is fiished. Valid Etries 1 = Assiged 2 = Not Assiged 4 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To chage the Voice Iterrupt O Busy settig for a extesio: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. To assig or uassig Voice Iterrupt O Busy, press D util the appropriate value displays. 4. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. Usig To iitiate a voice iterrupt o busy call: 1. From a system phoe, press i. 2. Press * plus a two-digit extesio umber (or use a Auto Dial butto). 3. Liste for oe of the followig resposes: If you hear oe beep, you have reached a idle system phoe. You ca speak after the beep. Your voice is heard through the other extesio s speaker. If the recipiet is preset, he or she ca reply. If you hear two beeps, you have reached a busy system phoe with Voice Iterrupt O Busy Assiged. You ca speak after the beeps. Be aware that the third party to whom the recipiet is speakig probably also will hear the two beeps ad the fait soud of your voice. If the recipiet has a Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto, wait for a respose. If you hear a secod set of beeps, the recipiet has eded the voice iterrupt o busy call. I either case, hag up to ed your part of the voice iterrupt o busy call. If you hear rigig, you have reached a stadard phoe, a idle MLC-6 or TrasTalk 9000-series phoe, or a system phoe that is idle, has Do Not Disturb tured off, ad has Voice Iterrupt O Busy Not Assiged. Your call is ot completed util someoe aswers. Feature Referece 5-275

391 Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back (F18) Descriptio This feature is available oly o system phoes. This feature lets you program a butto that is used to respod to a voice iterrupt o busy call while the user is active o aother call. Related Procedures You must use Voice Iterrupt O Busy (#312) to idetify extesios that ca receive a itercom call while busy o aother call. Cosideratios Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back must be programmed o a butto with lights. This feature will ot work if it is programmed o a butto without lights. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto with lights. 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode. Usig To respod to a voice iterrupt o busy call (you hear two beeps ad the origiator s voice be aware that the third party to whom you are speakig probably also will hear the two beeps ad the fait soud of the origiator s voice): 1. Ask the party with whom you are speakig to hold, but do ot put the call o hold. 2. Press the Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto. The gree light ext to the Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto turs o. Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back is activated. 3. Respod to the origiator of the voice iterrupt o busy call. The third party with whom you were origially speakig does ot hear your respose, but you ca hear that third party Feature Referece

392 4. Press the Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto agai (whether or ot the origiator has hug up) to resume the coversatio with the third party. The gree light ext to the Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back butto turs off. Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back is deactivated. The origiator hears two beeps if he or she did ot hag up previously. Feature Referece 5-277

393 Voice Mailbox Trasfer (F14) Descriptio This feature applies oly if you have a voice messagig system. It is available oly o system phoes. This feature lets a system phoe user trasfer a caller directly to a specific extesio s voice mailbox, i order for the caller to leave a message without first rigig the extesio. This feature is useful whe a user kows that a co-worker is away from his or her desk. Related Features While a call is beig trasferred, the caller hears rigig if Rig o Trasfer (#119) is Active. If it is Not Active ad Music O Hold (#602) is Active ad a audio source is coected to the system, the caller hears music-o-hold while the call is beig trasferred to the voice mailbox. If Music O Hold is Not Active ad Rig o Trasfer (#119) is Not Active, the caller hears silece. Cosideratios You ca program a Voice Mailbox Trasfer butto o a system phoe to trasfer a caller directly to a voice mailbox by pressig the butto the dialig the mailbox subscriber s extesio umber. Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Voice Mailbox Trasfer butto: 1. Press f 0 0 s s c at extesio 10 or Eter the umber of the extesio to be programmed with this feature. 3. Press a programmable butto. 4. Press f Program aother butto for this extesio or exit programmig mode Feature Referece

394 Usig To trasfer a caller to a specific subscriber s mailbox: 1. From a system phoe, press the programmed butto or press f Dial the two-digit extesio umber (or press a Auto Dial butto) of the mailbox subscriber for whom the caller wats to leave a message. The caller is routed to the mailbox ad hears the recorded greetig for that mailbox. 3. Hag up. Feature Referece 5-279

395 Wake Up Service Butto (#115) Descriptio This System Programmig procedure idetifies a butto o the system phoe at extesio 10 to be used for schedulig wake up (or remider) calls for system extesios. Whe a wake up call is scheduled, the system makes a itercom call to the target extesio at the scheduled time. If the first call is ot aswered or the called extesio is busy, the system makes a secod attempt five miutes later. Related Features Wake up time is based o System Time (#103). If users aswer a wake up call, they hear Music O Hold (#602) if it is Active. If Music O Hold is Not Active, users hear silece. Wake up calls rig at target extesios eve if Do Not Disturb is active at the extesio. Wake up calls to a target extesio that has Call Forwardig active rig at the extesio the calls are ot forwarded Wake up calls that are ot aswered do ot go to voice mail coverage, eve if VMS Cover is active at the target extesio. Cosideratios A Wake Up Service butto must be programmed o the system display phoe at extesio 10. Wake Up Service must be programmed o a butto with lights. This feature will ot work if it is programmed o a butto without lights. A scheduled wake up call occurs oce i a 24-hour period. If you wat to sed a wake up call at the same time o the ext day, you must reschedule the call. Wake up calls rig the target extesio for approximately 30 secods (or six rigs). Wake up calls are ot placed to extesios assiged as doorphoes. Valid Etries 1 =Assiged to ext available butto at extesio 10 2 =Not Assiged 4 3 =Select butto (the press a programmable butto to assig Wake Up Service to that butto) Feature Referece

396 Programmig (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) To program a Wake Up Service butto at extesio 10: 1. Press f 0 0 s s # at extesio 10 or At this poit: If you wat to assig Wake Up Service to the first available butto, press D util a display similar to the followig appears: Wake Up Service Butto 1 Assiged - Ext10 If you wat to remove the Wake Up Service butto assigmet, press D util a display similar to the followig appears: Wake Up Service Butto 2 Not Assiged If you wat to assig Wake Up Service to a specific butto, press 3. A display similar to the followig appears: Wake Up Service Butto 3 Select a Butto The press a programmable butto with lights to assig Wake Up Service to that butto. 3. Select aother procedure or exit programmig mode. 4. Label the Wake Up Service butto at extesio 10. Usig To schedule a wake up call for a specific extesio: 1. Press the Wake Up Service butto at extesio 10. The gree light ext to the Wake Up Service butto flutters. Wake Up Service is activated ad the display reads: Wake Up Call 2. Dial the two-digit extesio umber of the desired extesio (or use a Auto Dial butto). For example, to schedule a wake up call for extesio 32, press 3 2. A display similar to the followig appears: Wake Up Call 32 -:- 3. Eter the wake-up time i 24-hour otatio. For example, to set the time to 2:15 p.m., press Whe you have fiished eterig the time, the display reads: Wake Up Call 32 14:15 Feature Referece 5-281

397 The wake up call is scheduled, ad the gree light ext to the Wake Up Service butto turs off. To review a scheduled wake up time for a specific extesio: 1. Press the Wake Up Service butto at extesio Dial the two-digit target extesio umber (or use a Auto Dial butto). 3. Review the displayed wake up time ad target extesio umber. 4. Press the Wake Up Service butto to exit. 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 to review wake up times for other extesios. To cacel a scheduled wake up call: 1. Press the Wake Up Service butto at extesio Dial the two-digit target extesio umber (or use a Auto Dial butto). 3. Press #. 4. Repeat Steps 1 3 to cacel a scheduled wake-up call for aother extesio Feature Referece

398 Feature Referece 5-283

399 5-284 Feature Referece

400 Troubleshootig 6 The followig sectios describe various difficulties that might occur, possible causes for the difficulty, ad procedures you ca follow to try to solve the problem. Programmig procedure ames are show i boldface type; for more iformatio about a specific procedure, refer to the procedure ame i Chapter 5. Customer Self Service Ceter o the Iteret If you ca access the Iteret, you ca use the Customer Self Service Ceter to get o-lie iformatio such as: Aswers to frequetly asked questios 800 umber directory If you have a service agreemet, active lease, or warraty, you also ca get o-lie iformatio such as: Feature programmig tips Notificatio of chages to products Product documetatio Chat service The Iteret address for the Customer Self Service Ceter is: 6-1

401 Whe You Need Help If you have a problem with your system, you may be able to solve it by followig the appropriate troubleshootig procedures described i this chapter. If ot, you ca call for help. I the cotietal U.S. Lucet Techologies provides a toll-free customer hotlie 24 hours a day. Iside the cotietal U.S., call the hotlie at or your Lucet Techologies Authorized Dealer if you eed assistace whe istallig, programmig, or usig your system. Cosultatio charges may apply. Outside the cotietal U.S., cotact your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local Authorized Dealer. If you call, have the followig iformatio ready so that the represetative ca better help you: The kid of system you have (for example, PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Release 1.0). To determie the release umber, press f 5 9 at ay display phoe. The umber of lies ad extesios i your system The type of phoe (system or stadard) ad the model umber, if applicable. System phoe model umbers are located either o the upper right-had corer of the phoe or o the dialpad overlay. If you followed a troubleshootig procedure ad eed more help, tell the represetative what you did. Power Failure Operatio Whe power to the system is cut off, the first two lies o the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System module automatically coect to the first two extesios o the module, ad the first lie o each 206 or 308EC module coects to its first extesio. This eables you to make ad aswer calls durig a power outage, provided you have a stadard phoe coected to ay of these extesios. (Durig a power failure, stadard phoes ca oly make ad receive calls other system features are ot available.) The system ca stay programmed for a miimum of 45 days ad a maximum of six moths after it stops receivig power, depedig o the freshess of the batteries. Whe the batteries are draied, all of the system s programmed settigs retur to the factory settigs. It is recommeded that you istall fresh batteries every year. See Battery Replacemet o page 6-3 for more iformatio. 6-2 Troubleshootig

402 Battery Replacemet NOTE: Do ot tur off the power or remove the processor module before replacig the batteries! If you do, all settigs for system ad telephoe programmig will revert to the default settigs. If you have a Backup/Restore PC Card, it is highly recommeded that you do a backup before chagig the batteries. The PARTNER ACS processor module uses two user-replaceable AAA alkalie batteries. These batteries provide eough power to retai the system programmig settigs durig a power failure for 45 days to six moths, depedig o the freshess of the batteries. Whe battery power is gettig low, the system displays a ChgBat W/PowerO or ReplaceSysBat W/Power O message o the top lie of display phoes at extesios 10 ad 11 i place of the default day/date/time message. Users at these extesios should be istructed to otify you whe they see this message. You should replace the batteries withi 45 days of seeig the message. NOTE: The message may flicker o ad off as the batteries approach the low-power threshold. It is recommeded that you chage the batteries i the processor module every year, eve if the system has ot yet displayed the ReplaceSysBat W/Power O message. Choose good-quality alkalie batteries. Use the followig procedure to replace the batteries: 1. Locate the battery compartmet at the bottom of the PARTNER ACS processor module, below the extesio jacks (see Figure 6-1). Push getly o the battery ico (the lockig latch) ad slide the battery ico up to cover the plus ico. Troubleshootig 6-3

403 Battery Compartmet Lockig Latch Figure 6-1. Locked Positio Ulocked Positio Battery Compartmet, PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Processor Module 2. Remove the battery assembly by getly pullig the tab at the bottom of the battery compartmet cover (see Figure 6-2). Tab Figure 6-2. Removig the Battery Assembly 3. Pull the batteries straight out of the metal sprig clips (see Figure 6-3), ad dispose of the batteries properly. 6-4 Troubleshootig

404 ! CAUTION: Do ot dispose of batteries i fire. Do ot recharge, disassemble, istall backwards, or mix with used or other battery types batteries may explode or leak ad cause a bur ijury. Pull to remove Push to isert Figure 6-3. Removig or Isertig Batteries i the Battery Assembly 4. Isert two ew AAA-size stadard alkalie batteries ito the metal sprig clips by pushig them straight i, placig the egative ( ) ed of oe battery ito the bottom clip, ad the positive (+) ed of the other battery ito the top clip. 5. With the lockig latch i the ulocked positio (battery ico ad mius ico visible), slide the battery assembly ito the processor module alog the battery guides o the iside of the battery compartmet (see Figure 6-4). Tab Lockig Latch Figure 6-4. Isertig Battery Assembly ad Batteries ito Battery Compartmet 6. Make sure the battery assembly is pushed i far eough that the edges of the assembly slip behid the plastic housig of the processor module. Troubleshootig 6-5

405 7. Pressig lightly o the battery ico o the frot of the battery assembly, slide the lockig latch dowward to secure the assembly i place (see Figure 6-5). The plus ico ad the battery ico should ow be visible o the frot of the battery assembly. This is the locked positio. Ulocked Positio Locked Positio Figure 6-5. Battery Assembly i Ulocked ad Locked Positio 8. Go to extesio 10 or 11 ad verify that the ReplaceSysBat W/Power O message is o loger displayed. If it is displayed, check that the batteries are istalled correctly ad that they are ew. If the message is still displayed, call the hotlie.* * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer. 6-6 Troubleshootig

406 Clearig a Backup-Failure Alarm If you use Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) ad the automatic backup fails, a Backup-Failure Alarm message appears (istead of the default day/date/time message) o the top lie of the telephoe display at idle extesios 10 ad 11. After correctig the problem that caused the failure, you ca clear the Backup-Failure Alarm usig the followig procedure. (See Figure 2-3 o page 2-23 for the locatio of special programmig buttos such as s ad e o system phoes.) 1. Press f 0 0 s s # The curret settig is displayed. 2. Press 3 to choose Optio 3, Backup Alarm Cleared. NOTE: You caot use D or d i this procedure to choose Optio Exit programmig mode. NOTE: Usig Optio 3 to clear a Backup-Failure Alarm does ot chage the settig for Backup Programmig Automatic (#123). It remais either Active or Not Active. Troubleshootig 6-7

407 Problems with System Phoes System Phoe Does Not Rig Possible Cause 1: Riger volume is set too low. What to do: Press the volume cotrol butto while the phoe is idle ad the hadset is i the cradle. If the phoe rigs icreasigly louder, the problem is solved. If the phoe still does ot rig, go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: The Do Not Disturb or Call Forwardig feature is tured o. What to do: Check to see if Do Not Disturb or Call Forwardig is tured o. If Do Not Disturb or Call Forwardig is tured o, tur it off. If Do Not Disturb or Call Forwardig is ot tured o, go to Possible Cause 3. Possible Cause 3: Lie Rigig is programmed for No Rig or Delayed Rig. What to do: Check the Lie Rigig settig for the extesio. If Lie Rigig is set for No Rig or Delayed Rig, chage the settig if appropriate. If Lie Rigig is set for Immediate Rig ad this phoe is part of a combiatio extesio, see Problems with Combiatio Extesios o page 6-23 If Lie Rigig is set for Immediate Rig ad the phoe is o a extesio by itself, go to Possible Cause 4. Possible Cause 4: Phoe is faulty. What to do: Uplug the cord from the base of the problem phoe. The plug the cord ito a phoe that you kow rigs properly. If the replacemet phoe rigs properly, the problem phoe is defective. Call the hotlie* to arrage for a replacemet. If the replacemet phoe does ot rig properly, call the hotlie*. * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer. 6-8 Troubleshootig

408 System Phoe Does Not Work Possible Cause 1: Telephoe cord is plugged ito wrog jack o bottom of system phoe. What to do: Plug the modular telephoe cord ito the correct jack see the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Istallatio guide for istructios. If the phoe works properly, the problem is solved. If the problem remais, go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: Phoe eeds to be reset. What to do: Uplug the cord from the base of the problem phoe. With the hadset hug up, plug the cord i agai. If the phoe works properly, the problem is solved. If the problem remais, go to Possible Cause 3. Possible Cause 3: The telephoe is defective. What to do: Uplug the cord from the base of the problem phoe. The plug the cord ito a phoe that you kow works. If the replacemet phoe works, the problem phoe is faulty. Call the hotlie* to arrage for a replacemet. If the replacemet phoe does ot work, go to Possible Cause 4. Possible Cause 4: The telephoe cord is defective. What to do: Uplug the cord from the base of the phoe ad the wall jack. Replace the cord with a cord that you kow works. If the phoe works, the cord is faulty. Call the hotlie* to arrage for a replacemet. If the phoe does ot work ad it is part of a combiatio extesio, see Problems with Combiatio Extesios o page 6-23, Possible Cause 3. If the phoe does ot work ad it is ot part of a combiatio extesio, call the hotlie.* * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer. Troubleshootig 6-9

409 Display Shows Oly 16 Characters Per Lie Possible Cause: A power outage occurred. What to do: Uplug the modular telephoe cord from the phoe the plug it i agai. If the display is still icorrect, see System Phoe Does Not Work o page 6-9. Display Is Icorrect Possible Cause: Date, day, ad time are ot set properly. What to do: Re-eter the date, day, ad time usig System Date (#101), System Day (#102), ad System Time (#103). If the display is correct, the problem is solved. If the display is still ot correct, see System Phoe Does Not Work o page 6-9. Display Shows ReplaceSysBat W/Power O or ChgBat W/PowerO at Extesios 10 ad 11 Possible Cause: System battery power is low. What to do: Replace the system batteries (see Battery Replacemet o page 6-3). Display Does Not Show Caller ID Name/Number Possible Cause 1: Not receivig Caller ID service from local phoe compay. What to do: Cotact your local phoe compay to check o Caller ID service. If you are ot receivig Caller ID service, subscribe to it. If you are receivig Caller ID service, go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: Extesio coected to a module that does ot support Caller ID. What to do: Make sure lies with Caller ID service are coected to a PARTNER ACS processor module, or 206EC, 308EC, or 400EC modules. If Caller ID lies are ot coected to oe of these modules, istall the appropriate modules ad/or make the appropriate coectios. Possible Cause 3: Someoe activated Call Coverage.What to do: Check the system phoe display Troubleshootig

410 If Coverage Call for XX (where XX is the extesio that activated the Call Coverage) displays, the call is a coverage call. Call Coverage displays the extesio umber of the perso who activated the feature rather tha Caller ID iformatio. If Coverage Call for XX does ot display, call the hotlie. Priv. Is Displayed Istead of Caller ID Iformatio Possible Cause: The caller used a star code, *67, to block Caller ID iformatio or has istructed their telephoe compay to block Caller ID iformatio. What to do: Nothig; this is the ormal operatio for these coditios Is Displayed Istead of Caller ID Iformatio Possible Cause: The call origiated outside the area for which the phoe compay ca provide Caller ID iformatio. What to do: Nothig; this is ormal operatio for the Caller ID service. Some Caller ID Iformatio Does Not Display Possible Cause: Not all calls o Caller ID lies are displayed. This varies by local phoe compay. What to do: If Caller ID iformatio for a large umber of calls is ot displayed, cotact your local telephoe compay. Itercom Autodialer Does Not Work Properly Possible Cause 1: Telephoe cord is plugged ito wrog jack o bottom of Itercom Autodialer. What to do: Plug the modular telephoe cord ito the correct jack see the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Istallatio guide for istructios. If the Itercom Autodialer works properly, the problem is solved. If the problem remais, go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: Itercom Autodialer is ot receivig auxiliary power. What to do: Make sure the Itercom Autodialer is plugged ito a electrical outlet. If the Itercom Autodialer works properly, the problem is solved. If the problem remais, go to Possible Cause 3. Troubleshootig 6-11

411 Possible Cause 3: The cord is defective. What to do: Uplug the cord from the base of the Itercom Autodialer ad the wall jack. Replace the cord with a cord that you kow works. If the Itercom Autodialer works, the cord is faulty. Call the hotlie* to arrage for a replacemet. If the Itercom Autodialer does ot work, call the hotlie.* * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer Troubleshootig

412 Problems with Stadard Phoes Stadard Phoe Does Not Rig Possible Cause 1: Riger is tured off. What to do: Tur o the riger. If the phoe rigs, the problem is solved. If the phoe still does ot rig, go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: Call Forwardig is tured o. What to do: Check to see if Call Forwardig is tured o. If Call Forwardig is tured o, tur it off. If Call Forwardig is ot tured o, go to Possible Cause 3. Possible Cause 3: Lie Rigig is programmed for No Rig or Delayed Rig. What to do: Check the Lie Rigig settig for the extesio. If Lie Rigig is set for No Rig or Delayed Rig, chage the settig if appropriate. If Lie Rigig is set for Immediate Rig ad this phoe is part of a combiatio extesio, see Problems with Combiatio Extesios o page If Lie Rigig is set for Immediate Rig ad the phoe is o a extesio by itself, go to Possible Cause 4. Possible Cause 4: Phoe is faulty. What to do: Uplug the problem phoe. Plug i a stadard phoe that you kow rigs properly. If the replacemet phoe rigs properly, the problem phoe is defective. Replace it. If the replacemet phoe does ot rig properly, call the hotlie*. * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer. Troubleshootig 6-13

413 Stadard Phoe Rigs Back after Itercom Call with No Oe at Other Ed Possible Cause 1: The switchhook is accidetally pressed ad released, causig a call to rig back. What to do: Be sure that the hadset is always replaced carefully. If the problem is ot solved, go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: Automatic Lie Selectio is programmed icorrectly. What to do: If oe of the phoes ivolved is a stadard sigle-lie rotary or touch-toe telephoe, set its Automatic Lie Selectio to itercom first. If the problem is ot solved, call the hotlie.* * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer Troubleshootig

414 Stadard Phoe s Message Waitig Light Does Not Light Possible Cause 1: The stadard phoe is part of a combiatio extesio which icludes a system phoe that has Backgroud Music o. What to do: Check to see if the system phoe has Backgroud Music o. A stadard phoe s message waitig light will ot light if Backgroud Music is o at the system phoe. If Backgroud Music is o, tur it off. If the stadard phoe s message waitig light lights properly, the problem is solved. If Backgroud Music is ot o, go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: The stadard phoe s message waitig light is ot compatible with the system. What to do: See Stadard Telephoes o page 1-15 for a list of supported stadard phoes with message waitig lights. Also check with your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local Authorized Dealer to fid out if there are others. If the phoe is ot supported, you ca use it without message waitig capability. If the phoe is supported, go to Possible Cause 3. Possible Cause 3: The stadard phoe is ot coected to the proper module. What to do: Make sure the phoe is coected to a PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System processor module, 308EC, or a R3.1 or later 206 module i a system with a PARTNER ASC processor module. If the problem is ot solved, call the hotlie.* * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer. Troubleshootig 6-15

415 Other Problems with Phoes Trouble Makig Outside Calls Trouble makig outside calls could be oe of the followig: You hear a dial toe, but the dial toe cotiues as you try to dial. You hear a dial toe, which cuts off whe you dial, but the lie does ot rig. You hear a busy sigal as you dial. You hear othig at all. Possible Cause 1: Forced Accout Code Etry is assiged to the extesio. What to do: Fid out if Forced Accout Code Etry (#307) is assiged to the extesio. If it is, eter a valid accout code. If you ca make a call, the problem is solved. If Forced Accout Code Etry is ot assiged, go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: Dial Mode is set icorrectly. What to do: Fid out if you have touch-toe or rotary service. The set the Dial Mode (#201) to Touch-Toe or Rotary as appropriate. If you ca make a call, the problem is solved. If the Dial Mode is set correctly, go to Possible Cause 3. Possible Cause 3: Someoe chaged the Outgoig Call Restrictio settig for the extesio. What to do: If calls could be made without trouble before, fid out if someoe chaged the Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401) for the extesio. If someoe chaged the Outgoig Call Restrictio settig, verify that the chage was a appropriate oe. If o oe chaged the Outgoig Call Restrictio settig, go to Possible Cause 4. Possible Cause 4: Statio Lock was used to lock the extesio. What to do: Use Statio Ulock from extesio 10 to ulock the extesio. If you ca make a call, the problem is solved. If the extesio was ot locked, go to Possible Cause 5. Possible Cause 5: Local phoe compay is ot accurately receivig the dialig sigals Troubleshootig

416 What to do: Isolate the problem. Use the telephoe to make calls o differet lies. The, make calls o differet phoes usig the same lie. If you caot make calls from oe phoe o all lies, follow the procedure for System Phoe Does Not Work, Possible Cause 2. If you caot make calls usig differet phoes, go to Possible Cause 6. Possible Cause 6: Too may stadard devices are tryig to dial simultaeously. (If the problem is o a system phoe, go to Possible Cause 7.) What to do: Stay o the lie ad wait for dial toe, or try to call later. If you ca make a call, you may wat to icrease the umber of touch-toe receivers by addig 206 (1 receiver), 400 (2 receivers), or 308EC (6 receivers) modules to avoid future problems. Call the hotlie.* If you wait 30 secods ad still do ot hear a dial toe, go to Possible Cause 7. Possible Cause 7: Local phoe compay lie is faulty. What to do: Oe at a time, uplug each outside lie from each 206, 308EC, 400, ad 200 module i the cotrol uit. The plug each lie ito a stadard telephoe ad try to make a call. If the trouble occurs o the stadard phoe, try aother lie cord; if the trouble persists, report it to your local phoe compay. If the trouble does ot occur o the stadard phoe, the trouble is with your cotrol uit. Call the hotlie.* * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer. Troubleshootig 6-17

417 Trouble Makig Outside Calls from Pool Buttos o Pooled Extesios Trouble makig outside calls from a pool butto could be oe of the followig: You hear othig at all. You hear a dial toe, but the dial toe cotiues as you try to dial. You hear a dial toe, ad the dial toe cuts off whe you try to dial. You hear a reorder or busy sigal if you try to dial a pool access code (880, 881, 882, or 883) at itercom dial toe. You otice that the red light ext to a pool butto is o steady most or all of the time, idicatig that the pool is busy. Possible Cause 1: Forced Accout Code Etry is assiged to the extesio. What to do: Fid out if Forced Accout Code Etry (#307) is assiged to the extesio. If it is, eter a valid accout code. If you ca make a call, the problem is solved. If Forced Accout Code Etry is ot assiged, go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: Dial Mode is set icorrectly. What to do: Fid out if you have touch-toe or rotary service. The set the Dial Mode (#201) to Touch-Toe or Rotary as appropriate for all lies i the pool. If you ca make a call, the problem is solved. If the Dial Mode is set correctly, go to Possible Cause 3. Possible Cause 3: Someoe chaged the Pool Access Restrictio settig for the extesio. What to do: If calls could be made without trouble before, fid out if someoe chaged the Pool Access Restrictio (#315) for the extesio. If someoe chaged the Pool Access Restrictio settig, verify that the chage was a appropriate oe. If o oe chaged the Pool Access Restrictio settig, go to Possible Cause 4. Possible Cause 4: The pool may ot be assiged to the extesio. What to do: Check Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314) to see if the pool is assiged to the extesio. If the pool is ot assiged, assig it. If the pool is assiged, go to Possible Cause Troubleshootig

418 Possible Cause 5: Not eough lies are assiged to the pool to support usage. What to do: Check Pool Lie Assigmet (#207) to see if a appropriate umber of lies are assiged to the pool. If a appropriate umber of lies are ot assiged, you may eed to add more lies. If a appropriate umber of lies are assiged, go to Possible Cause 6. Possible Cause 6: Oe or more local phoe compay lies i the pool are faulty. What to do: At extesio 10, try to access each idividual lie assiged to the pool. If the lies accessed from idividual lie buttos o extesio 10 are still faulty, refer to Possible Cause 7 i Other Problems with Phoes: Trouble Makig Outside Calls. If the problem remais, call the hotlie.* * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer. Troubleshootig 6-19

419 Calls Are Aswered Automatically A call rigs oce, the disappears as if it were aswered. Possible Cause 1: Automatic System Aswer or Direct Extesio Dial is tured o. What to do: Check to see if Automatic System Aswer or Direct Extesio Dial is tured o. If Automatic System Aswer or Direct Extesio Dial is tured o, tur it off by pressig the programmed butto at extesio 10. If Automatic System Aswer or Direct Extesio Dial is ot tured o, go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: A auxiliary device aswers whe it should ot (this could occur with a fax machie, voice messagig system, aswerig machie, or modem). What to do: Be sure the device is set to aswer correctly. If the device aswers before it should, adjust it to aswer o a later rig. If the device should ot aswer calls at all, tur off its auto-aswer feature. Refer to the device s user maual. For every auxiliary device coected to your system, either set the device itself to aswer o a later rig (whe the Lie Rigig for the device s extesio is set to Immediate Rig) or set the extesio s Lie Rigig to Delayed Rig. For a voice messagig system, check all of the settigs associated with it. Refer to the documetatio package with your voice mail system for complete details o istallig, programmig, ad usig your system. Refer to the documetatio with your voice messagig system for complete details. If the auxiliary device o loger aswers calls automatically, the problem is solved. If the problem remais, call the hotlie.* * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer Troubleshootig

420 Trouble Hearig Called Party Aswer Possible Cause 1: If you are usig a speakerphoe, there may be evirometal factors that affect the performace of the speaker or microphoe (for example, too much backgroud oise). What to do: See Speakerphoe Performace Tips o page 3-10 for suggestios o the proper use of the speakerphoe. If the problem is ot solved, go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: If the system is set for touch-toe dialig, you may have a faulty phoe or cord. See System Phoe Does Not Work o page 6-9. If the system is set for rotary dialig, the Rotary Dialig Timeout iterval is too log. What to do: Reset the iterval usig Rotary Dialig Timeout (#108). If you ca hear the called party aswer, the problem is solved. If the problem is ot solved, call the hotlie.* * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer. Troubleshootig 6-21

421 Automatically Dialed Calls Begiig with Star Codes Are Misrouted Possible Cause: The Star Code Dial Delay settig is ot isertig a log eough pause, allowig a portio of the phoe umber to be dialed before the secod dial toe from the Cetral Office is established. What to do: Use Star Code Dial Delay (#410) to icrease the Star Code Dial Delay settig. Usig the Recall Feature Has No Effect Possible Cause: Recall Timer Duratio settig is too short. What to do: Icrease the Recall Timer Duratio (#107) by 100 millisecods. If the Recall feature works, the problem is solved. If the Recall feature still does ot work, cotiue icreasig the Recall Timer Duratio by icremets of 100 millisecods util the problem is solved. Usig the Recall Feature Discoects Call This problem applies whe the system is istalled behid a PBX or Cetrex system or with the local phoe compay s Call Waitig feature. Possible Cause: Recall Timer Duratio settig is too log. What to do: Decrease the Recall Timer Duratio (#107) by 100 millisecods. If the Recall feature works properly, the problem is solved. If the Recall feature still discoects calls, cotiue decreasig the Recall Timer Duratio by icremets of 100 millisecods util the problem is solved Troubleshootig

422 Problems with Combiatio Extesios Phoe Does Not Work Properly Possible Cause 1: Riger equivalets are too high for the extesio. What to do: Be sure the total of the two devices Riger Equivalece Numbers (REN) does ot exceed 2.0. If it does, uplug oe of the devices. If the phoe works properly, the problem is the REN was too high. If the phoe still does ot work properly, go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: Auxiliary device (such as a fax, aswerig machie, or modem) is faulty. What to do: Remove the auxiliary device from the extesio. The plug i a auxiliary device that you kow works properly. If the phoe works properly, the problem is the auxiliary device. Replace the auxiliary device. If the phoe still does ot work properly, go to Possible Cause 3. Possible Cause 3: Phoe is plugged ito the wrog jack of the system phoe or the bridgig adapter. What to do: Plug the phoe ito the correct jack see the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Istallatio guide for istructios. If the phoe works properly, the problem is solved. If the problem remais, go to Possible Cause 4. Possible Cause 4: Wrog bridgig adapter is used i combiatio extesio. What to do: First, uplug the bridgig adapter from the wall jack. The, uplug the phoe from the adapter ad plug the phoe directly ito the wall jack. If the phoe works, there is a problem with the bridgig adapter. Replace the bridgig adapter (use oly a Lucet Techologies 267F2 bridgig adapter). If the problem persists, call the hotlie. * If the phoe still does ot work properly, call the hotlie. * * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer. Troubleshootig 6-23

423 Problems with Stadard Devices Stadard Device Does Not Aswer Possible Cause: A stadard device (such as a fax machie or aswerig machie) does ot aswer itercom calls or trasferred calls because it does ot recogize the distictive rigig patter used by the system. What to do: Chage the extesio s settig for Distictive Rig (#308) to Not Active, so the extesio uses the same rigig for itercom ad trasferred calls as it does for outside calls. If the device works properly, the problem is solved. If the problem remais, call the hotlie.* Stadard Device Does Not Dial Out Properly Possible Cause: A stadard device with autodialig (such as a modem) does ot recogize the itercom dial toe geerated by the system. What to do: Chage the settig for Itercom Dial Toe (#309) for the extesio to Machie, so the system geerates outside lie dial toe for the extesio. If the device works properly, the problem is solved. If the problem remais, call the hotlie.* Call Records Wrap o SMDR Pritout Possible Cause: SMDR Talk Time (#611) is set to Active ad SMDR Output Format (#610) is set to 24 digits, causig the combied legth of the fields for a call record to be greater tha the 80 characters supported by your priter. What to do: Reduce the fot size or icrease the characters-per-ich settig for the priter. If the call records prit without wrappig to the ext lie, the problem is solved. If the problem remais, chage the output format back to 15 digits. * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer Troubleshootig

424 Problems with Automatic Backup Display Shows Backup Failed:Isert Card at Idle Extesios 10 ad 11 Possible Cause: The system did ot detect a valid Backup/Restore PC Card while tryig to do a automatic backup. What to do: Power dow the system, isert a valid Backup/Restore PC Card i PC Card Slot 2 of the PARTNER ACS processor module, ad reapply power to the system. The backup is rescheduled for the ext day at 2:00 a.m. Eter Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) ad select Optio 3 to clear the alarm display (see Clearig a Backup-Failure Alarm o page 6-7). Display Shows Backup Failed:Write Prot at Idle Extesios 10 ad 11 Possible Cause: The Backup/Restore PC Card i the PC Card slot is write-protected, ad a automatic backup was attempted. What to do: Usig the ed of a paper clip or aother poited object, push the write-protect tab upward to the oprotected positio (see Figure 6-6). You do ot eed to remove the card from the processor to slide the write-protect tab up.the backup is rescheduled for the ext day at 2:00 a.m. Slide the switch o the PC card up to the oprotected positio Figure 6-6. Write-Protect Tab o a Backup/Restore PC Card Eter Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) ad select Optio 3 to clear the alarm display (see Clearig a Backup-Failure Alarm o page 6-7). Troubleshootig 6-25

425 Display Shows Backup Failed:Check Card at Idle Extesios 10 ad 11 Possible Cause 1: The Backup/Restore PC Card was removed while the backup was i progress. What to do: Check to see whether the PC Card was removed. If it was ot, go to Possible Cause 2. If it was, power dow the system, reisert the PC Card, ad reapply power to the system. The backup is rescheduled for the ext day at 2:00 a.m. Eter Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) ad select Optio 3 to clear the alarm display (see Clearig a Backup-Failure Alarm o page 6-7). Possible Cause 2: The Backup/Restore PC Card or the PARTNER ACS processor module is corrupted. What to do: Try to do a backup usig the maual backup procedure Backup Programmig Maual (#124) to test the system. If the backup completes successfully, the problem may be solved. A automatic backup is rescheduled for the ext day at 2:00 a.m. Eter Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) ad select Optio 3 to clear the alarm display (see Clearig a Backup-Failure Alarm o page 6-7). If the backup fails, try to determie whether the problem is a corrupted PC Card or a corrupted processor module by tryig the backup twice usig two differet Backup/Restore PC Cards: If the system will ot write to either PC Card, the processor module is probably corrupted; call the hotlie*. If the system writes to oe of the PC Cards, the origial PC Card is corrupted. See Figure B-1 o page B-7 for iformatio about orderig a ew Backup/Restore PC Card. Display Shows Backup Failed:SystemBusy at Idle Extesios 10 ad 11 Possible Cause: Chages were beig made to system programmig or cetral telephoe programmig while a backup was i progress. What to do: The backup is rescheduled for the ext day at 2:00 a.m. Eter Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) ad select Optio 3 to clear the alarm display (see Clearig a Backup-Failure Alarm o page 6-7). * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer Troubleshootig

426 Problems with Maual Backup Display Shows Isert Valid Card i System Programmig Mode Possible Cause: The system did ot detect a valid Backup/Restore PC Card whe you tried to do a maual backup usig Backup Programmig Maual (#124). What to do: Power dow the system, isert a valid Backup/Restore PC Card i PC Card Slot 2 of the PARTNER ACS processor module, ad reapply power to the system. Restart the procedure. Display Shows Card is Write Protected i System Programmig Mode Possible Cause: You tried to do a maual backup usig Backup Programmig Maual (#124), but the Backup/Restore PC Card i the PC Card slot is write-protected. What to do: Usig the ed of a paper clip or aother poited object, getly push the write-protect tab upward to the oprotected positio (see Figure 6-7), ad try the procedure agai. (You do ot eed to remove the card from the processor to slide the write-protect tab up.) Slide the switch o the PC card up to the oprotected positio Figure 6-7. Write-Protect Tab o a Backup/Restore PC Card Display Shows System Busy i System Programmig Mode Possible Cause: A automatic or maual backup was i progress at the time you requested a maual backup. What to do: Exit the procedure ad retry the maual backup after a few miutes. Troubleshootig 6-27

427 Display Shows Backup Failed:Check Card i System Programmig Mode Possible Cause 1: The Backup/Restore PC Card was removed while the backup was i progress. What to do: Check to see whether the PC Card was removed. If it was ot, go to Possible Cause 2. If it was, power dow the system, reisert the PC Card, ad reapply power to the system. Restart the Backup Programmig Maual (#124) procedure. Possible Cause 2: The Backup/Restore PC Card or the PARTNER ACS processor module is corrupted. What to do: Try the backup agai usig the backup procedure Backup Programmig Maual (#124). If the backup completes successfully, the problem is solved. If the backup fails agai, try to determie whether the problem is a corrupted PC Card or a corrupted processor module by tryig the backup twice usig two differet Backup/Restore PC Cards: If the system will ot write to either PC Card, the processor module is probably corrupted; call the hotlie*. If the system writes to oe of the PC Cards, the origial PC Card is corrupted. See Figure B-1 o page B-7 for the iformatio about orderig a ew Backup/Restore PC Card. Display Shows Backup Failed:SystemBusy i System Programmig Mode Possible Cause: Chages were beig made to system programmig or cetral telephoe programmig while a backup was i progress. What to do: Try Backup Programmig Maual (#124) later whe the system is idle or durig obusiess hours Troubleshootig

428 Problems with System Restore Display Shows Isert Valid Card i System Programmig Mode Possible Cause: The system did ot detect a valid Backup/Restore PC Card whe you tried to do a restore usig Restore Programmig (#125). What to do: Power dow the system, isert a valid Backup/Restore PC Card i PC Card Slot 2 of the PARTNER ACS processor module, ad reapply power to the system. Restart the procedure. Display Shows Bad File - Try Agai i System Programmig Mode Possible Cause: You attempted a restore ad the file was corrupted. What to do: Try Restore Programmig (#125) agai with a differet backup file. Remember to power dow the system before you isert or remove Backup/Restore PC Cards. Display Shows Empty File i System Programmig Mode Possible Cause: You selected a file amed AUTO.****** or MAN.****** for the restore. The file is empty; o backups have bee stored i it yet. What to do: Try Restore Programmig (#125) agai usig a file created durig a backup procedure. Remember to power dow the system before you isert or remove Backup/Restore PC Cards. Display Shows Icompatible Versios i System Programmig Mode Possible Cause: You attempted to restore a file that was created with a icompatible software release. What to do: Try Restore Programmig (#125) agai usig a backup file that was created with the curret software release. Display Shows Restore Failed-Try Agai for Two Secods i System Programmig Mode NOTE: This display idicates that all system ad telephoe programmig has reverted to the default settigs. Troubleshootig 6-29

429 Possible Cause 1: The Backup/Restore PC Card was removed while the restore was i progress. What to do: Check to see whether the PC Card was removed. If it was ot, go to Possible Cause 2. If it was, power dow the system, reisert the Backup/Restore PC Card, reapply power to the system, ad restart the Restore Programmig (#125) procedure. Possible Cause 2: The backup file is corrupted. What to do: Retry the Restore Programmig (#125) procedure. If you get the same result, try agai usig a differet backup file from the same Backup/Restore PC Card or a file from a differet Backup/Restore PC Card. Remember to power dow the system before you isert or remove Backup/Restore PC Cards. System Programmig Settigs Reverted to Default Settigs Possible Cause: You ra the Restore Programmig (#125) procedure, but the restore failed. What to do: See Possible Causes 1 ad 2 uder Display Shows Restore Failed-Try Agai for Two Secods i System Programmig Mode." Display Shows Restore Complete, but All Calls Were Discoected Possible Cause: You just ra the Restore Programmig (#125) procedure. What to do: Nothig. This is ormal behavior after a restore; the system resets itself. I the future, war users before begiig the restore, or perform the restore durig obusiess hours Troubleshootig

430 System Problems Call Rigs Cotiuously; Whe Aswered, No Oe at Other Ed Possible Cause: Automatic System Aswer or Direct Extesio Dial is used o a system that does ot support far ed discoect. What to do: Call your local phoe compay ad fid out whether they support far ed discoect. If the local phoe compay does ot support far ed discoect, you should ot set the Automatic System Aswer Mode (#121) to either Hold or Rig ad you should ot use the Direct Extesio Dial feature. If the local phoe compay supports far ed discoect but the problem still occurs, call the hotlie.* Calls o Hold Are Discoected Possible Cause: Hold Discoect Time settig is too short. What to do: Chage Hold Discoect Time (#203) to a loger iterval. If calls o hold o loger discoect, the problem is solved. If calls o hold still get discoected, or the Hold Discoect Time was already set to the logest iterval, call the hotlie.* Calls o Automatic System Aswer Lies Are Discoected Possible Cause: Automatic System Aswer Mode is set to Discoect. What to do: Chage Automatic System Aswer Mode (#121) from Discoect to either Hold or Rig. If calls o Automatic System Aswer lies o loger discoect, the problem is solved. If calls o Automatic System Aswer lies still get discoected, or the Automatic System Aswer Mode already was set to Hold or Rig, call the hotlie.* Troubleshootig 6-31

431 * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer Troubleshootig

432 Call o Hold Hags Up, but Lie Does Not Discoect Possible Cause 1: Hold Discoect Time settig is too log. What to do: Chage Hold Discoect Time (#203) to a shorter iterval. If abadoed calls o hold are discoected, the problem is solved. If abadoed calls o hold still do ot discoect, or if the Hold Discoect Time was already set to the shortest iterval, go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: Local phoe compay does ot sed hold release sigal. What to do: Call your local phoe compay ad fid out whether they sed a hold release sigal. If the local phoe compay does ot sed a hold release sigal, or if they do but the problem still occurs, call the hotlie.* All Calls Discoected Possible Cause 1: You just ra the Restore Programmig (#125) procedure. What to do: This is ormal behavior after ruig Restore Programmig (#125); the system resets itself. I the future, war users before begiig the restore, or perform the restore durig obusiess hours. If you did ot ru Restore Programmig (#125), go to Possible Cause 2. Possible Cause 2: Power was iterrupted to the cotrol uit. What to do: Make sure the cotrol uit s power cord is plugged securely ito the wall outlet. Also make sure the o/off switch is i the ON positio ( O ) if you have a 5-Slot carrier. If the gree LEDs o the modules are lit ad the trouble is goe, the problem is corrected. If the gree LEDs o the modules are lit but the trouble remais, call the hotlie.* If the gree LEDs o the modules are out, go to Possible Cause 2 i All Phoes Dead: No Dial Toe or Lights. If ay gree LEDs o the modules are flashig, call the hotlie.* * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer. Troubleshootig 6-33

433 All Phoes Dead: No Dial Toe or Lights Possible Cause 1: Cotrol uit is ot receivig power. What to do: Make sure the cotrol uit s power cord is plugged securely ito the wall outlet. Also make sure the o/off switch is i the ON positio ( O ) if you have a 5-Slot carrier. If the gree LEDs o the modules are lit ad the trouble is goe, the problem is corrected. If the gree LEDs o the modules are lit but the trouble remais, call the hotlie.* If the gree LEDs o the modules are out, go to Possible Cause 2. If ay gree LEDs o the modules are flashig, call the hotlie.* Possible Cause 2: The power outlet is faulty. What to do: Test the outlet by pluggig i a appliace, like a lamp or radio. If the appliace does ot work, the outlet is faulty. If possible, plug the cotrol uit ito a differet outlet. The check the fuse box or call a electricia. If the appliace works, call the hotlie.* Multiple Phoes Dead: No Dial Toe or Lights Possible Cause 1: The LED o oe system module is out. What to do: If the gree LED o the frot of a module is out, try reseatig the module i the cotrol uit. If the LED lights, the problem is corrected. If the problem remais, call the hotlie.* Possible Cause 2: The gree LEDs o several system modules are out. What to do: If the LEDs o the frot of several system modules are out, try reseatig the leftmost module of the oes with the lights out (see Replacig System Modules i the PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Istallatio guide). If the LEDs light, the problem is corrected. If the problem remais, call the hotlie.* * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer Troubleshootig

434 Poor Trasmissio Quality o Modem Possible Cause: A high-speed modem is coected through a extesio jack o the cotrol uit to a stadard Cetral Office telephoe lie; but the lie quality is ot sufficiet to geerate a clear sigal whe the modem trasmits through the system iterface. What to do: Either coect the modem directly to the etwork iterface jack for a lie, or cotact your local telephoe compay for iformatio about upgradig the lie quality. If the device works properly, the problem is solved. If the problem remais, call the hotlie.* Other Problems with System The followig procedure resets the system. Use it whe you have ay problems that are ot covered elsewhere i this chapter. The procedure discoects all calls i progress, but does ot erase ay system settigs, provided that the system batteries are istalled ad ot low o power. Possible Cause: System eeds a hardware reset. What to do: Uplug the cotrol uit s power cord from the wall. Wait 10 secods, the plug it back i. If the problem remais, call the hotlie.* * I the cotietal U.S., help is available at Outside the cotietal U.S., call your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local authorized Dealer. Troubleshootig 6-35

435 Specificatios A Capacities System Module Extesio Jack 19 outside lies via lie jacks o oe ACS processor module plus two 206 modules plus four 400 modules 40 extesios via extesio jacks o oe ACS processor module plus four 308EC modules 1 loudspeaker pagig system via PAGE jack o ACS processor module 1 audio source via MUSIC ON HOLD jack o ACS processor module (RCA phoo plug required) 1 call reportig device via SMDR jack o ACS processor module (335 A/F adaptor required) 1 Cotact Closure Adjuct usig CONTACT CLOSURE jack o ACS processor module 2 doorphoes, usig two extesio jacks 1 voice messagig system-partner MAIL VS, which uses a slot i the 2- or 5- Slot carrier, or PARTNER MAIL, which coects to either 3 or 5 extesio jacks ACS Processor Module 3 outside lies 8 extesios 2 touch-toe receivers except whe used with 308EC module 2 power-failure trasfer extesios 206 Module 2 outside lies 6 extesios 1 touch-toe receiver 1 power-failure trasfer extesio 308EC Module 3 outside lies 8 extesios 6 touch-toe receivers 2 power-failure trasfer extesios 400 Module 4 outside lies No extesios 2 touch-toe receivers Maximum two devices per extesio jack, total REN o jack ot to exceed 2.0 [System phoe REN is 0.0(zero)] Note: The two devices combied o a extesio jack ca be a system phoe with a stadard device, or two stadard devices. DO NOT coect two system phoes to the same extesio jack. If a device lists two RENs, use the higher umber whe addig up the RENs. No more tha oe system phoe per jack For programmig, a system display phoe must be coected to extesio 10 or 11. A-1

436 Dimesios ad Weights (approx.) Processor Module 11"(D) x 17" (H) x 1.5" (W) or 27.9 x 43.2 x 3.8 cm 4.5 lbs or 2 kgs 206 module 11"(D) x 17" (H) x 1.5" (W) or 27.9 x 43.2 x 3.8 cm 4.5 lbs or 2 kgs 308EC module 11"(D) x 17" (H) x 1.5" (W) or 27.9 x 43.2 x 3.8 cm 4.5 lbs or 2 kgs 400 module 11"(D) x 17" (H) x 1.5" (W) or 27.9 x 43.2 x 3.8 cm 4.5 lbs or 2 kgs 2-Slot carrier 2" (D) x 9.75" (H) x 5.5" (W) or 5.1x 24.8 x14 cm 1.0 lbs or.46 kgs 5-Slot carrier 12" (D) x 19" (H) x 11" (W) or 30.5 x 48.3 x 27.9 cm 5.5 lbs or 2.5 kgs PARTNER-34D phoe PARTNER-18D phoe 9.8 " (D) x 3.75" (H) x 9.3" (W) or 24.9 x 9.5 x 23.6 cm 2.7 lbs or 1.2 kgs 9.8 " (D) x 3.75" (H) x 7.9" (W) or 24.9 x 9.5 x 20.1 cm 2.4 lbs or 1.1 kgs PARTNER-18 phoe 9.8 " (D) x 3.75" (H) x 7.9" (W) or 24.9 x 9.5 x 20.1 cm 2.3 lbs or 1.0 kgs PARTNER-6 phoe 9.8 " (D) x 3.75" (H) x 6.1" (W) or 24.9 x 9.5 x 15.5 cm 1.9 lbs or 0.9 kgs PARTNER-CA48 Autodialer 9.8 " (D) x 3.75" (H) x 6.1" (W) or 24.9 x 9.5 x 15.5 cm 1.5 lbs or 0.7 kgs Switch Fabric Electrical Specificatios Full digital, oblockig 35 Watts (120 BTUs/hr.) per ACS processor module durig ormal power cosumptio 45 Watts (154 BTUs/hr.) per ACS processor module durig ormal power cosumptio 10 Watts (35 BTUs/hr.) per 400 module, ormal ad maximum power cosumptio 25 Watts (90 BTUs/hr.) per 206 module durig ormal power cosumptio 35 Watts (120 BTUs/hr.) per 308EC module durig ormal power cosumptio 30 Watts (105 BTUs/hr.) per 308EC module durig ormal power cosumptio 40 Watts (140 BTUs/hr.) per 308EC module durig maximum power cosumptio U.S., Caada, ad other 110V coutries: ACS processor module ad oe 206 module (2-Slot carrier) = 2.3 Amps max. curret, full system capacity ACS processor module ad four 206 modules (5-Slot carrier) = 4 Amps max. curret, full system capacity Coutries usig 220V: ACS processor module ad oe 206 module (2-Slot carrier) = 1.2 Amps max. curret, full system capacity ACS processor module ad four 206 modules (5-Slot carrier) = 2 Amps max. curret, full system capacity 45 days to 6 moths memory backup with 2 AAA-size stadard alkalie batteries (IEC LR03) A-2 Specificatios

437 Processor Module Specificatios Mhz processor 256Kbyte RAM 512Kbyte FLASH ROM Custom VLSI DSP ASIC 16bit, 52 Mhz VLSI = Very Large Scale Itegratio DSP = Digital Sigal Processor ASIC = Applicatio Specific Itegrated Circuit Extesio Jack Specificatios (206 module) Extesio Jack Specificatios (ACS Processor ad 308EC module) PAGE Jack Specificatios MUSIC ON HOLD Jack Specificatios CONTACT CLOSURE Adjuct Jack Specificatios Rigig voltage: +5VDC, -140 VDC peak to peak; trapezoidal wave shapig 35- to 38-Volt talk battery Rigig frequecy: 20 Hz Rigig voltage: +55VRMS Balaced rigig withi a trapezoidal wave shapig 38- to 42-Volt talk battery Rigig frequecy: 20 HZ Draws curret o ier wire pair Provides pagig cotact closure o outer wire pair 600 Ohm impedace Accepts 2 Volts at 50 Kohms maximum iput 0-18 db atteuatio Operates up to 150 feet (45.72 meters) from cotrol uit usig 24 gauge solid coductor wire if 2 Cotact Closures used; up to 800 feet ( meters) from cotrol uit usig 24 gauge solid coductor wire if oly 1 Cotact Closure used Istall the Cotact Closure Adjuct i the same buildig as the cotrol uit; caot be istalled out-of-doors Has three termials per Cotact Closure, providig a ormally ope ad ormally closed fuctio for each Cotact Closure Maximum cotact voltages ad curret: 30 VAC, 1 Amp 50 VDC, 1 Amp Specificatios A-3

438 SMDR Output Format Evirometa l Requiremets -Cotrol Uit Electrical Requiremets -Cotrol Uit 1200 baud 8 data bits XON/XOFF protocol Lie feeds No parity 2 stop bits Carriage retur Mout o a wall at least 2 feet (0.6 meters) from the floor (wall moutig required) Locate withi 5 feet (1.5 meters) of the etwork iterface jacks ad a properly grouded electrical outlet ot cotrolled by a switch, usig supplied 7-foot (2.1-meter) cords Operatig temperature 32 to F (0 to + 40 C), ot i direct sulight Humidity 15%-90%, ocodesig For proper vetilatio ad easy replacemet of modules, provide the followig miimum clearace aroud the cotrol uit: 5-Slot carrier: 1 foot (0.3 meter) clearace at the top ad sides ad 2 feet (0.6 meter) at the frot ad bottom 2-Slot carrier or Stadaloe ACS processor module: 1 foot (0.3 meter) clearace at the frot, top ad right side, ad 2 feet (0.6 meter) at the bottom ad left side Locate i a area free of excess moisture, corrosive gases, dust, ad chemicals U.S. ad Caada: VAC, Hz, 3-prog outlet separate groud, separately fused at 15 Amps Other coutries: VAC (220 VAC fused at 10 Amps) Groudig to comply with Uderwriters Laboratories (UL) 1459: A. A isulated groudig coductor that is ot smaller i size ad equivalet i isulatio material ad thickess to the grouded ad ugrouded brach circuit supply coductors, except that it is gree with or without oe or more yellow stripes, is to be istalled as part of the circuit that supplies the product or system B. The groudig coductor metioed i item A is to be coected to groud at the service equipmet C. The attachmet-plug receptacles i the viciity of the product or system are all to be of a groudig type, ad the groudig coductors servig these receptacles are to be coected to earth groud at the service equipmet Requiremets for Out-of- Buildig Istallatios Istallatio of a telephoe or other stadard (tip/rig) device i aother buildig requires the followig I-Rage-Out-Of-Buildig (IROB) protectors to protect the cotrol uit ad device from electrical surges: System phoe: two Lucet Techologies IROB protectors Stadard phoe: oe Lucet Techologies IROB protector plus oe carbo block protector Istallatio of a Cotact Closure Adjuct cotrolled device outside the buildig requires a Lucet Techologies 146G Surge Protector-SCL/8 to protect the cotrol uit from electrical surges A-4 Specificatios

439 Wirig Safety Requiremets System phoes: Lucet Techologies SYSTIMAX Bulk Nopleum (DIW) cable, Lucet Techologies SYSTIMAX Bulk Pleum (HALAR/HALAR) cable, or at least 2-pair (4-wire) star ("home ru" ot "loop") Other stadard telecommuicatios equipmet (sigle-lie phoes, fax machies, aswerig machies, etc.): 1-pair (2-wire) moutig cords (Lucet Techologies D2R moutig cords recommeded) Bridgig adapter: Lucet Techologies 267F2 Rage: 1,000 feet (305 meters) for system phoes; 3,000 feet (915 meters) for stadard devices U.S.: Meets UL 1459 Issue 2 Caada: Meets CSA C22.2, 225 All other coutries: Meets IEC950 Secod Editio ad EN60950 Secod Editio Govermet Approvals ad Local Phoe Compay Iformatio U.S.: FCC Part 68 FCC registratio umber (U.S.): See the label o the side of the cotrol uit. FCC Part 15: Class A: 5-Slot Cofiguratio 2-Slot Cofiguratio with 308EC or PARTNER MAIL VS Class B: PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Stadaloe Cofiguratio 2-Slot Cofiguratio with 200, 206, or 400 module plus ACS processor module REN (outside lie jack): 0.9A per lie jack Jack type: RJ11C Loop start lies Caada: IC CP01, Issue 7 IC registratio umber (Caada): See the label o the side of the cotrol uit. IC CS03, Issues 6 & 7 Load Number = 7 Loop start lies Specificatios A-5

440 A-6 Specificatios

441 Maiteace, Repair, ad Orderig Iformatio B Maiteace Your system is desiged to provide trouble-free performace without ay special maiteace procedures. To reduce the risk of accidetal damage: Keep the system modules i a area free of dust, smoke, ad moisture, ad do ot block the air vets by placig objects o top of the cotrol uit. Do ot place telephoes ear a heatig duct, radiator, or other heat source, ad do ot drop or expose them to excessive shock or vibratio. Uplug the telephoe if its cord is damaged, if liquid is spilled ito it, or if its housig becomes cracked or otherwise damaged. To clea your telephoe, wipe the outside housig with a soft, dust-free cloth. If absolutely ecessary, you may use a cloth slightly dampeed with a mild soap ad water solutio. Dry quickly with a soft cloth.! CAUTION: Your telephoe cotais sesitive electroic parts. Never submerge it i ay kid of liquid, ad ever use detergets, alcohols, solvets, abrasive cleaers, or a excessive amout of water whe cleaig the housig ad faceplate. To do so could result i irreparable damage. Repair Iformatio Outside the cotietal U.S., cotact your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local Authorized Dealer for warraty ad repair iformatio applicable to your system. I-Warraty Repairs If you purchased or leased your system directly from Lucet Techologies, Lucet Techologies will repair it free of charge durig the oe-year warraty period. Simply call the hotlie ad ask for service. B-1

442 Busiess-Day service is stadard durig the warraty period for both the cotrol uit ad system phoes. Busiess-Day service is performed durig ormal busiess hours. However, if you eed 24-hour service protectio durig the warraty period o the cotrol uit i case there is a major system failure, you ca purchase a Aroud-the-Clock service cotract from your local Lucet Techologies sales office ( i the cotietal U.S. oly). (Aroud-the-Clock service is ot available for phoes.) If you purchased or leased your system through a Lucet Techologies Authorized Dealer, cotact your dealer for repairs. Post-Warraty Repairs If you purchased your system from Lucet Techologies ad you have a post-warraty service cotract, Lucet Techologies service is provided uder the terms of that cotract. To sigificatly reduce uexpected repair costs after the warraty period, you ca purchase a post-warraty service cotract from Lucet Techologies. If you do ot have a cotract, Lucet Techologies service is provided o a time-ad-materials basis by callig the hotlie. A cotract provides to you, withi the applicable coverage period ad respose times, service calls with o charge for parts ad labor o covered repairs. Both Busiess-Day ad Aroud-the-Clock coverages of varyig legths are available. To order a post-warraty service cotract, call (i the cotietal U.S. oly). If you leased your system uder a Term Pla from Lucet Techologies, Busiess-Day service is icluded i your lease. To upgrade to Aroud-the-Clock service, call (i the cotietal U.S. oly). (Aroud-the-Clock service is ot available for phoes.) If you purchased or leased your system through a Lucet Techologies Authorized Dealer, cotact your dealer for repairs. Lucet Techologies Limited Warraty ad Limitatio of Liability Lucet Techologies warrats to you, the customer, that your system will be i good workig order o the date Lucet Techologies or its authorized reseller delivers or istalls the system, whichever is later ( Warraty Date ). If you otify Lucet Techologies or its authorized reseller withi oe year of the Warraty Date that your system is ot i good workig order, Lucet Techologies will without charge to you repair or replace, at its optio, the system compoets that are ot i good workig order. Repair or replacemet parts may be ew or refurbished ad will be provided o a exchage basis. If Lucet Techologies determies that your system caot be repaired or replaced, Lucet Techologies will remove the system ad, at your optio, refud the purchase price of your system or apply the purchase price towards the purchase of aother Lucet Techologies system. B-2 Maiteace, Repair, ad Orderig

443 If you purchased your system directly from Lucet Techologies, Lucet Techologies will perform warraty repair i accordace with the terms ad coditios of the specific type of Lucet Techologies maiteace coverage you selected. A writte explaatio of Lucet Techologies types of maiteace coverage may be obtaied from Lucet Techologies by callig (i the cotietal U.S. oly). If you purchased your system from a Lucet Techologies authorized reseller, cotact your reseller for the details of the maiteace pla applicable to your system. This Lucet Techologies limited warraty covers damage to the system caused by power surges. Uless otherwise expressly agreed to i a writte agreemet siged by Lucet Techologies, Lucet Techologies will ot be resposible uder this limited warraty for damages resultig from: Failure to follow Lucet Techologies istallatio, operatio, or maiteace istructios; Uauthorized system modificatio, movemet, or alteratio; Uauthorized use of commo carrier commuicatio services accessed through the system; Abuse, misuse, or egliget acts or omissios of the customer ad persos uder the customer s cotrol; or Acts of third parties ad acts of God. For warrated items that were ot istalled by Lucet Techologies (self-istalled), ad are ot covered by a Service Protectio Pla, the meas of warraty fulfillmet o the product is to ship the replacemet item to you, or at Lucet Techologies discretio, to dispatch a techicia to repair or replace the product. Lucet Techologies OBLIGATION TO REPAIR, REPLACE, OR REFUND, AS SET FORTH ABOVE, IS YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH ABOVE, Lucet Techologies, ITS AFFILIATES, SUPPLIERS, AND DEALERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Limitatio of Liability Except as provided below, the liability of Lucet Techologies ad its affiliates ad suppliers for ay claims, losses, damages, or expeses from ay cause whatsoever (icludig acts or omissios of third parties), regardless of the form of actio, whether i cotract, tort, or otherwise, shall ot exceed the lesser of: (1) the direct damages prove; or (2) the repair cost, replacemet cost, licese fee, aual retal charge, or purchase price, as the case may be, of the equipmet that directly gives rise to the claim. Except as provided below, Lucet Maiteace, Repair, ad Orderig

444 Techologies ad its affiliates ad suppliers shall ot be liable for ay icidetal, special, reliace, cosequetial, or idirect loss or damage icurred i coectio with the equipmet. As used i this paragraph, cosequetial damages iclude, but are ot limited to, the followig: lost profits, lost reveues, ad losses arisig out of uauthorized use (or charges for such use) of commo carrier telecommuicatios services or facilities accessed through or coected to the equipmet. For persoal ijury caused by Lucet Techologies egligece, Lucet Techologies liability shall be limited to prove damages to perso. No actio or proceedig agaist Lucet Techologies or its affiliates or suppliers may be commeced more tha twety-four (24) moths after the cause of actio accrues. THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL SURVIVE FAILURE OF AN EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. Product Orderig Iformatio Referece Materials I additio to this guide, the followig materials are available (the order umbers are i paretheses): PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System Plaer ( ) provides the forms eeded to pla ad record how your system ad telephoes are to be programmed. PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios Istallatio ( ) provides istructios for istallig the system. User Istructio Cards ( ) cotais basic istructios for usig system phoes. PARTNER-34D Programmig Overlay ( ) helps with System Programmig from a PARTNER-34D phoe. PARTNER-18D Programmig Overlay ( ) helps with System Programmig from a PARTNER-18D phoe. MDW 9030P Wireless Pocketphoe Istallatio ad Use ( ) explais how to istall ad use the MDW 9030P pocketphoe. MDW 9030P Wireless Pocketphoe Quick Referece ( ) cotais basic iformatio for usig the MDW 9030P pocketphoe. MLC-6 Cordless Telephoe Istallatio ( ) explais how to istall the MLC-6 cordless telephoe. MLC-6 Cordless Telephoe Quick Referece ( ) cotais basic iformatio for usig the MLC-6 cordless telephoe. PARTNER MAIL VS Voice Messagig System Release 3 Istallatio ad Programmig ( ) provides istructios for istallig, programmig, ad maitaiig your PARTNER MAIL VS system. B-4 Maiteace, Repair, ad Orderig

445 PARTNER MAIL VS Voice Messagig System Release 3 Plaig Forms ( ) provides the forms eeded to pla ad record how your PARTNER MAIL VS system is to be programmed. Usig the PARTNER MAIL VS Voice Messagig System Release 3 ( ) cotais istructios for usig the PARTNER MAIL VS system. PARTNER MAIL Voice Messagig System Release 3 Plaig, Istallatio, ad Use ( ) provides istructios for plaig, istallig, programmig, ad maitaiig your PARTNER MAIL system. PARTNER MAIL Voice Messagig System Release 3 Plaig Forms ( ) provides the forms eeded to pla ad record how your PARTNER MAIL system is to be programmed. PARTNER MAIL Voice Messagig System Release 3 User s Guide ( ) cotais istructios for usig the PARTNER MAIL system. PARTNER Voice Messagig PC Card Istallatio, Programmig ad Use cotais istructios for istallig, programmig ad usig the PARTNER ACS voice messagig system (ACS Release 1.1 or later). Some of these materials also are available i Spaish ad Frech. For more iformatio, or to order materials, cotact the Lucet Techologies BCS Publicatios Ceter at or or your Lucet Techologies Represetative or local Authorized Dealer. Hardware Compoets Orderig additioal telephoes ad modules, accessories, ad replacemet parts for your system is coveiet. Table B-1 shows where you ca buy system compoets i the cotietal Uited States. To take full advatage of your system, the sources show below also ca provide you with the optioal equipmet you might wat for your system, such as Lucet Techologies fax machies, aswerig machies, stadard phoes, voice messagig systems, modems, pagig systems, doorphoes, headsets, bells, lights, strobes, music-o-hold systems, ad priters. You ca obtai most items from more tha oe source, either directly from Lucet Techologies or from authorized dealers. Sources i the U.S. are: Lucet Techologies Catalog Sales. This source is Lucet Techologies atioal phoe/mail sales ceter i Ciciati. A Catalog Associate will place your order, icludig Lucet Techologies istallatio if you eed it. You ca charge your order o a VISA, Mastercard, or America Express card. The Catalog Associate ca also give you sales advice ad mail you the Lucet Techologies SOURCEBOOK CATALOG of systems, telephoes, ad accessories. Call Maiteace, Repair, ad Orderig

446 Lucet Techologies Sales Offices. Sales offices to serve the small busiess customer are located throughout the coutry. To cotact the office closest to you, call A represetative will place your order, icludig Lucet Techologies istallatio if you eed it. Lucet Techologies Authorized Dealers. You ca also buy most items from oe of Lucet Techologies authorized dealers. Check your local telephoe directory s yellow pages for the Lucet Techologies Authorized Dealer earest you. Lucet Techologies Natioal Parts Sales Ceter. This atioal sales ceter, located i Dever, stocks replacemet parts. Telephoe orders ca be placed by callig I Caada, order these items from Lucet Techologies Caada: Easter Caada ad Ottawa: Otario: Cetral ad Wester Caada: B-6 Maiteace, Repair, ad Orderig

447

448

449 Speed Dial Form C Speed Dial Form This appedix cotais a Speed Dial Form to be photocopied ad haded out to system users. It provides space for System ad Persoal Speed Dial umbers. For istructios o programmig ad usig System ad Persoal Speed Dial umbers, see Chapter 5. We suggest that you fill i a photocopy of the form, leavig the blak origial i the book, i case you eed to distribute revisios i the future. C-1

450 C-2 Speed Dial Form To Dial O a system phoe, press f + Code O a stadard phoe, press # + Code while receivig itercom dial toe. System Speed Dial Numbers Code Name/Compay * Telephoe Number Code Name/Compay PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System * Telephoe Number Code Name/Compay * Telephoe Number * You ca dial System Speed Dial codes with a ( ) at ay time, regardless of dialig restrictios placed o your extesio. System Speed * Dial umbers are programmed by the System Maager (report problems ad suggested revisios to your System Maager).

451 PARTNER Advaced Commuicatios System To Dial O a system phoe, press f + Code O a stadard phoe, press # + Code while receivig itercom dial toe. Extesio Persoal Speed Dial Numbers Code Name/Compay Telephoe Number Code Name/Compay Telephoe Number To program Persoal Speed Dial Numbers, see the Quick Referece. Speed Dial Form C-3

452 C-4 Speed Dial Form

453 Programmig Mixed Telephoe Types D Overview This appedix provides iformatio about programmig from a PARTNER-34D phoe to MLS-model phoes ad from a MLS-34D phoe to PARTNER-model phoes. I these situatios, you should be aware that the butto that you press at extesio 10 or 11 (the programmig extesio) is likely to be i a differet locatio tha the butto o the phoe to which the programmig applies (the target phoe). If you are programmig from a PARTNER-18D or MLS-18D phoe, the butto locatios are the same. You ca use the illustratios i this appedix to facilitate programmig from oe telephoe type to the other. Figure D-1 shows the buttos o the PARTNER-34D Programmig Overlay ad the relative locatio of those buttos o each MLS-model phoe. Figure D-2 shows the buttos o the MLS-34D Programmig Overlay ad the relative locatio of those buttos o each PARTNER-model phoe. (The letters o the PARTNER-34D Overlay i Figure D-1 are prited o the Overlay. To help you program from a MLS-34D phoe, you may wat to write the letters show o the MLS-34D Overlay i Figure D-2 o your Overlay.) If you wat to program features o specific buttos at target phoes, it is recommeded that you: 1. Look at the figure with the overlay that matches the phoe at your programmig extesio. 2. Fid the locatio of the butto i the picture of the target phoe. 3. Note the letter associated with that particular butto. 4. Fid the letter i the picture of the Programmig Overlay. 5. Press that butto o the programmig extesio. For example, if you are usig a PARTNER-34D phoe at extesio 10 ad you wat to program Do Not Disturb o the top, leftmost butto of a MLS-18D phoe: refer to Figure D-1; fid the top, leftmost butto o the MLS-18D phoe; the press the butto labeled M o the PARTNER-34D Programmig Overlay. D-1

454 PARTNER-6 Phoe Itercom Ext. Itercom Message MLS-34D Overlay PARTNER-18D/18 Phoe Itercom Itercom Ext. Message PARTNER-34D Phoe Itercom Itercom Ext. Message Figure D-1. Programmig from a PARTNER-34D Phoe D-2 Programmig Mixed Telephoe Types

455 MLS-6 Phoe Itercom Itercom Ext. Volume Spkr MLS-18D/12D/12 Phoe PARTNER-34D Overlay Message Itercom Itercom Ext. Volume Speakerphoe Spkr Mic HFAI MLS-34D Phoe Ext. Itercom Itercom Figure D-2. Programmig from a MLS-34D Phoe Programmig Mixed Telephoe Types D-3

456 D-4 Programmig Mixed Telephoe Types

457 Glossary Glossary A Accout code A code of up to 16 digits that is associated with icomig or outgoig telephoe calls. Etry of a accout code may be optioal or forced. If etered, a accout code appears o the call record for a call. See also Call report, Forced Accout Code Etry, ad Forced Accout Code List. Auto Dial butto A programmable telephoe butto that lets you dial a series of digits simply by pressig that butto. A Auto Dial butto ca be used to store a feature code, a phoe umber, or a accout code so that it ca be dialed with oe touch. See also Programmable butto. Auto Attedat A optioal device that aswers calls ad routes them to the appropriate extesio based o caller resposes to a recorded aoucemet. Automated Attedat Service A voice messagig system feature that aswers calls ad routes them to the appropriate extesio based o caller resposes to a recorded aoucemet. See also Auto Attedat ad Voice messagig system (VMS). Automatic System Aswer (ASA) Release 2.0 or later A optioal system feature that causes icomig calls to be aswered by the system if the receptioist caot aswer withi a specified umber of rigs. The system plays a brief aoucemet ad places the call o hold, cotiues rigig, or discoects the call. See Direct Extesio Dial. See also Automatic System Aswer/Direct Extesio Dial PC Card. Automatic System Aswer/Direct Extesio Dial PC Card Release 2.0 or later A Lucet Techologies proprietary PC Card (purchased separately) that is used like a floppy disk to store Automatic System Aswer/Direct Extesio Dial messages. See Automatic System Aswer ad Direct Extesio Dial. See also PC Card. Auxiliary equipmet Telecommuicatios equipmet (other tha system phoes) that ca be coected to the cotrol uit. Auxiliary equipmet icludes idustry-stadard devices that ca coect directly to the public telephoe etwork (such as stadard phoes or fax machies) as well as devices that require the iterface provided by the cotrol uit (such as a loudspeaker pagig system). B Backgroud Music GL-1

458 Glossary A feature that provides backgroud music through the speaker of a idle system phoe for a user s work area. Backgroud Music plays the pre-recorded material from the Music O Hold audio source. Backup The system ad telephoe programmig settigs ca be saved o a Backup/Restore PC Card usig either of two features: Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) or Backup Programmig Maual (#124). Backup/Restore PC Card A Lucet Techologies proprietary PC Card that is used like a floppy disk to back up system ad telephoe programmig settigs ad to restore these settigs if they become corrupted. This card must be iserted i the PARTNER ACS processor module before you use the system s backup or restore features [Backup Programmig Automatic (#123), Backup Programmig Maual (#124), or Restore Programmig (#125)]. See also PC Card. C Call Aswer Service A voice messagig system feature that lets callers leave a message at a uaswered extesio or trasfer themselves to aother extesio. Call Assistat See Itercom Autodialer. Call Coverage Release 2.0 or later A feature that lets users sed their itercom ad trasferred calls ad calls o their owed lies to a coverig extesio whe they are uable to aswer calls. Call Park A feature that lets a user put a call o a special type of hold, so it ca be picked up from ay extesio i the system. Call record A lie of iformatio o a call report that icludes data fields such as call type, date, time, called/caller umber, ad call duratio. See also Accout code ad Call report. Call report A page of iformatio that begis with a header ad lists icomig ad outgoig calls to ad from your busiess o a call-by-call basis. See also Call record ad Call reportig. Call reportig A feature that provides records of call activity. Call reportig also is referred to as Statio Message Detail Recordig or SMDR. Call Waitig A feature that lets stadard phoe users receive otificatio of a secod icomig call whe they are busy o a call. The user ca press the switchhook to put the first call o hold ad aswer the secod call. Caller ID GL-2

459 Glossary A feature that displays a icomig caller s umber (or ame) o a system display phoe. To get Caller ID, you must subscribe to the service (if it is available) from your local phoe compay ad coect Caller ID lies to the appropriate system modules. Caller ID Ispect A feature that allows you to view icomig Caller ID or Call Coverage iformatio o other lies while active o a call, without placig the call o hold or hagig up. Caller ID Loggig ad Dialig Release 2.0 or later A feature that allows you to log ad view Caller ID iformatio ad to retur logged calls usig a dial butto. See also, Caller ID. Caller ID Name/Number A feature that allows you to toggle betwee a caller s Caller ID ame ad Caller ID umber. Caller ID service A subscriptio service available from some local telephoe compaies, providig the telephoe umber ad/or ame of the caller o lies that have the service. Callig Group A group of extesios that ca be called simultaeously by dialig a group callig code. See also Hut Group. Callig restrictio A feature that lets you cotrol telephoe use at specific extesios. Cetralized Telephoe Programmig A method of telephoe programmig that lets you program idividual extesios i the system from a system display phoe at extesio 10 or extesio 11. Cetralized Telephoe Programmig is a alterative to Extesio Programmig. CO Lie See Lie. Combiatio extesio A extesio that has two devices coected to it. Combiatio extesios ca coect two stadard devices or a stadard device ad a system phoe, but ot two system phoes. Cotact Closure butto A phoe butto that is programmed to activate oe of the two Cotact Closures o the Cotact Closure Adjuct to cotrol a auxiliary device such as a door lock. Cotrol uit Made up of a PARTNER ACS processor module, ad, optioally, a 2-Slot or a 5-Slot molded plastic carrier to hold additioal system modules. The 5-Slot carrier also has a cover. The cotrol uit coects lies comig ito your buildig to the extesios i your system, ad also provides system features. D DGC Group See Group Call Distributio ad Hut Group. GL-3

460 Glossary Direct Extesio Dial Release 2.0 or later A optioal feature that eables outside callers to dial a extesio or Hut Group directly, without waitig for the receptioist to trasfer the call. See Automatic System Aswer. See also Automatic System Aswer/Direct Extesio Dial PC Card. Doorphoe A Lucet Techologies proprietary phoe that ca be wall mouted outside your office or i a lobby to allow visitors to alert ay umber of system extesios by pressig a butto. The doorphoe icludes a speaker ad microphoe, to allow two-way coversatio betwee the doorphoe ad the phoe that aswers. Do Not Disturb A feature that prevets icomig calls from rigig at a extesio. See also Sed All Calls. E Extesio A edpoit i the system that coects telephoes or stadard devices, which ca be dialed usig the i butto. See also Programmig extesio. Extesio jack The locatio o a PARTNER ACS processor module, 206 modules, ad 308EC modules that allows you to coect extesio wirig to the cotrol uit for phoes (or other telecommuicatios devices). Extesio umber The umber assiged to each extesio jack o a PARTNER ACS processor module or a 206 module. Extesio umbers are used for itercom callig. Extesio Name Display A feature that lets users assig a ame to their extesio. The ame appears alog with the extesio umber o system display phoes whe users make a itercom call or a group call, or trasfer a call. Extesio Programmig A method of telephoe programmig that lets users program their ow extesios from their system phoes. See also Cetralized Telephoe Programmig. Exteral Hotlie A stadard phoe that is programmed to dial a predetermied outside umber whe a user lifts the hadset. See also Hotlie phoe. F Fax Maagemet butto GL-4

461 Glossary A system phoe butto with lights that is programmed with the extesio umber of a fax machie. A user ca moitor the lights ext to this butto to determie whe the fax machie is i use, available, or ot aswerig. Feature phoe A idustry-stadard phoe that icludes programmable buttos or other built-i features. Forced Accout Code Etry A system settig that forces users at specified extesios to eter a accout code before makig a call. See also Accout code ad Forced Accout Code List. Forced Accout Code List A optioal list of accout codes that the system checks whe a user eters a forced accout code. If the forced accout code etered by the user is o the list (valid), the user gets access to a outside lie; if ot, the user is deied access. 400 module The Lucet Techologies equipmet compoet that has lie jacks for coectig up to four outside lies. G Group Call Distributio A system settig that automatically directs icomig calls o specific lies to a Hut Group. See also Hut Group ad VMS Hut Group. H Hold Remider Toe O system phoes, a short beep that is geerated for a call that is left o hold for loger tha oe miute. The toe souds oce every miute util the held call is retrieved, or util the caller hags up. Hotlie phoe A stadard phoe at a extesio which rigs aother extesio automatically whe the hadset is lifted. See also Exteral Hotlie. Hut Group A group of extesios that takes icomig or trasferred calls i roud-robi fashio. Calls to the hut group go to the first available extesio i the group, with the extesio that aswered most recetly beig the last oe i the hut order. See also Callig Group ad VMS Hut Group. Hybrid mode Release 2.0 or later A operatig mode i which outside lies are grouped together i pools. To access outside lies, users press pool buttos o their phoes or eter the pool access code. I this mode, users do ot kow which lies they are usig to make ad receive calls. See also Key mode ad System mode. GL-5

462 Glossary I Idustry-stadard device A telephoe or other telecommuicatios device that ca be coected directly to the public telephoe etwork. See also Proprietary device ad Stadard phoe. Iside call See Itercom call. Itercom Autodialer A auxiliary device that ca be coected to the system phoes at extesios 10 ad 11. The device has a Auto Dial butto for each extesio i the system, which ca be used to dial or trasfer calls to the extesio with oe touch. Itercom Auto Dial butto A butto that is programmed to rig or page aother extesio wheever the butto is pressed. The butto ca be used to call the extesio or to trasfer a call to the extesio with oe touch; the lights ext to the butto also show callig activity for the extesio. See also Maual Sigalig. Itercom call A call that is made to aother system extesio. Iteral call See Itercom call. K Key Extesio A extesio that has lie buttos but ot pool buttos. See also key mode ad Pooled extesio. Key mode A operatig mode i which outside lies are assiged oe per lie butto. To access outside lies, users press lie buttos or eter a Direct Lie Pickup code. See also Hybrid mode ad System mode. L Lie The trasmissio path betwee your cotrol uit ad the local phoe compay s Cetral Office, used for icomig ad outgoig calls. Lie butto A butto with status lights o a system phoe that represets a specific lie for makig calls. See also Key extesio ad Pooled extesio. Lie hutig See Group Call Distributio. GL-6

463 Glossary Lie jack The locatio o a PARTNER ACS processor module ad 206 ad 400 modules that allows you to coect outside lies to the cotrol uit. Lie umber The umber assiged to each lie jack o a PARTNER ACS processor module, 308EC module, a 206 module, or a 400 module. Lie poolig See Pool. Lie Reserve A system feature that lets you reserve a busy lie or pool (by pressig the busy lie or pool butto without liftig the hadset) so your phoe beeps whe the lie or pool becomes free. Loudspeaker pagig system Equipmet that lets you make aoucemets over the loudspeaker from a system extesio. Ay Lucet Techologies pagig system ca be coected to the PAGE jack o the processor module i the cotrol uit. See also Simultaeous Pagig. M Mailbox See Voice mailbox. Maual Sigalig A feature that lets a user sigal a extesio by pressig a programmed butto. The phoe at the target extesio beeps for as log as the butto is pressed. Alteratively, the Maual Sigalig butto ca be used to rig or voice sigal the target extesio. See also Itercom Auto Dial butto. Music-o-hold system Equipmet that lets you play recorded music or messages to callers who are placed o hold. A music-o-hold audio source ca be coected to the RCA jack o the processor module i the cotrol uit. See also Backgroud Music. N Network iterface jack A jack, geerally located i your equipmet room, that provides access to a outside lie comig ito your buildig from your local telephoe compay. A lie cord from the etwork iterface jack to a lie jack o a PARTNER ACS processor module, a 308EC module, a 206 module, or a 400 module coects the lie to your system. Night Service A feature that automatically redirects calls received after hours or whe a receptioist is ot available to aswer calls. (This feature also activates ight service operatio of the voice messagig system.) See also Password. GL-7

464 Glossary O Oe-touch Itercom Callig butto See Itercom Auto Dial butto. Outside lie See Lie. Outside pool See Pool. P Park See Call Park. PARTNER ACS processor module The Lucet Techologies equipmet compoet that provides the software itelligece that cotrols the system s features. This module may be a stadaloe uit, or it may be istalled i the ceter slot of the 5-Slot carrier or the leftmost slot of the 2-Slot carrier. PARTNER Voice Messagig PC Card Release 1.1 or later A optioal voice messagig service, provided o a PC Card, that allows users to record a greetig ad callers to leave messages. Provides solutios for after-hour calls ad backup for the receptioist. PARTNER-Model Telephoes See System phoes. PARTNER-CA48 Itercom Autodialer See Itercom Autodialer. Password A four-digit code assiged by the System Maager that users ca eter from a PARTNER- or MLS-model phoe to override dialig restrictios ad to tur Night Service o ad off. See also Night Service. PC Card A computer card that ca be iserted i either of two PCMCIA slots o the PARTNER ACS processor module. See also Backup/Restore PC Card Pickup Group A group of extesios for which calls to ay extesio i the group ca be picked up, from ay extesio i the system, by dialig a group pickup code. Pool Release 2.0 or later GL-8

465 Glossary A group of outside lies used for makig ad receivig calls o pooled extesios. A pool typically cotais lies of a similar type or purpose (WATS, FX, etc.) ad is idetified by a pool access code. The system supports four pools: a mai pool ad three auxiliary pools. See also Hybrid mode, Pool access code, ad Pooled extesio. Pool Access Code Release 2.0 or later A three-digit code used to access outside lies i a specific pool. The mai pool ad each auxiliary pool are kow to the system as 880, 881, 882, ad 883, respectively. Users ca either dial the pool access code or press a pool butto represetig oe of the pools to make a call. Pool butto Release 2.0 or later A butto with status lights o a system phoe that represets a specific pool for makig calls. See also Pooled extesio. Pool umber Release 2.0 or later See Pool Access Code. Pooled extesio Release 2.0 or later A extesio i Hybrid mode that has pool buttos or pool ad lie buttos. See also Hybrid mode ad Key extesio. Programmable butto A telephoe butto that does ot have a lie or pool assiged; it ca be set up to dial a umber or access a feature. Programmig See Cetralized Telephoe Programmig, Extesio Programmig, ad System Programmig. Programmig extesio A extesio from which you ca program the system; this ca be either extesio 10 or 11. Proprietary device A telephoe or other device that is desiged to work with a specific system, ad requires a special iterface to coect to the public telephoe etwork. For example, system phoes are proprietary devices that ca oly be used with the cotrol uit described i this guide. See also Idustry-stadard device. R RAU (Remote Admiistratio Uit) A auxiliary device that lets you perform system programmig from a remote locatio. Recall A system feature that seds a timed switchhook flash to let you recall a dial toe to make aother call to or access a PBX or Cetrex service. (Use Recall oly o a outside call; usig Recall o a itercom call discoects the call.) Reorder toe A fast busy sigal that the system trasmits to a extesio whe a user attempts to use a feature that is ot available to that extesio. Riger Equivalece Number (REN) A measure of the power it takes to rig a phoe or other telecommuicatios device, usually show o a label o the bottom of the device. GL-9

466 Glossary Restore The reistatig of system ad telephoe programmig settigs that have bee saved o a Backup/Restore PC Card usig either Backup Programmig Automatic (#123) or Backup Programmig Maual (#124). If ecessary, this backed up iformatio ca be restored usig Restore Programmig (#125). S Sed All Calls Lets you sed calls immediately to Call Coverage or to the voice messagig system. Simultaeous Pagig A feature that lets you make aoucemets over the loudspeaker ad all idle system phoes with speakers i Callig Group 1. See also Loudspeaker pagig system. SMDR (Statio Message Detail Recordig) See Call reportig. Speed dialig A feature that lets a user dial a telephoe umber quickly by dialig a short code. Stadard phoe A idustry-stadard touch-toe or rotary phoe such as you might have i your home. Some stadard phoes iclude special feature buttos for frequetly-used callig fuctios. See also Feature phoe ad Idustry-stadard device. Star Codes Codes, typically dialed before a outgoig call, that provide special services from the local phoe compay Cetral Office. For example, *67 eables a dialer to block the sedig of Caller ID iformatio to the called party. Statio See Extesio. Statio Lock A feature that lets a user lock his or her extesio to prevet other users from makig outside calls from the locked extesio. Statio Message Detail Recordig (SMDR) See Call reportig. Subscriber (1) O a voice messagig system, a user who has a mailbox i the system. (2) A user who has access to a outside lie with special features, such as Caller ID. System The Lucet Techologies cotrol uit ad system phoes that you purchased, plus all other telecommuicatios devices that are coected to your cotrol uit. System Maager The perso i your busiess who is resposible for maagig your system, icludig system programmig. GL-10

467 Glossary System phoes The Lucet Techologies telephoes that are specifically desiged for use with PARTNER systems. Models iclude the PARTNER-34D, PARTNER-18D, PARTNER-18, PARTNER-6, MLS-34D, MLS-18D, MLS-12D, MLS-12, MLS-6, MLC-6, MDW 9000, MDW 9010, ad MDW 9030P phoes. System Programmig Procedures that allow you to customize system settigs for your busiess. System Programmig requires a system display phoe ad must be doe from extesio 10 or 11. System Restore See Restore. T Talk-Back See Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back. Telephoe Programmig Procedures that allow you to customize extesios to meet the eeds of idividual users, icludig the assigmet of features to programmable buttos. Telephoe Programmig ca be doe either cetrally or from the user s ow extesio. See also Cetralized Telephoe Programmig ad Extesio Programmig. 308EC module The Lucet techologies equipmet compoet that has lie jacks for coectig three outside lies ad up to eight extesios to the cotrol uit. 200 module The Lucet Techologies equipmet compoet that has lie jacks for coectig up to two outside lies. 206 module The Lucet Techologies equipmet compoet that cotais jacks for coectig up to two outside lies ad up to six extesios. V Verificatio of Accout Codes See Forced Accout Code Etry. VMS (Voice Messagig System) See Voice messagig system (VMS). VMS Hut Group Hut Group 7, reserved by the system to idetify extesios that are associated with the voice messagig system hardware. See also Group Call Distributio ad Hut Group. Voice Iterrupt O Busy GL-11

468 Glossary A special itercom call that lets a user iterrupt ad speak to aother user who is busy o a call. See also Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back. Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back A feature that lets the recipiet of a voice iterrupt o busy itercom call respod to the origiator of that call. See also Voice Iterrupt O Busy. Voice Mail coverage A voice messagig system feature that provides Call Aswer Service whe a call is ot aswered by a covered extesio. See also Call Aswer Service. Voice Mail Service A voice messagig system feature that lets users retrieve messages ad record greetigs. Voice mailbox A storage area for greetigs ad messages i a voice messagig system. Voice messagig system (VMS) A optioal call routig ad messagig device that provides call coverage by aswerig calls ad routig them to caller desigated extesios. It also lets callers leave messages at uaswered extesios ad lets subscribers retrieve their messages. (The system supports the PARTNER MAIL VS system, the PARTNER MAIL system, or PARTNER Voice Messagig PC Card.) W Wake Up Service A special applicatio feature that lets the receptioist at extesio 10 schedule wake up or remider calls for specific extesios. GL-12

469 Idex IN with Night Service, 4-25 B A AA (Automated Attedat) Extesios (#607), 5-6 Abbreviated Rigig (#305), 5-8 Accessories, B-6 Accout Code Etry descriptio, 5-8, 5-133, Addig lies ad extesios, 2-4 Allowed List Assigmets (#408), 5-11 Allowed Phoe Number Lists (#407), 5-13 Amplified hadset, 4-3, B-6 Aswerig a call at your extesio, 5-16 idetifyig a call type by rigig patter, 3-7, 3-12 rigig at aother extesio, 5-58, Aswerig machies, ASA, 5-27, 5-30, 5-32, 5-36 Attedats, automated, 4-9 Attedats, automated (see Auto Attedat) Authorizatio Codes (see Forced Accout Code Etry (#307)) Auto Aswer Itercom (see Hads-Free Aswer o Itercom) Auto Attedat, 4-9 Auto Attedat extesios, 5-6 Auto Dial buttos descriptio, 2-29, 2-31, ?? programmig, 5-19, 5-20 usig, 3-14, 5-21 Auto dial buttos, 2-9 Auto Dial umbers, 5-20 Autodialer, Itercom descriptio, 5-21 Autodialers, Itercom, 5-19 descriptio, 1-14, 2-32 problems, 6-11 Automated Attedats (see Auto attedat) Automatic Extesio Privacy (#304), 5-22 Automatic Lie Selectio, 5-24 Automatic System Aswer Butto (#111),descriptio, 5-27 Delay (#110), 5-30 Lies (#204), 5-32 Mode (#121), 5-34 Record/Playback, 5-36 Automatic System Aswer/Direct Extesio Dial PC Card, 1-8 Automatic VMS Cover (#310), 5-39 Auxiliary equipmet example setups, overview, 1-15 programmig for, 2-17 Requiremets, 1-16 Backgroud Music descriptio, 5-41 Backlit display (MLS-18D oly), Backplae, B-6 Backup problems automatic, 6-7, maual, Backup Programmig Automatic (#123), 2-20, , 6-7, Maual (#124), 2-20, , Backup/Restore PC Card, 1-3, 2-20 isertig, problems with, 6-27 removig, Batteries, Bed ad Breakfast features Outgoig Call Restrictio Butto (#114), 2-15, 2-20, Wake Up Service Butto (#115), Bells (see Extra alerts) Busy extesio idicatio (see Light patters) Busy Lamp Fields (BLF) feature (see Light patters) Butto label sheets, B-6 Butto locatios for programmig at extesio 10/11 descriptio, 2-24 Buttos Auto Dial, 2-12, 2-31 itercom, 1-11, 3-4 lie, 1-11 programmig, 2-29 system phoe, 1-11 C Call accoutig (see Statio Message Detail Recordig) Call Assistat Itercom Autodialer, 1-14, 5-19 Call Coverage, 1-3 Call Coverage (#116) Rigs, 5-52 Call Coverage Rigs (#105), 5-52 Call Follow-Me descriptio, light patters, 3-7 Call Forwardig descriptio, light patters, 3-7 Call hadlig features, 3-16 Call Itercept feature, 4-4 Call Park, 5-56 Call Pickup, 5-58 IN-1

470 Idex Call report, 4-10, Call reportig devices, 4-10 Call Restrictio, Outgoig (#401), Call Waitig (#316), 5-60 Caller ID Call Waitig, with, 5-64 descriptio, 5-62 device, 4-3 iformatio, viewig, 5-62, 5-65 modules required for, 1-6 pritig iformatio, 4-10 SMDR, with, 5-64 Caller ID Call Loggig ad Dialig associatig lies ad extesios, 5-69 descriptio, 5-71 dialig logged call umbers, usig, 5-73 viewig logged calls, 5-73 Caller ID Ispect, 5-65 Caller ID Name Display descriptio, 5-76 Caller ID Type (#122), 5-77 Callig extesios simultaeously, 5-79, itercom (iside), outside, Callig Group, 5-79 Callig Group Extesios (#502), 5-79 Capabilities, system, 1-2 Capacities,system, 1-8 Carrier 2-Slot, Slot, 2-2 Cetralized Telephoe Programmig, 2-1, Cetralized telephoe programmig, 2-34 Chagig system settigs, 2-1, 2-2, 2-8, 2-11, 2-12 Clock, chagig system, 2-4, 2-9, , CO Lie Hutig (see Group Call Distributio (#206)) Combiatio extesio problems with, 6-23 usig, 3-15 Compoets batteries, 1-7 capacity, descriptio, 1-4 illustratio, 1-5 modules, 1-6 PC Card slot, 1-7 telephoes, Compoets, system cofiguratios (see Cofiguratios) descriptio, 1-4 Coferece call, makig a, 5-81 Cof butto, 5-81 Drop, 5-83 limit outside participats, outside restrictio, Cofiguratios 2-Slot, 1-6, Slot, 1-6, 2-2 extesios, maximum, 1-6, 2-2 lies, maximum, 1-8 overview, 1-6 stadaloe, 1-4 Cotact Closure settig up, 4-14 Cotact Closure Adjuct descriptio, 2-18, 4-14 Cotact Closure device, 4-14 Cotact Closure Group (#612), 5-86 Cotact Closure jack descriptio, 2-18 Cotact Closure Operatio Type (#613), 5-86 Cotact Closures descriptio, 5-84 Cotrol uit illustratio, 1-5 cotrol uit defiitio, 1-4 Copy Settigs (#399), 2-7, 5-90 Cordless phoes, 1-14 Coverage, Coverig calls, 5-48 Credit card scaers, 4-15 Customer Self Service Ceter o the Iteret, 6-1 Cycle programmig method, 2-24 D Date, System (#101), Day, System (#102), Dead phoes, 6-33 Delayed rig, DFT (see Lie) Dial Mode (#201), 5-92 Dial toe itercom, 3-7, 3-12, outside, 3-7, 3-12 recall, 5-60, stadard phoes, 3-12 system phoes, 3-7 Dial-code features, 3-16 Dialig Restrictios ad Permissios summary of, 2-12 Dialig restrictios ad permissios disallowed phoe umbers, 5-107, emergecy phoe umbers, fax machie, for, 4-18 lie access, log-distace, for, outside lies, cotrollig calls o, 2-15 overridig, 2-16, 5-251, PBX/Cetrex services, with, 2-11 pooled extesios, for, IN-2

471 Idex programmig, 2-12 star codes, with, 2-12 types of outgoig calls, Direct Departmet Callig (see Hut Groups) Direct Extesio Dial Butto, 5-93 Butto (#113), 5-93 Delay, 5-96 Delay (#112), 5-96 Lies, 5-98 Record/Playback, Direct Extesio Dial (see Automatic System Aswer/Direct Extesio Dial PC Card) Direct Facility Termiatio (see Lie) Direct Group Callig, Direct Lie Pickup Active Lie, Idle Lie, Direct programmig method, 2-24 Direct Statio Select (see Auto Dial buttos ad Itercom Autodialer) Disallowed List Assigmets (#405), Disallowed Phoe Number Lists (#404), Display adjustig cotrast, assigig a ame to, extesio ame, 5-113, features, Display Laguage (#303), Display phoe for programmig, 2-1, 2-21, 2-34 for receptioist, 2-30 display phoe for programmig, 2-24 Distictive Rig (#308), Do Not Disturb descriptio, Doorphoes descriptio, 4-1 Doorphoe Alert Extesios (#606), Doorphoe Extesios (#604/#605), programmig for, 5-118, 5-120, Drop, Coferece, 5-83 Droppig parties from a coferece call, 5-81, 5-83 DSS (see Auto Dial buttos ad Itercom Autodialer) E Electromagetic Iterferece filter, 4-3, B-6 Emergecy Phoe Number List (#406), EMI (see Electromagetic Iterferece filter) Exclusive Hold, Extesio addig a, 2-10 combiatio, 3-15, 6-23 copyig settigs, 2-7 customizig a, 2-6 groups, 2-17 jacks, 2-2 mamimum, 2-2 umber, shared, 3-15 umberig, 2-2 programmig, 2-5, 2-6, 2-10, 5-90 programmig from, 2-1 receptioist, 2-30 restrictig access to a lie, 2-13 restrictig outside dialig, 2-13 swappig, 2-10 trasfer retur, Extesio 10/11, 2-1, 2-33 butto locatios for programmig, 2-24 programmig from, 2-1 programmig overlays, usig with, 2-21 Extesio Name Display, Extesio Programmig, 2-1, 2-35 Extesio, Trasfer Retur (#306), Exteral Hotlie (#311), Extra alerts, 4-2 F FACE, FACE (Forced Accout Code Etry), Fax Machie Extesios (#601), Fax machies dialig restrictios for, 4-18 ed ad receive, 4-18 example setups, 4-18, 4-21 lie saver, 4-18 programmig for, 5-19, trasferrig calls to, 4-17 usig, 4-16 fax machies sigle, 4-18 Fax Maagemet butto, Feature phoes, 3-14 Flash, 5-218, Follow-Me, 5-53 Forced Accout Code List (#409), Forwardig calls, module, 1-6, B-6 400E Module, EC Module, Slot carrier cofiguratio overview, 1-6 G GCD, GCD (see Group Call Distributio) IN-3

472 Idex Group Call Distributio (#206), Group Callig, 5-79, Group Hutig, 5-144, 5-156, Group Pagig, Group Pickup, Groups Callig, 5-79, Hut, 5-144, Night Service, overview, 2-17 Pagig, 5-79, Pickup, 5-148, settig up, 2-17 Iside call, makig a, Itercom Auto Dial buttos, 5-19 Itercom Auto Dial Butto, 3-4 Itercom Autodialer, 1-14, 2-32, 5-19 Itercom call, makig a, Itercom Dial Toe (#309), Itercom status, 2-14 Iteral Hotlie (see Hotlie (#603) Iteret Customer Self Service Ceter, 6-1 IROB (I-Rage Out-of-Buildig) protectors, 4-3 IROB (see I-Rage Out-of-Buildig protectors) H Hadset for hard-of-hearig, 4-3 usig, 3-7 volume cotrols, 3-10 Hads-Free Aswer o Itercom, 3-7 Hard-of-hearig hadsets, 4-3, B-6 Hardware, 1-4, 1-15 Headsets, 4-2 HFAI (see Hads-Free Aswer o Itercom) Hold butto, Hold Discoect Time (#203), Hold Remider Toe, 5-124, Hold, Exclusive, Holdig a call, 5-124, Hotel/Motel features descriptio, 2-20 Outgoig Call Restrictio Butto (#114), Wake Up Service Butto (#115), Hotlie (#603), Hotlie, Exteral, Hotlie, Iside frot cover, 6-2 Hut Group VMS, 5-272, Hut Group Extesios (#505), Hut Groups descriptio, 2-17 programmig usig, Hut Groups (see also Group Call Distributio) Hybrid Mode, 1-10 I Idle Lie Preferece (see Automatic Lie Selectio) Immediate call aswerig, 2-30 Immediate rig, 2-29, 2-30, 5-173, Idustry Stadard Devices (see Stadard devices) I-Rage Out-of-Buildig (IROB) protectors, 4-3, B-6 J Jacks types per module, 2-2 Joiig a call, K Key extesios, Key Mode, 1-10 L Labelig lie ad extesio jacks, 2-2 system phoes, 2-33 Laguage, Display (#303), Last Number Redial, Light patters, 3-4 descriptio of, 3-4 Fax Maagemet butto, 4-17 Itercom Auto Dial Butto, 2-31 Lie addig to system, 2-9 assigig to extesios, 2-4, 5-167, buttos, 1-14, 3-2, cords,adapter, B-6 jacks, 2-2 maximum, 2-2 umberig, 2-2 poolig, 2-4 restrictig use at idividual extesio, type, 5-92 Lie Access Restrictio (#302), Lie Assigmet (#301) default o PARTNER phoes, descriptio, Lie Coverage Extesio (#208), IN-4

473 Idex Lie owership, Lie pickup, Lie Rigig Caller ID iformatio, effect o display of, descriptio, Lie Selectio, Automatic, 5-24 lies, 2-4 Lies, Number of (#104), Lists allowed phoe umbers, 5-13 disallowed phoe umbers, emergecy phoe umbers, forced accout codes, Lockig a extesio, Loggig Ceter ID Calls (see Caller ID Loggig ad Dialig) Loudspeaker Pagig, 5-175, Loudspeaker pagig system, 4-2 M Maiteace, B-1 Makig a call, Maual Sigalig, Marked System Speed Dial umbers, 2-17, Message idicator, 3-3 Message Light O/Off, 5-184, Message Waitig (see Stadard phoes) Microphoe, 3-7 Microphoe (Mic) butto, 3-7 Modems sed ad receive, 4-24 sed oly, 4-23 Modules 200, E, EC, EC, 1-7 descriptio, 1-6 umberig order for extesios ad lies, 2-2 PARTNER ACS processor, 1-4, 1-6, 1-7, 2-2, 2-18 PARTNER MAIL VS, 1-2 processor, 1-6, B-6 MOH (see Music-o-hold) Moitorig call activity, 2-31, 5-19 moitorig pool activity, Music O Hold (#602) as backgroud music, descriptio, 4-2, programmig, volume, settig system-wide, MUSIC ON HOLD jack, Music O Hold Volume (#614), Mute, 3-7 N Name Display, 5-74, Night Service auxiliary equipmet with, 4-25 dialig restrictios with, 2-15 programmig, usig, with password, Night Service Butto (#503) descriptio, light patters, 3-7 Night Service Group Extesios (#504), No rig, 2-30, Number of Lies (#104), Numberig of lies ad extesios, 2-2 O Oe-touch trasfer (see Auto Dial umbers) Optioal equipmet, 1-15, 2-17, 4-1 Orderig equipmet, B-4 referece materials ad books, B-4 Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401), Outgoig Call Restrictio Butto (#114) descriptio, light patters, 3-7 Out-of-buildig extesio requiremets, 4-3 Outside Auto Dial umbers, 5-20 Outside call, makig a, Outside Coferece Deial (#109), Outward restrictio (see Outgoig Call Restrictio (#401)) Overridig dialig restrictios, 2-16 Ower lie, P PAGE jack descriptio, 4-2, Pagig, Callig Groups, Loudspeaker, 5-175, PARTNER model phoe, simultaeous, PARTNER ACS processor, 1-6, B-5 PARTNER ACS processor module, 1-6, 1-7, 2-18 PARTNER Advaced Commuicatio System processor module (see PARTNER ACS processor module) PARTNER phoes System Phoes, 1-13 IN-5

474 Idex PARTNER phoes (see System phoes) PARTNER Voice Messagig PC Card, 1-2, 1-8, 2-8, 2-20, 4-27, 5-19 PARTNER Voice Messagig Systems (see Voice messagig systems) PARTNER-34D telephoe buttos ad idicators, 3-2 for receptioist, 2-20 illustratio, 2-23 programmig overlay, 2-21 PARTNER-CA48 Itercom Autodialer, 1-14 Password, System (#403), PC Card slots, 1-8 PC Cards, 1-8, 2-20, 5-44, 5-46 PCMIA card (see PC Cards) Permissios, dialig, 2-16 Persoal Computer Memory Card Iteratioal Associatio (PCMCIA) Card (see PC Cards) Persoal Speed Dial umbers, 2-29, Phoes (see Feature phoes, Stadard phoes, ad System phoes) Pickig up a held call, 5-149, Pickup Call, 5-58 Group, 5-58, 5-148, Lie, 5-103, Pickup Group Extesios (#501), Placig a call, Playback Automatic System Aswer, 5-36 Direct Extesio Dial, Pool Access Restrictio (#315), Pool buttos, Pool Extesio Assigmet (#314), Pool Lie Assigmet (#207), Pooled extesios assigig lies, assigig pools, buttos, restrictig, Power cord, B-6 Power failure, 3-11, 6-2 Priter (see Statio Message Detail Recordig) Privacy descriptio, 5-22, light patters, 3-7 Privacy, Automatic Extesio (#304), 5-22 Problems, solvig, 6-2 Processor module, B-6 descriptio, 1-6, 2-2 Programmable buttos, 2-29, 3-2 Programmig, 2-4 after istallatio, 2-8 auxiliary equipmet, 2-17 backup, 2-20 buttos, 2-29 call reportig, 2-18 cetralized telephoe, 2-1, 2-34 chagig type, 2-35 extesios, 2-1, 2-6, 2-34, 2-35 groups, 2-17 iitial setup, 2-2 lies, 2-9 methods, 2-24, 2-33 mode, 2-24 overlays, 2-21, 2-24, 2-34 overview, 2-1 PBX/Cetrex, support for, 2-11 Quick Referece charts, Ed of book receptioist extesio, 2-30 remote, 2-1 restore, 2-20 restrictios ad permissios, 2-12 system, 2-1, 2-12, 2-21 telephoe, 2-1, 2-29, 2-33 voice messagig system, 2-31 Programmig (see also System Programmig ad Telephoe Programmig) Programmig overlays illustratio, 2-23 Pulse dial, 5-92, Q Quick Referece charts, Ed of book R RAU (see Remote Admiistratio Uit) Recall programmig feature o a butto, programmig fuctio i phoe umber, usig, Recall butto descriptio, switchhook, use istead of, 3-12 Recall Timer Duratio (#107), Receptioist extesio, 2-30 Redial Last Number, Save Number, Referece materials, B-4 Remider service, Remote Admiistratio Uit (RAU), 2-27 REN (Riger Equivalece Number), 1-16 REN (seeriger Equivalece Number) Repair, B-1 Replacemet parts, B-4, B-7 Resettig the system, 5-253, 6-34 Restore problems, 6-26 Restore Programmig (#125) calls i progress, effect o, descriptio, 2-20, Restore file, choosig maual or automatic, IN-6

475 Idex Restrictio Lie Access (#302), Outgoig Call (#401), Restrictios disallowed phoe umber, 2-16 Restrictios, dialig disallowed phoe umbers, 5-107, emergecy phoe umbers, fax machie, for, 4-18 lie access, lockig a extesio, overridig, 2-16 PBX/Cetrex services, with, 2-11 pool access, star codes, 2-12, summary of, 2-12 Retrievig a held call, Rig o Trasfer (#119), Rig, Distictive (#308), Riger Equivalece Number (REN), 1-16, 3-16 Riger volume cotrols, 3-3 Rigig Abbreviated (#305), 5-8 Lie, Trasfer, 3-7, Rigig patters stadard phoes, 3-12 system phoes, 3-7 Rigig/Idle Lie Preferece (see Automatic Lie Selectio) Rigs, Trasfer Retur (#105), Rigs, VMS Cover (#117), Rotary dial, 5-92, lies, 5-92, phoes, 1-15 Rotary Dialig Timeout (#108), S SAC (see Sed All Calls) Safety istructios, xviii Save Number Redial, Self Service Ceter o the Iteret, Customer, 6-1 Sed All Calls, Set date, time, Set day, Settigs, Copy (#399), 5-90 Setup, iitial, 2-2 Sharig a extesio, 3-15 Simultaeous Pagig, SMDR (see Statio Message Detail Recordig) SMDR Output Format (#610) descriptio, SMDR Record Type (#608), 5-233, SMDR Talk Time (#611), SMDR Top of Page (#609), Speaker o stadard phoe, 3-14 o system phoe, 3-10 Speaker (Spkr) butto, 3-3 Speakerphoe performace tips,usig, 3-10 separate, 4-2 Special dialig fuctios, Speed dialig Auto Dial buttos, 5-19 Persoal Speed Dial umbers, System Speed Dial umbers, Stadard devices aswerig machies, 4-4 auto attedat, 4-9 call reportig device, 4-10 cotact closure device, 4-14 credit card scaers, 4-15 fax machies, 4-16 limitatios, 1-16, 3-12 modems, 4-23 problems with, 4-3 telephoes, 1-15, 3-11 voice messagig system, 4-25 Stadard phoe speaker o, 3-14 Stadard phoes Automatic Lie Selectio for, 5-1, 5-24 call hadlig, 3-16 Call waitig, 3-11 Caller ID iformatio, 3-14 coectig, 1-16 dial toes, 3-12 dial-code features, 3-16 display, 3-14 feature buttos o, 3-14 feature phoes, 3-11 limitatios, 1-16, 3-12 message waitig compatibility, 5-184, overview, 1-15, 3-11 power failure, for use durig, 3-11, 6-2 problems with, 6-15 rigig patters, 3-12 rotary, 1-15 switchhook, 3-12, system messages, 3-14 usig, 3-11 Star Code Dial Delay (#410) descriptio, 2-12, programmig for Marked System Speed Dialig, Statio Lock, Statio Message Detail Recordig, 5-233, 5-235, 5-237, Statio Message Detail Recordig (SMDR), 4-10, 5-235, IN-7

476 Idex Statio programmig (see Extesio programmig) Statio Ulock, Support, customer, 6-2, B-1 Swappig extesios, 2-10 Switchhook flash, 3-12, 5-218, System Aswer, 5-32 System clock, 2-4, 2-9 System Date (#101), System Day (#102), System Password (#403), System phoe problems with, 6-9 programmig, 2-34 speaker, 3-10 System phoes buttos, 3-3 call hadlig, 3-16 defiitio, 1-13 dial code features, 3-16 dial toes, 3-7 labelig sheets, 2-33 lights, 3-4 microphoe, 3-7 overview, 1-13 programmig mixed types, D-1 rigig patters, 3-7 speaker, 3-7 usig, 3-1, 3-16 System Plaer, B-4 System problems, 6-31 System programmig chagig, 2-8, 2-21 idividual procedures, 5-1 iitial, 2-2 methods of, 2-24 optios, 2-12, 2-29 overview, 2-1 PBX/Cetrex support, for, 2-11 System programmig (see also Programmig) System Reset (#728), System settigs, chagig, 2-8, 2-21 System Speed Dial umbers descriptio, markig to override dial restrictios, 2-17 star codes, usig with marked umbers, 2-12 System Time (#103), T Talk Back, Telephoe programmig at extesio, 2-35 Auto Dial buttos, 2-29, 5-19 cetrally (at extesio 10 or 11), 2-34 lies, 2-29 methods, 2-33 optios, 2-6, 2-10, 2-29 overview, 2-1, 2-29 receptioist extesio, 2-30 speed dialig, 2-29 Telephoe usage reports, 5-233, 5-235, 5-237, Telephoes touch-toe phoe, 3-11 usig, 3-11 Telephoes (see System phoes ad Stadard phoes) Time, System (#103), Timed flash, 5-218, Toll Call Prefix (#402), Toll restrictios (see Dialig restrictios ad permissios), Touch-toe dial, 5-92, Touch-Toe Eable programmig feature o a butto, programmig fuctio i phoe umber, Trasfer butto, Trasfer retur display message, Trasfer Retur Extesio (#306), Trasfer Retur Rigs (#105), Trasfer rigig, 3-7, 3-12, Trasfer, oe-touch, Trasfer, oe-touch (see Auto Dial umbers) Trasferrig a call to a Callig Group, to aother extesio, to fax machie, 4-17 Troubleshootig, module, module, 1-6, B-7 206E module, EC module, F2 bridgig adapter, B-7 U Usage reports, 5-233, 5-235, 5-237, V VMS (see Voice Messagig Systems) VMS Cover descriptio, 5-171, light patters, 3-7 VMS Cover Rigs (#117), VMS Hut Delay (#506), VMS Hut Schedule (#507), Voice Iterrupt O Busy (#312), Voice iterrupt o busy call descriptio, 3-7, respodig to a, Voice Iterrupt O Busy Talk-Back IN-8

477 Idex descriptio, Voice Iterrupt o Busy Talk-Back light patters, 3-7 Voice mail (see Voice messagig systems) Voice Mailbox Trasfer, Voice messagig system referece materials, B-4 Voice messagig systems overview, 4-27 sedig calls, summary of procedures, 2-19 Voice-sigalig, 3-7, 5-140, Volume cotrols, 3-3 W Wake Up Service Butto (#115), Warraty iformatio, B-1, B-2, B-3 Wildcard character, 5-13, 5-109, Z Z300A (see Electromagetic Iterferece filter) IN-9

478 Idex IN-10

479

480

481